UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549
______________________________

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009

Commission File Number  0-15572

FIRST BANCORP  

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

North Carolina
 
56-1421916
(State of Incorporation)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
     
341 North Main Street, Troy, North Carolina
 
27371-0508
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
 
(910)   576-6171

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, No Par Value
 
The Nasdaq Global Select Market

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.   ¨   YES   x   NO

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.   ¨   YES   x   NO

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   x   YES   ¨   NO

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files.   ¨   YES   ¨   NO

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to the Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one)

¨   Large Accelerated File
x   Accelerated Filer
¨   Non-Accelerated Filer
¨   Smaller Reporting Company
   
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   ¨   YES   x   NO

The aggregate market value of the Common Stock, no par value, held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price of the Common Stock as of June 30, 2009 as reported by The NASDAQ Global Select Market, was approximately $231,067,238.
 


 
 

 

The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding on March 4, 2010 was 16,736,730.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A are incorporated herein by reference into Part III.

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
     
Begins on
     
Page (s)
       
 
Forward-Looking Statements   5
 
   
Item 1
 
5
Item 1A
 
18
Item 1B
 
23
Item 2
 
23
Item 3
 
23
       
 
   
Item 5
 
24, 60
Item 6
 
27, 60
Item 7
 
27
   
Overview – 2009 Compared to 2008
28
   
Overview – 2008 Compared to 2007
30
   
Outlook for 2010
31
   
Critical Accounting Policies
32
   
Merger and Acquisition Activity
34
   
Statistical Information
 
   
Net Interest Income
36, 61
   
Provision for Loan Losses
38, 68
   
Noninterest Income
39, 62
   
Noninterest Expenses
40, 63
   
Income Taxes
41, 63
   
Stock-Based Compensation
41
   
Distribution of Assets and Liabilities
45, 63
   
Securities
45, 64
   
Loans
47, 66
   
Nonperforming Assets
48, 68
   
Allowance for Loan Losses and Loan Loss Experience
50, 69
   
Deposits and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
51, 71
   
Borrowings
53
   
Liquidity, Commitments, and Contingencies
54, 73
   
Capital Resources and Shareholders’ Equity
55, 75
   
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Derivative Financial Instruments
57
   
Return on Assets and Equity
57, 74
   
Interest Rate Risk (Including Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk)
57, 72
   
Inflation
59
   
Current Accounting Matters
59
Item 7A
 
59
Item 8
   
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008
77
   
Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009
78

 
3


     
Begins on
     
Page (s)
   
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009
79
   
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009
80
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009
81
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
82
   
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
131
   
Selected Consolidated Financial Data
60
   
Quarterly Financial Summary
76
       
Item 9
 
133
Item 9A
 
133
Item 9B
 
134
       
     
Item 10
 
134*
Item 11
 
134*
Item 12
 
134*
Item 13
 
134*
Item 14
 
134*
       
     
Item 15
 
135
       
   
138


*
Information called for by Part III (Items 10 through 14) is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or before April 30, 2010.

 
4



FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act, which statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties.  Forward-looking statements are statements that include projections, predictions, expectations or beliefs about future events or results or otherwise are not statements of historical fact.  Such statements are often characterized by the use of qualifying words (and their derivatives) such as “expect,” “believe,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” or other statements concerning our opinions or judgment about future events.  Factors that could influence the accuracy of such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the financial success or changing strategies of our customers, our level of success in integrating acquisitions, actions of government regulators, the level of market interest rates, and general economic conditions.  For additional information that could affect the matters discussed in this paragraph, see the “Risk Factors” section in Item 1A of this report.


PAR T I

It em 1.  Business

General Description

The Company

First Bancorp (the “Company”) is a bank holding company.  The principal activity of the Company is the ownership and operation of First Bank (the “Bank”), a state-chartered bank with its main office in Troy, North Carolina.  The Company also owns and operates a nonbank subsidiary, Montgomery Data Services, Inc. (“Montgomery Data”), a data processing company.  This subsidiary is fully consolidated for financial reporting purposes.  The Company is also the parent to a series of statutory business trusts organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that were created for the purpose of issuing trust preferred debt securities.  The Company’s outstanding debt associated with these trusts was $46.4 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

The Company was incorporated in North Carolina on December 8, 1983, as Montgomery Bancorp, for the purpose of acquiring 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Bank through a stock-for-stock exchange.  On December 31, 1986, the Company changed its name to First Bancorp to conform its name to the name of the Bank, which had changed its name from Bank of Montgomery to First Bank in 1985.

The Bank was organized in 1934 and began banking operations in 1935 as the Bank of Montgomery, named for the county in which it operated.   As of December 31, 2009, the Bank operated in a 36-county area centered in Troy, North Carolina.  Troy, population 3,500, is located in the center of Montgomery County, approximately 60 miles east of Charlotte, 50 miles south of Greensboro, and 80 miles southwest of Raleigh.  The Bank conducts business from 91 branches covering a geographical area from Little River, South Carolina to the southeast, to Wilmington, North Carolina to the east, to Kill Devil Hills, North Carolina to the northeast, to Radford, Virginia to the north, to Wytheville, Virginia to the northwest, and to Harmony, North Carolina to the west.  The Bank also has a loan production office in Blacksburg, which is located in southwestern Virginia and represents the Bank’s furthest location to the north of Troy.  Of the Bank’s 91 branches, 77 are in North Carolina, with nine branches in South Carolina and five branches in Virginia (where the Bank operates under the name “First Bank of Virginia”).  Ranked by assets, the Bank was the sixth largest bank headquartered in North Carolina as of December 31, 2009.

On June 19, 2009, the Bank acquired substantially all of the assets and liabilities of Cooperative Bank, which had been closed earlier that day by regulatory authorities.  Cooperative Bank operated through twenty-four


branches located primarily in the coastal region of North Carolina.  In connection with the acquisition, the Bank assumed assets with a book value of $959 million, including $829 million in loans and $706 million in deposits.  The loans and foreclosed real estate purchased are covered by loss share agreements between the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and First Bank which affords the Bank significant loss protection.  The Company recorded a gain of $67.9 million as a result of this acquisition.  Additional information regarding this transaction is contained in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2009, the Bank had two wholly owned subsidiaries, First Bank Insurance Services, Inc. (“First Bank Insurance”) and First Troy SPE, LLC.  First Bank Insurance was acquired as an active insurance agency in 1994 in connection with the Company’s acquisition of a bank that had an insurance subsidiary.  On December 29, 1995, the insurance agency operations of First Bank Insurance were divested.  From December 1995 until October 1999, First Bank Insurance was inactive.  In October 1999, First Bank Insurance began operations again as a provider of non-FDIC insured investments and insurance products.  Currently, First Bank Insurance’s primary business activity is the placement of property and casualty insurance coverage.  First Troy SPE, LLC, which was organized in December 2009, is a holding entity for certain foreclosed properties.

The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 341 North Main Street, Troy, North Carolina 27371-0508, and its telephone number is (910) 576-6171.  Unless the context requires otherwise, references to the “Company” in this annual report on Form 10-K shall mean collectively First Bancorp and its consolidated subsidiaries.

General Business

The Bank engages in a full range of banking activities, with the acceptance of deposits and the making of loans being its most basic activities.  The Bank offers deposit products such as checking, savings, NOW and money market accounts, as well as time deposits, including various types of certificates of deposits (CDs) and individual retirement accounts (IRAs).  For business customers, the Bank offers repurchase agreements (also called securities sold under agreement to repurchase), which are similar to interest-bearing deposits and allow the Bank to pay interest to business customers without statutory limitations on the number of withdrawals that these customers can make.  The Bank provides loans for a wide range of consumer and commercial purposes, including loans for business, agriculture, real estate, personal uses, home improvement and automobiles.  The Bank also offers credit cards, debit cards, letters of credit, safe deposit box rentals, bank money orders and electronic funds transfer services, including wire transfers.  In addition, the Bank offers internet banking, mobile banking, cash management and bank-by-phone capabilities to its customers, and is affiliated with ATM networks that give Bank customers access to 55,000 ATMs, with no surcharge fee.  In 2007, the Bank introduced remote deposit capture, which provides business customers with a method to electronically transmit checks received from customers into their bank account without having to visit a branch.  In 2008, the Bank joined the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS), which gives our customers the ability to obtain FDIC insurance on deposits of up to $50 million, while continuing to work directly with their local First Bank branch.

Because the majority of the Bank’s customers are individuals and small to medium-sized businesses located in the counties it serves, management does not believe that the loss of a single customer or group of customers would have a material adverse impact on the Bank.  There are no seasonal factors that tend to have any material effect on the Bank’s business, and the Bank does not rely on foreign sources of funds or income.  Because the Bank operates primarily within the coastal and central Piedmont regions of North Carolina, the economic conditions of those areas could have a material impact on the Company.  See additional discussion below in the section entitled “Territory Served and Competition.”

Beginning in 1999, First Bank Insurance began offering non-FDIC insured investment and insurance products, including mutual funds, annuities, long-term care insurance, life insurance, and company retirement plans, as well as financial planning services (the “investments division”).  In May 2001, First Bank Insurance


added to its product line when it acquired two insurance agencies that specialized in the placement of property and casualty insurance.  In October 2003, the “investments division” of First Bank Insurance became a part of the Bank.  The primary activity of First Bank Insurance is now the placement of property and casualty insurance products.  In February 2010, First Bank Insurance reported that it had acquired The Insurance Center, Inc., a Troy-based property and casualty insurance agency with approximately 500 customers.

Montgomery Data’s primary business is to provide electronic data processing services for the Bank.  Ownership and operation of Montgomery Data allows the Company to do all of its electronic data processing without paying fees for such services to an independent provider.  Maintaining its own data processing system also allows the Company to adapt the system to its individual needs and to the services and products it offers. Although not a significant source of income, Montgomery Data has historically made its excess data processing capabilities available to area financial institutions for a fee.  For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, external customers provided gross revenues of $139,000, $167,000 and $204,000, respectively.  As of December 31, 2009 Montgomery Data had one outside customer.  However this customer terminated its service agreement with Montgomery Data effective in January 2010.  In light of the demands of providing service to the Bank, the Company has decided to discontinue this service for third parties, and the Company expects to merge Montgomery Data into the Bank in 2010.

Until December 31, 2007, the Company had another subsidiary, First Bancorp Financial Services.  First Bancorp Financial was originally organized under the name of First Recovery in September of 1988 for the purpose of providing a back-up data processing site for Montgomery Data and other financial and non-financial clients.  First Recovery’s back-up data processing operations were divested in 1994.  Since that time, First Bancorp Financial had been occasionally used to purchase and dispose of parcels of real estate that had been acquired by the Bank through foreclosure or from branch closings.  First Bancorp Financial Services had been substantially inactive for most of the last decade, and the Company elected to dissolve this subsidiary effective December 31, 2007.

First Bancorp Capital Trust I was organized in October 2002 for the purpose of issuing $20.6 million in debt securities.  These debt securities were called by the Company at par on November 7, 2007 and First Bancorp Capital Trust I was dissolved.

First Bancorp Capital Trust II and First Bancorp Capital Trust III were organized in December 2003 for the purpose of issuing $20.6 million in debt securities ($10.3 million was issued from each trust).  These borrowings are due on January 23, 2034 and are also structured as trust preferred capital securities in order to qualify as regulatory capital.  These debt securities are callable by the Company at par on any quarterly interest payment date beginning on January 23, 2009.  The interest rate on these debt securities adjusts on a quarterly basis at a weighted average rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.70%.

First Bancorp Capital Trust IV was organized in April 2006 for the purpose of issuing $25.8 million in debt securities.  These borrowings are due on June 15, 2036 and are structured as trust preferred capital securities, which qualify as capital for regulatory capital adequacy requirements.  These debt securities are callable by the Company at par on any quarterly interest payment date beginning on June 15, 2011.  The interest rate on these debt securities adjusts on a quarterly basis at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.39%.


Territory Served and Competition

The Company’s headquarters are located in Troy, Montgomery County, North Carolina.  The Company serves primarily the south central area of the Piedmont and the southeastern coastal regions of North Carolina, with additional operations in northeastern South Carolina and southwestern Virginia.  The following table presents, for each county where the Company operates, the number of bank branches operated by the Company within the county at December 31, 2009, the approximate amount of deposits with the Company in the county as of December 31, 2009, the Company’s approximate deposit market share at June 30, 2009, and the number of bank competitors located in the county at June 30, 2009.

County
   
Number of
Branches
   
Deposits
(in millions)
   
Market
Share
   
Number of
Competitors
 
Anson, NC
      1     $ 11       4.2 %     5  
Beaufort, NC
      3       48       6.3 %     6  
Bladen, NC
      1       29       11.4 %     5  
Brunswick, NC
      4       103       4.3 %     12  
Cabarrus, NC
      2       36       1.9 %     11  
Carteret, NC
      2       42       4.7 %     8  
Chatham, NC
      2       75       11.5 %     10  
Chesterfield, SC
      3       76       21.0 %     7  
Columbus, NC
      2       45       6.3 %     6  
Dare, NC
      1       18       1.8 %     11  
Davidson, NC
      3       106       4.2 %     10  
Dillon, SC
      3       72       26.6 %     3  
Duplin, NC
      3       125       26.3 %     6  
Florence, SC
      2       34       1.7 %     14  
Guilford, NC
      1       54       0.6 %     21  
Harnett, NC
      3       123       13.1 %     10  
Horry, SC
      1       7       0.1 %     26  
Iredell, NC
      2       35       1.5 %     22  
Lee, NC
      4       201       24.9 %     10  
Montgomery, NC
      5       104       38.1 %     4  
Montgomery, VA
      1       33       1.9 %     13  
Moore, NC
      11       464       23.6 %     11  
New Hanover, NC
      5       194       5.0 %     19  
Onslow, NC
      2       52       4.9 %     9  
Pulaski, VA
      1       22       5.7 %     8  
Randolph, NC
      4       69       3.6 %     15  
Richmond, NC
      1       23       5.0 %     6  
Robeson, NC
      5       187       17.3 %     10  
Rockingham, NC
      1       28       2.4 %     11  
Rowan, NC
      2       54       3.5 %     12  
Scotland, NC
      2       59       17.7 %     6  
Stanly, NC
      4       96       10.2 %     6  
Wake, NC
      1       16       0.1 %     30  
Washington, VA
      1       26       2.0 %     16  
Wythe, VA
      2       62       10.7 %     10  
Brokered & Internet Deposits
      -       204                  
Total
      91     $ 2,933                  
                                   

The Company’s 91 branches and facilities are primarily located in small communities whose economies are based primarily on services, manufacturing and light industry.  Although the Company’s market is predominantly small communities and rural areas, the market area is not dependent on agriculture.  Textiles, furniture, mobile homes, electronics, plastic and metal fabrication, forest products, food products, chicken hatcheries, and cigarettes are among the leading manufacturing industries in the trade area.  Leading producers of lumber and rugs are located in Montgomery County, North Carolina.  The Pinehurst area within Moore County, North Carolina, is a widely known golf resort and retirement area.  The High Point, North Carolina, area is widely


known for its furniture market.  New Hanover and Brunswick Counties, located in the southeastern coastal region of North Carolina, are popular with tourists and have significant retirement populations.  Additionally, several of the communities served by the Company are “bedroom” communities of large cities like Charlotte, Raleigh and Greensboro, while several branches are located in medium-sized cities such as Albemarle, Asheboro, High Point, Southern Pines and Sanford.  The Company also has branches in small communities such as Bennett, Polkton, Vass, and Harmony.

Approximately 16% of the Company’s deposit base is in Moore County.  Accordingly, material changes in competition, the economy or population of Moore County could materially impact the Company.  No other county comprises more than 10% of the Company’s deposit base.

The Company competes in its various market areas with, among others, several large interstate bank holding companies.  These large competitors have substantially greater resources than the Company, including broader geographic markets, higher lending limits and the ability to make greater use of large-scale advertising and promotions.  A significant number of interstate banking acquisitions have taken place in the past decade, thus further increasing the size and financial resources of some of the Company’s competitors, two of which are among the largest bank holding companies in the nation.  In many of the Company’s markets, the Company also competes against banks that have been organized within the past ten to fifteen years.  These new banks have often focused on loan and deposit balance sheet growth, and not necessarily on earnings profitability.  This strategy often allows them to offer more attractive terms on loans and deposits than the Company is able to offer because the Company must achieve an acceptable level of profitability.  Moore County, which as noted above comprises a disproportionate share of the Company’s deposits, is a particularly competitive market, with at least eleven other financial institutions having a physical presence.  See “Supervision and Regulation” below for a further discussion of regulations in the Company’s industry that affect competition.

The Company competes not only against banking organizations, but also against a wide range of financial service providers, including federally and state-chartered savings and loan institutions, credit unions, investment and brokerage firms and small-loan or consumer finance companies.  One of the credit unions in the Company’s market area is among the largest in the nation.  Competition among financial institutions of all types is virtually unlimited with respect to legal ability and authority to provide most financial services.  The Company also experiences competition from internet banks, particularly in the area of time deposits.

Despite the competitive market, the Company believes it has certain advantages over its competition in the areas it serves.  The Company seeks to maintain a distinct local identity in each of the communities it serves and actively sponsors and participates in local civic affairs.  Most lending and other customer-related business decisions can be made without delays often associated with larger systems.  Additionally, employment of local managers and personnel in various offices and low turnover of personnel enable the Company to establish and maintain long-term relationships with individual and corporate customers.

Lending Policy and Procedures

Conservative lending policies and procedures and appropriate underwriting standards are high priorities of the Bank.  Loans are approved under the Bank’s written loan policy, which provides that lending officers, principally branch managers, have authority to approve loans of various amounts up to $350,000, with lending limits varying depending upon whether the loan is secured or unsecured.  Each of the Bank’s regional senior lending officers has discretion to approve secured loans of various principal amounts up to $500,000 and together can approve loans up to $4,000,000.  Loans above $4,000,000 must be approved by the Executive Committee of the board of directors.

The Bank’s board of directors reviews and approves loans that exceed management’s lending authority, loans to executive officers, directors, and their affiliates and, in certain instances, other types of loans.  New credit extensions are reviewed daily by the Bank’s senior management and at least monthly by its board of directors.


The Bank continually monitors its loan portfolio to identify areas of concern and to enable management to take corrective action.  Lending officers and the board of directors meet periodically to review past due loans and portfolio quality, while assuring that the Bank is appropriately meeting the credit needs of the communities it serves.  Individual lending officers are responsible for pursuing collection of past-due amounts and monitoring any changes in the financial status of borrowers.

The Bank also contracts with an independent consulting firm to review new loan originations meeting certain criteria, as well as to assign risk grades to existing credits meeting certain thresholds.  The consulting firm’s observations, comments, and risk grades, including variances with the Bank’s risk grades, are shared with the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors and are considered by management in setting Bank policy, as well as in evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.  The consulting firm also provides training on a periodic basis to the Company’s loan officers to keep them updated on current developments in the marketplace.  For additional information, see “Allowance for Loan Losses and Loan Loss Experience” under Item 7 below.

Investment Policy and Procedures

The Company has adopted an investment policy designed to maximize the Company’s income from funds not needed to meet loan demand, in a manner consistent with appropriate liquidity and risk objectives.  Pursuant to this policy, the Company may invest in federal, state and municipal obligations, federal agency obligations, public housing authority bonds, industrial development revenue bonds, Federal Home Loan Bank bonds, Fannie Mae bonds, Government National Mortgage Association bonds, Freddie Mac bonds, Student Loan Marketing Association bonds, and, to a limited extent, corporate bonds.  Except for corporate bonds, the Company’s investments must be rated at least Baa by Moody’s or BBB by Standard and Poor’s.  Securities rated below A are periodically reviewed for creditworthiness.  The Company may purchase non-rated municipal bonds only if such bonds are in the Company’s general market area and determined by the Company to have a credit risk no greater than the minimum ratings referred to above.  Industrial development authority bonds, which normally are not rated, are purchased only if they are judged to possess a high degree of credit soundness to assure reasonably prompt sale at a fair value.  The Company is also authorized by its board of directors to invest a portion of its securities portfolio in high quality corporate bonds, with the amount of such bonds not to exceed 15% of the entire securities portfolio.  Prior to purchasing a corporate bond, the Company’s management performs due diligence on the issuer of the bond, and the purchase is not made unless the Company believes that the purchase of the bond bears no more risk to the Company than would an unsecured loan to the same company.

The Company’s investment officer implements the investment policy, monitors the investment portfolio, recommends portfolio strategies and reports to the Company’s Investment Committee.  The Investment Committee generally meets on a quarterly basis to review investment activity and to assess the overall position of the securities portfolio.  The Investment Committee compares the Company’s securities portfolio with portfolios of other companies of comparable size.  In addition, reports of all purchases, sales, issuer calls, net profits or losses and market appreciation or depreciation of the bond portfolio are reviewed by the Company’s board of directors each month.  Once a quarter, the Company’s interest rate risk exposure is evaluated by its board of directors.  Each year, the written investment policy is approved by the board of directors.

Mergers and Acquisitions

As part of its operations, the Company has pursued an acquisition strategy over the years to augment its internal growth.  The Company regularly evaluates the potential acquisition of, or merger with, various financial institutions.  The Company’s acquisitions have generally fallen into one of three categories - 1) an acquisition of a financial institution or branch thereof within a market in which the Company operates, 2) an acquisition of a financial institution or branch thereof in a market contiguous or nearly contiguous to a market in which the Company operates, or 3) an acquisition of a company that has products or services that the Company does not


currently offer.  Historically, the Company has paid for its acquisitions with cash and/or common stock and any operating income or loss has been fully borne by the Company beginning on the closing date of the acquisition.

In 2009, FDIC-assisted acquisitions began to occur frequently as banking regulators closed problem banks.  In FDIC-assisted transactions, the acquiring bank often does not pay any consideration for the failed bank, and in some cases receives cash from the FDIC as part of the transaction.  In addition, the acquiring bank usually enters into one or more loss share agreements with the FDIC, which affords the acquiring bank significant loss protection.  As discussed below, the Company completed a FDIC-assisted transaction in 2009.

The Company believes that it can enhance its earnings by pursuing these types of acquisition opportunities through any combination or all of the following:  1) achieving cost efficiencies, 2) enhancing the acquiree’s earnings or gaining new customers by introducing a more successful banking model with more products and services to the acquiree’s market base, 3) increasing customer satisfaction or gaining new customers by providing more locations for the convenience of customers, and 4) leveraging the Company’s customer base by offering new products and services.  There is also the possibility, especially in a FDIC-assisted transaction, to record a gain on the acquisition date arising from the difference between the purchase price and the acquisition date fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities.

Since 2000, the Company has completed acquisitions in each of the three categories described above.  During that time, the Company has 1) completed four whole-bank traditional acquisitions, with one being in its existing market areas and the other three being in contiguous markets, with total assets exceeding $700 million, 2) purchased ten bank branches from other banks (both in existing market area and in contiguous/nearly contiguous markets) with total assets of approximately $250 million, and 3) acquired two insurance agencies, which provided the Company with the ability to offer property and casualty insurance coverage.

In addition to the traditional acquisitions discussed above, on June 19, 2009, the Bank acquired substantially all of the assets and liabilities of Cooperative Bank in a FDIC-assisted transaction.  Cooperative Bank operated through twenty-one branches in North Carolina and three branches in South Carolina in the same markets in which the Bank was already operating, as well as in several new, mostly contiguous markets.  In connection with the acquisition, First Bank assumed assets with a book value of $959 million, including $829 million in loans and $706 million in deposits.  The loans and foreclosed real estate purchased are covered by two loss share agreements with the FDIC, which afford First Bank significant loss protection.  Under the loss share agreements, the FDIC will cover 80% of covered loan and foreclosed real estate losses up to $303 million and 95% of losses in excess of that amount.  The term for loss sharing on residential real estate loans is ten years, while the term for loss sharing on non-residential real estate loans is five years in respect to losses and eight years in respect to loss recoveries.   The reimbursable losses from the FDIC are based on the book value of the relevant loan as determined by the FDIC at the date of the transaction.  New loans made after that date are not covered by the loss share agreements.  The Company received $26 million from the FDIC as result of this acquisition and recorded an acquisition gain of $67.9 million.

There are many factors that the Company considers when evaluating how much to offer for potential acquisition candidates (including FDIC-assisted transactions) with a few of the more significant factors being  projected impact on earnings per share, projected impact on capital, and projected impact on book value and tangible book value.  Significant assumptions that affect this analysis include the estimated future earnings stream of the acquisition candidate, estimated credit and other losses to be incurred, the amount of cost efficiencies that can be realized, and the interest rate earned/lost on the cash received/paid.  In addition to the earnings per share comparison, the Company also considers other factors including (but not limited to) marketplace acquisition statistics, location of the candidate in relation to the Company’s expansion strategy, market growth potential, management of the candidate, potential integration issues (including corporate culture), and the size of the acquisition candidate.

The Company plans to continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities that could potentially benefit the


Company and its shareholders.  These opportunities may include acquisitions that do not fit the categories discussed above.

For a further discussion of recent acquisition activity, see “Merger and Acquisition Activity” under Item 7 below.

Employees

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had 728 full-time and 72 part-time employees.  The Company is not a party to any collective bargaining agreements and considers its employee relations to be good.

Supervision and Regulation

As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to supervision, examination and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) and the North Carolina Office of the Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”).  The Bank is subject to supervision and examination by the FDIC and the Commissioner.  For additional information, see also Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements.

Supervision and Regulation of the Company

The Company is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.  The Company is also regulated by the Commissioner under the North Carolina Bank Holding Company Act of 1984.

A bank holding company is required to file quarterly reports and other information regarding its business operations and those of its subsidiaries with the Federal Reserve Board.  It is also subject to examination by the Federal Reserve Board and is required to obtain Federal Reserve Board approval prior to making certain acquisitions of other institutions or voting securities.  The Federal Reserve Board requires the Company to maintain certain levels of capital - see “Capital Resources and Shareholders’ Equity.”  The Federal Reserve Board also has the authority to take enforcement action against any bank holding company that commits any unsafe or unsound practice, or violates certain laws, regulations or conditions imposed in writing by the Federal Reserve Board.  The Federal Reserve Board generally prohibits a bank holding company from declaring or paying a cash dividend that would impose undue pressure on the capital of subsidiary banks or would be funded only through borrowing or other arrangements which might adversely affect a bank holding company’s financial position. Under the Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company is not permitted to continue its existing rate of cash dividends on its common stock unless its net income is sufficient to fully fund each dividend and its prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with its capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.

The Federal Reserve Board has amended Regulation E, which implements the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, and the official staff commentary to the regulation, which interprets the requirements of Regulation E.  The final rule limits the ability of a financial institution to assess an overdraft fee for paying automated teller machine (ATM) and one-time debit card transactions that overdraw a consumer’s account, unless the consumer affirmatively consents, or opts in, to the institution’s payment of overdrafts for these transactions.  The rule has a mandatory compliance date of July 1, 2010 for new accounts and August 15, 2010 for existing accounts.  Management believes that implementation of the new provisions will result in the reduction of overdraft fees collected by the Bank.

The Commissioner is empowered to regulate certain acquisitions of North Carolina banks and bank holding companies, issue cease and desist orders for violations of North Carolina banking laws, and promulgate rules necessary to effectuate the purposes of the North Carolina Bank Holding Company Act of 1984.


Regulatory authorities have cease and desist powers over bank holding companies and their nonbank subsidiaries where their actions would constitute a serious threat to the safety, soundness or stability of a subsidiary bank.  Those authorities may compel holding companies to invest additional capital into banking subsidiaries upon acquisitions or in the event of significant loan losses or rapid growth of loans or deposits.

The United States Congress and the North Carolina General Assembly have periodically considered and adopted legislation that has impacted the Company.

U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program

On October 3, 2008, in response to the financial crises affecting the banking system and financial markets and going concern threats to investment banks and other financial institutions, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) was signed into law.  Pursuant to the EESA, the U.S. Treasury was given the authority to, among other things, purchase up to $700 billion of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and certain other financial instruments from financial institutions for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets.

On October 14, 2008, the Secretary of the U.S. Department of the Treasury announced that the Treasury would purchase equity stakes in a wide variety of banks and thrifts.  Under the program, known as the Capital Purchase Program, the Treasury made $250 billion of capital available from EESA to U.S. financial institutions in the form of purchases of preferred stock.  In addition to the preferred stock, the Treasury received, from participating financial institutions, warrants to purchase common stock with an aggregate market price equal to 15% of the preferred investment.  Participating financial institutions were required to adopt the Treasury’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the Treasury holds equity issued under the Capital Purchase Program.

Although we believed that our capital position was sound, we concluded that the Capital Purchase Program would allow us to raise additional capital on favorable terms in comparison with other available alternatives.  Accordingly, we applied to participate in the Capital Purchase Program.  The Treasury approved our application in December 2008, and we received $65 million in proceeds from the sale of 65,000 shares of cumulative perpetual preferred stock with a liquidation value of $1,000 per share to the Treasury on January 9, 2009.  The preferred stock issued to the Treasury pays a dividend of 5% for the first five years and 9% thereafter.  As part of the transaction, we also granted the Treasury a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 616,308 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $15.82.

Under the terms of the Capital Purchase Program, the Treasury’s consent will be required for any increase in our dividends paid to common stockholders (above a quarterly dividend of $0.19 per common share) or the Company’s redemption, purchase or acquisition of common stock or any trust preferred securities issued by the Company’s capital trusts until the third anniversary of the senior preferred share issuance to the Treasury unless prior to such third anniversary the senior preferred shares are redeemed in whole or the Treasury has transferred all of these shares to third parties.

Participants in the Capital Purchase Program were required to accept several compensation-related limitations associated with this Program.  Each of our senior executive officers has agreed in writing to accept the compensation standards in existence at that time under the Capital Purchase Program and thereby cap or eliminate some of their contractual or legal rights. The provisions agreed to were as follows:

No Golden Parachute Payments .    For purposes of the Capital Purchase Program, “golden parachute payment” was defined to mean a severance payment resulting from involuntary termination of employment or from a bankruptcy event of the employer, which exceeds three times the terminated employee’s average annual base salary over the five years prior to termination. Our senior executive officers have agreed to forego all golden parachute payments for as long as two conditions remain true: they remain “senior executive officers” (CEO,


CFO and the next three highest-paid executive officers), and the Treasury continues to hold our equity or debt securities issued under the Capital Purchase Program.  The period during which the Treasury holds those securities is the “Capital Purchase Program Covered Period.”

Recovery of Incentive Compensation if Based on Certain Material Inaccuracies .     Our senior executive officers have also agreed to a “clawback provision,” which means that we can recover incentive compensation paid during the Capital Purchase Program Covered Period that is later found to have been paid based on materially inaccurate financial statements or other materially inaccurate measurements of performance.
 
No Compensation Arrangements That Encourage Excessive Risks .     During the Capital Purchase Program Covered Period, we are not allowed to enter into compensation arrangements that encourage senior executive officers to take “unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value” of the Company.  Therefore, the Company’s Compensation Committee is required to meet at least once a year with our senior risk officers to review our executive compensation arrangements in light of our risk management policies and practices.  Our senior executive officers’ written agreements include their obligation to accept any changes in our incentive compensation arrangements resulting from the Compensation Committee’s review.

Limit on Federal Income Tax Deductions .     During the Capital Purchase Program Covered Period, we are not allowed to take federal income tax deductions for compensation paid to senior executive officers in excess of $500,000 per year, with certain exceptions that do not apply to our senior executive officers.
 
On February 17, 2009, President Obama signed the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “Stimulus Act”) into law.  The Stimulus Act modified the compensation-related limitations contained in the Capital Purchase Program and created additional compensation-related limitations.  The limitations in the Stimulus Act apply to all participants in the Troubled Asset Relief Program (under which the Capital Purchase Program was created), regardless of when participation commenced.  Thus, the newly enacted compensation-related limitations are applicable to the Company, subject to the Treasury Department’s issuance of implementing regulations.  The compensation-related limitations applicable to the Company which have been added or modified by the Stimulus Act are as follows:

No Severance Payments .     Under the Stimulus Act, the definition of “golden parachute” was expanded to include any severance payment resulting from termination of employment, except for payments for services performed or benefits accrued.  In addition, the Stimulus Act expanded the group of employees to which such restrictions apply.  Consequently, under the Stimulus Act, we are prohibited from making any severance payment to our “senior executive officers” (defined in the Stimulus Act as the five highest paid senior executive officers) and our next five most highly compensated employees during the Capital Purchase Program Covered Period.

Recovery of Incentive Compensation if Based on Certain Material Inaccuracies .     The Stimulus Act also contains the “clawback provision” discussed above, but extends its application to our next 20 most highly compensated employees.

No Compensation Arrangements That Encourage Earnings Manipulation .    In addition to the Capital Purchase Program prohibition on compensation arrangements that encourage unnecessary and excessive risk, the Stimulus Act prohibits us during the Capital Purchase Program Covered Period from entering into compensation arrangements that encourage manipulation of reported earnings to enhance the compensation of any of our employees.

Limit on Incentive Compensation .     The Stimulus Act contains a provision that prohibits the payment or accrual of any bonus, retention award or incentive compensation to any of our senior executive officers during the Capital Purchase Program Covered Period, other than awards of long-term restricted stock that (i) do not fully vest during the Capital Purchase Program Covered Period, (ii) have a value not greater than one-third of the total annual compensation of the awardee and (iii) are subject to such other restrictions as determined by the Secretary


of the Treasury.  The prohibition on bonus, incentive compensation and retention awards does not preclude payments required under written employment contracts entered into on, or prior to, February 11, 2009.

Compensation and Human Resources Committee Functions .     The Stimulus Act requires that our Compensation Committee be comprised solely of independent directors and that it meet at least semiannually to discuss and evaluate our employee compensation plans in light of an assessment of any risk posed to us from such compensation plans.

Compliance Certifications .     The Stimulus Act also requires a written certification by our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of our compliance with the provisions of the Stimulus Act.  These certifications are contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Treasury Review of Excessive Bonuses Previously Paid .     The Stimulus Act directs the Secretary of the Treasury to review all compensation paid to our senior executive officers and the next 20 most highly compensated employees prior to adoption of the Stimulus Act to determine whether any such payments were inconsistent with the purposes of the Capital Purchase Program or the Stimulus Act or were otherwise contrary to the public interest.  If the Secretary of the Treasury makes such a finding, the Secretary of the Treasury is directed to negotiate with the Capital Purchase Program recipient and the employee recipient for appropriate reimbursements to the federal government with respect to the compensation.

Say on Pay .     Under the Stimulus Act, during the Capital Purchase Program Covered Period, we must include in the proxy statement for our annual meeting of shareholders a non-binding say on pay vote by the shareholders on executive compensation.

Limitation on Luxury Expenditures.      The Stimulus Act required us to adopt a company-wide policy regarding excessive or luxury expenditures, such as entertainment expenses, office or facility renovation expenses and transportation services expenses.

Supervision and Regulation of the Bank

Federal banking regulations applicable to all depository financial institutions, among other things: (i) provide federal bank regulatory agencies with powers to prevent unsafe and unsound banking practices; (ii) restrict preferential loans by banks to “insiders” of banks; (iii) require banks to keep information on loans to major shareholders and executive officers and (iv) bar certain director and officer interlocks between financial institutions.

As a state-chartered bank, the Bank is subject to the provisions of the North Carolina banking statutes and to regulation by the Commissioner.  The Commissioner has a wide range of regulatory authority over the activities and operations of the Bank, and the Commissioner’s staff conducts periodic examinations of the Bank and its affiliates to ensure compliance with state banking regulations.  Among other things, the Commissioner regulates the merger and consolidation of state-chartered banks, the payment of dividends, loans to officers and directors, recordkeeping, types and amounts of loans and investments, and the establishment of branches.  The Commissioner also has cease and desist powers over state-chartered banks for violations of state banking laws or regulations and for unsafe or unsound conduct that is likely to jeopardize the interest of depositors.

The dividends that may be paid by the Bank to the Company are subject to legal limitations under North Carolina law.  In addition, regulatory authorities may restrict dividends that may be paid by the Bank or the Company’s other subsidiaries.  The ability of the Company to pay dividends to its shareholders is largely dependent on the dividends paid to the Company by the Bank.

The Bank is a member of the FDIC, which currently insures the deposits of member banks.  For this protection, each member bank pays a quarterly statutory assessment, based on its level of deposits, and is subject


to the rules and regulations of the FDIC.  In the years leading up to 2006, due to the funded status of the insurance fund, the FDIC did not assess the Bank any insurance premiums.  However, in late 2006 the FDIC adopted new regulations that resulted in all financial institutions, including the Bank, being assessed deposit insurance premiums ranging from 5 cents to 43 cents per $100 of assessable deposits beginning in 2007.  The amount of the assessment within that range was based on risk factors that were established by the FDIC.  Based on the specified risk factors, for 2007 and 2008, the Bank was assigned an assessment rate of 5.1 cents per $100 of assessable deposits, which resulted in annual insurance premium expense to the Bank of approximately $932,000 in 2007.  However, as part of the 2006 legislation that created the new assessment schedule, the rules provided credits to certain institutions that paid deposit insurance premiums in years prior to 1996.  As a result, the Bank received a one-time credit of $832,000 that was used to offset FDIC insurance premiums in 2007, which left the Bank with an actual expense of $100,000 in 2007.  The Bank had no credit to apply in 2008, and the Company incurred approximately $1.2 million in deposit insurance premium expense during 2008.

On December 16, 2008, the FDIC raised the deposit insurance assessment rates uniformly for all institutions by 7 cents for every $100 of domestic deposits effective for the first quarter of 2009.  On February 27, 2009, the FDIC announced that, commencing in April 2009, its minimum rates would increase to a range of twelve cents to sixteen cents per $100 in deposits.  During 2009, we recorded approximately $3.9 million in annual FDIC insurance premium expense (excluding the special assessment discussed below).

The FDIC also announced on February 27, 2009 an interim rule that imposed a one-time special assessment of seven cents per $100 in insured deposits to be collected on September 30, 2009, which resulted in a $1.6 million expense for the Bank that was recorded in the second quarter of 2009 and paid on September 30, 2009.  The interim rule also permits the FDIC to impose emergency special assessments from time to time after June 30, 2009 if the FDIC board believes the deposit insurance fund will fall to a level that would adversely affect public confidence in federal deposit insurance.  To date, the FDIC has not imposed additional special assessments, but the FDIC did require banks to prepay their estimated insurance premiums for 2010 through 2012 by December 31, 2009, which resulted in the Bank prepaying approximately $16.9 million in premiums.  This prepaid amount will be recorded as expense on our books over the three year period.  Our 2010 FDIC expense is expected to be approximately $4.7 million.

In addition to deposit insurance assessments, the FDIC is authorized to collect assessments against insured deposits to be paid to the Finance Corporation (FICO) to service FICO debt incurred in connection with the resolution of the thrift industry crisis in the 1980s.  The FICO assessment rate is adjusted quarterly.  The average annual assessment rate in 2009 was 1.04 cents per $100 for insured deposits, which resulted in approximately $243,000 in expense for the Bank for 2009.  For the first quarter of 2010, the FICO assessment rate for such deposits will increase to 1.06 cents per $100 of insured deposits, which is expected to result in expense of approximately $309,000 in 2010.

Pursuant to EESA, the maximum deposit insurance amount per depositor has been increased from $100,000 to $250,000 until December 31, 2013.  Additionally, in 2008, regulatory authorities enacted legislation that enabled the FDIC to establish its Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”).  The TGLP had two primary components – 1) a transaction account guarantee program, and 2) a debt guarantee program.  Under the transaction account guarantee program of the TLGP, the FDIC will fully guarantee, until June 30, 2010, all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts, including NOW accounts with interest rates of 0.5 percent or less and IOLTAs (lawyer trust accounts).  Under the debt guarantee program, the FDIC will guarantee certain senior unsecured debt of insured depository institutions, or their qualified holding companies, issued between October 14, 2008 and October 31, 2009.  After an initial phase-in period, both programs became elective options for banks during 2009.  We elected to participate in both programs, although we did not utilize the debt guarantee program, which has now expired as it relates to new issuances of debt.   The cost of the transaction account guarantee program has not been significant.

The FDIC is also authorized to approve conversions, mergers, consolidations and assumptions of deposit


liability transactions between insured banks and uninsured banks or institutions, and to prevent capital or surplus diminution in such transactions if the resulting, continuing, or assumed bank is an insured nonmember bank.  In addition, the FDIC monitors the Bank’s compliance with several banking statutes, such as the Depository Institution Management Interlocks Act and the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977.  The FDIC also conducts periodic examinations of the Bank to assess its compliance with banking laws and regulations, and it has the power to implement changes to, or restrictions on, the Bank’s operations if it finds that a violation is occurring or is threatened.

Given the ongoing financial crisis and the current presidential administration, legislation that would affect regulation in the banking industry is introduced in most legislative sessions.  Neither the Company nor the Bank can predict what other legislation might be enacted or what other regulations or assessments might be adopted, or if enacted or adopted, the effect thereof on the Bank’s operations.

See “Capital Resources and Shareholders’ Equity” under Item 7 below for a discussion of regulatory capital requirements.

Available Information

The Company maintains a corporate Internet site at www.FirstBancorp.com, which contains a link within the “Investor Relations” section of the site to each of its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including its annual reports on Form 10-K, its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, its current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  These filings are available, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.  These filings can also be accessed at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website located at www.sec.gov.  Information included on the Company’s Internet site is not incorporated by reference into this annual report.


Item 1A.   Risk Factors

Difficult market conditions and economic trends have adversely affected our industry and our business.

A general economic downturn began in the latter half of 2007.  Dramatic declines in the housing market, with decreasing home prices and increasing delinquencies and foreclosures, have negatively impacted the credit performance of mortgage and construction loans and resulted in significant write-downs of assets by many financial institutions.  In addition, the value of real estate collateral supporting many loans has declined and may continue to decline.  General downward economic trends, reduced availability of commercial credit and increasing unemployment have negatively impacted the credit performance of commercial and consumer credit, resulting in additional write-downs.  We believe that the economic downtrends are largely responsible for the deterioration in loan quality that we experienced in 2008 and 2009, including higher levels of loan charge-offs, higher levels of nonperforming assets, and higher provisions for loan losses.  Concerns over the stability of the financial markets and the economy have resulted in decreased lending by financial institutions to their customers and to each other.  This market turmoil and tightening of credit has led to increased commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction in general business activity.  Financial institutions, including us, have experienced a decrease in access to borrowings.  The resulting economic pressure on consumers and businesses and the lack of confidence in the financial markets may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price.

As a result of the foregoing factors, there is a potential for new federal or state laws and regulations regarding lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, and bank regulatory agencies are expected to be very aggressive in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations.  This increased governmental action may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities.  The FDIC has increased deposit insurance premiums and assessments to restore its deposit insurance funds.  We may be required to pay even higher premiums to the FDIC because financial institution failures resulting from the depressed market conditions are expected to increase.

Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of customers and to estimate the losses inherent in our credit exposure is made more complex by these difficult market and economic conditions.  A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market and economic conditions on us, our customers and the other financial institutions in our market.  As a result, we may experience additional increases in foreclosures, delinquencies and customer bankruptcies, as well as more restricted access to funds.

There can be no assurance that recent legislative and regulatory initiatives to address difficult market and economic conditions will stabilize the U.S. banking system.

The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, or EESA, authorized the U.S. Treasury to, among other things, purchase up to $700 billion of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and certain other financial instruments from financial institutions and their holding companies under a Troubled Asset Relief Program, or TARP.  The purpose of the TARP was to restore confidence and stability to the U.S. banking system and to encourage financial institutions to increase their lending to customers and to each other.  Under the TARP Capital Purchase Program, the U.S. Treasury invested capital in qualified financial institutions in exchange for senior preferred stock and a warrant to purchase shares of equity securities of the financial institution.  The EESA also increased federal deposit insurance on most deposit accounts from $100,000 to $250,000 until December 31, 2013.

The EESA followed, and has been followed by, numerous actions by the Federal Reserve Board, the U.S. Congress, the U.S. Treasury, the FDIC, the SEC and other regulatory authorities seeking to address liquidity and credit issues resulting from the economic downturn that began in 2007.  These measures have included homeowner relief that encourages loan restructuring and modification; the establishment of significant liquidity


and credit facilities for financial institutions and investment banks; the lowering of the federal funds rate; emergency action against short selling practices; a temporary guaranty program for money market funds; the establishment of a commercial paper funding facility to provide back-stop liquidity to commercial paper issuers; and coordinated international efforts to address illiquidity and other weaknesses in the banking sector.  The purpose of these legislative and regulatory actions is to stabilize the U.S. banking system.

The EESA and the other regulatory initiatives described above may not have their desired effects.  If the volatility in the markets continues and economic conditions fail to improve or worsen, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We are vulnerable to the economic conditions within the fairly small geographic region in which we operate.

Like many businesses, our overall success is partially dependent on the economic conditions in the marketplace where we operate.  Our marketplace is predominately concentrated in the central Piedmont and coastal regions of North Carolina.  As is the case for most of the country, these regions are currently experiencing recessionary economic conditions, which we believe is a factor in our increases in borrower delinquencies, nonperforming assets, and loan losses during 2009 compared to recent prior years.  If economic conditions in our marketplace worsen, it could have an adverse impact on us.  In particular, if economic conditions related to real estate values in our marketplace were to worsen, our loan losses would likely increase.  At December 31, 2009, approximately 90% of our loans were secured by real estate collateral, which means that additional decreases in real estate values could have an adverse impact on our operations.

Current levels of unprecedented market volatility may adversely affect the market value of our common stock.

The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption for more than a year.  In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices for certain companies without regard to those companies’ underlying financial strength.  We believe this is the case with our common stock as our stock price has ranged from a low of $6.87 in March 2009 to a high of $19.00 in September 2009.

The market value of our stock may also be affected by conditions affecting the financial markets generally, including price and trading fluctuations.  These conditions may result in (i) volatility in the level of, and fluctuations in, the market prices of stocks generally and, in turn, our stock and (ii) sales of substantial amounts of our stock in the market, in each case that could be unrelated or disproportionate to changes in our operating performance.  These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market value of our stock.

If our goodwill becomes impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.

Under generally accepted accounting principles, goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.  The test for goodwill impairment involves comparing the fair value of a company’s reporting units to their respective carrying values.  For our company, our community banking operation is our only material reporting unit.  The price of our common stock is one of several measures available for estimating the fair value of our community banking operations.  For much of 2009, the stock market value of our common stock traded below the book value of our company.  Subject to the results of other valuation techniques, if this situation persists or worsens, this could indicate that our next test of goodwill will result in a determination that there is impairment.  We may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill is determined, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations.


We might be required to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available or may not be available on terms acceptable to us when it is needed.

We are required to maintain adequate capital levels to support our operations.  In the future, we might need to raise additional capital to support growth or absorb loan losses.  Our access to capital markets (excluding the Capital Purchase Program) has remained limited for most of the past two years.  Our ability to raise additional capital will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control, and on our financial performance.  Accordingly, we cannot be certain of our ability to raise additional capital in the future if needed or on terms acceptable to us.  If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to conduct our business could be materially impaired.

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

Since the middle of 2007, the financial services industry as a whole, as well as the securities markets generally, have been materially adversely affected by substantial declines in the values of nearly all asset classes and by a significant lack of liquidity.  Financial institutions in particular have been subject to increased volatility and an overall loss in investor confidence.  Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions.  Financial services companies are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships.  We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, and investment banks.  Defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services companies, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions.  We can make no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are subject to extensive regulation, which could have an adverse effect on our operations.

We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision from the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC, and the Federal Reserve Board.  This regulation and supervision is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC insurance fund and our depositors and borrowers, rather than for holders of our equity securities.  In the past, our business has been materially affected by these regulations.  This trend is likely to continue in the future. As an example, the Federal Reserve Board has amended Regulation E, which implements the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, and the official staff commentary to the regulation, which interprets the requirements of Regulation E.  The amended regulation limits the ability of a financial institution to assess an overdraft fee for paying automated teller machine (ATM) and one-time debit card transactions that overdraw a consumer’s account, unless the consumer affirmatively consents, or opts in, to the institution’s payment of overdrafts for these transactions.  The rule has a mandatory compliance date of July 1, 2010 for new accounts and August 15, 2010 for existing accounts.  We believe that implementation of the new provisions will result in the reduction of overdraft fees collected.

Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the level of the allowance for loan losses.  Changes in the regulations that apply to us, or changes in our compliance with regulations, could have a material impact on our operations.

Additionally, the documents that we executed with the Treasury when they purchased the Series A preferred stock allow the Treasury to unilaterally change the terms of the Series A preferred stock or impose additional requirements on us if there is a change in law.  For example, the Stimulus Act imposed executive compensation restrictions that went beyond those imposed by the terms of the Capital Purchase Program.  Additional changes or requirements could restrict our ability to conduct business, could subject us to additional cost and expense or


could change the terms of the senior preferred stock agreement to the detriment of our common shareholders.  While it may be possible for us to redeem the senior preferred stock in the event the Treasury imposes any changes or additional requirements that we believe are detrimental, there can be no assurances that our federal regulator will approve such redemption (as is required by law) or that we will have the ability to implement such redemption.

Because of our participation in the Capital Purchase Program, we are subject to restrictions on our ability to declare or pay dividends and repurchase our shares as well as restrictions on compensation paid to our executive officers.

Pursuant to the terms of the securities purchase agreement between our company and the U.S. Treasury, our ability to declare or pay dividends on any of our shares is limited.  Specifically, we are unable to declare dividend payments on common stock if we are in arrears on the payment of dividends on the Series A preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury.  Further, until January 9, 2012, we are not permitted to increase dividends on our common stock above the amount of the last quarterly cash dividend per share declared prior to October 14, 2008 ($0.19 per share) without the U.S. Treasury’s approval unless all of the shares of Series A preferred stock have been redeemed or transferred by the U.S. Treasury to unaffiliated third parties.

In addition, our ability to repurchase our shares is restricted.  The consent of the U.S. Treasury generally is required for us to make any stock repurchase (other than in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice) until January 9, 2012, unless all of the shares of Series A preferred stock have been redeemed or transferred by the U.S. Treasury to unaffiliated third parties.  Further, we may not repurchase any shares of our common stock if we are in arrears on the payment of Series A preferred stock dividends.

In addition, pursuant to the terms of the securities purchase agreement between our company and the U.S. Treasury, we agreed to adhere to the U.S. Treasury’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the U.S. Treasury holds the equity securities issued pursuant to the agreement, including the shares of common stock which may be issued upon exercise of the warrant.  The EESA that was signed into law on February 17, 2009 contains additional restrictions on executive compensation and standards of corporate governance that go beyond those in the securities purchase agreement.  See the section above entitled “U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program” for additional discussion of this matter.

We are subject to interest rate risk, which could negatively impact earnings.

Net interest income is the most significant component of our earnings.  Our net interest income results from the difference between the yields we earn on our interest-earning assets, primarily loans and investments, and the rates that we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, primarily deposits and borrowings.  When interest rates change, the yields we earn on our interest-earning assets and the rates we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities do not necessarily move in tandem with each other because of the difference between their maturities and repricing characteristics.  This mismatch can negatively impact net interest income if the margin between yields earned and rates paid narrows.  Interest rate environment changes can occur at any time and are affected by many factors that are outside our control, including inflation, recession, unemployment trends, the Federal Reserve’s monetary policy, domestic and international disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets.

Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses.

Like all financial institutions, we maintain an allowance for loan losses to provide for probable losses caused by customer loan defaults.  The allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual loan losses, and in this case additional and larger provisions for loan losses would be required to replenish the allowance.  Provisions for loan losses are a direct charge against income.


We establish the amount of the allowance for loan losses based on historical loss rates, as well as estimates and assumptions about future events.  Because of the extensive use of estimates and assumptions, our actual loan losses could differ, possibly significantly, from our estimate.  We believe that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to provide for probable losses, but it is possible that the allowance for loan losses will need to be increased for credit reasons or that regulators will require us to increase this allowance.  Either of these occurrences could materially and adversely affect our earnings and profitability.

The value of our investment securities portfolio may be negatively affected by continued disruptions in the securities markets.

The market for some of the investment securities held in our portfolio has become volatile over the past twelve months.  The continuing volatility of securities markets could detrimentally affect the value of our investment securities, including reduced valuations due to the perception of heightened credit and liquidity risks.  We can make no assurance that declines in market value related to disruptions in the securities markets will not result in other than temporary impairment of these assets, which would lead to accounting charges that could have a material adverse effect on our net income and capital levels.

In the normal course of business, we process large volumes of transactions involving millions of dollars.  If our internal controls fail to work as expected, if our systems are used in an unauthorized manner, or if our employees subvert our internal controls, we could experience significant losses.

We process large volumes of transactions on a daily basis and are exposed to numerous types of operational risk.  Operational risk includes the risk of fraud by persons inside or outside the Company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction processing and systems and breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements.  This risk also includes potential legal actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards.

We establish and maintain systems of internal operational controls that provide us with timely and accurate information about our level of operational risk.  Although not foolproof, these systems have been designed to manage operational risk at appropriate, cost-effective levels.  Procedures exist that are designed to ensure that policies relating to conduct, ethics, and business practices are followed.  From time to time, losses from operational risk may occur, including the effects of operational errors.  We continually monitor and improve our internal controls, data processing systems, and corporate-wide processes and procedures, but there can be no assurance that future losses will not occur.

There can be no assurance that we will continue to pay cash dividends .

Although we have historically paid cash dividends, there is no assurance that we will continue to pay cash dividends.  Future payment of cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, economic conditions, and such other factors as the board may deem relevant.  As a result of the board of directors’ consideration of these factors, beginning in the first quarter of 2009, our board of directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.08 per share, which was a decrease from the previous rate of $0.19 per share.  The board of directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.08 per share for each quarter in 2009.

As a result of our participation in the Capital Purchase Program, the Treasury’s consent will be required for any dividends paid to common stockholders above a quarterly dividend rate of $0.19 per common share until January 9, 2012, unless prior to then the Series A preferred shares are redeemed in whole or the Treasury has transferred all of these shares to third parties.  Also, in the event that we do not pay dividends due on the Series A preferred stock, we are prohibited from paying dividends on our common stock.


The $67.9 million gain we recorded in connection with the acquisition of Cooperative Bank could be retroactively decreased.

We accounted for the Cooperative Bank acquisition under the purchase method of accounting, recording the acquired assets and liabilities of Cooperative at fair value based on preliminary purchase accounting adjustments.  Determining the fair value of assets and liabilities, particularly illiquid assets and liabilities, is a complicated process involving a significant amount of judgment regarding estimates and assumptions.  Based on the preliminary adjustments made, the fair value of the assets we acquired exceeded the fair value of the liabilities assumed by $53.8 million, which resulted in a gain for our Company.  During the third and fourth quarters of 2009, we obtained third-party appraisals for the majority of Cooperative’s collateral dependent problem loans.  Overall, the appraised values were higher than our original estimates made as of the acquisition date.  In addition, during the third and fourth quarters, we received payoffs related to certain loans for which losses had been anticipated.   Accordingly, as required by relevant accounting rules, we retrospectively adjusted the fair value of the loans acquired for these factors, which resulted in the gain being adjusted upward to $67.9 million.

Under purchase accounting, we have until one year after the acquisition to finalize the fair value adjustments, meaning that until then we could materially adjust the fair value estimates of Cooperative’s assets and liabilities based on new or updated information.  Such adjustments could reduce or eliminate the extent by which the assets acquired exceeded the liabilities assumed and would result in a retroactive decrease to the $67.9 million gain.

Item 1B .  Unresolved Staff Comments

None

Item 2.    Properties

The main offices of the Company and the Bank are owned by the Bank and are located in a three-story building in the central business district of Troy, North Carolina.  The building houses administrative and bank teller facilities.  The Bank’s Operations Division, including customer accounting functions, offices and operations of Montgomery Data, and offices for loan operations, are housed in two one-story steel frame buildings approximately one-half mile west of the main office.  Both of these buildings are owned by the Bank.  The Company operates 91 bank branches.  Except as discussed below, the Company owns all of its bank branch premises except eight branch offices for which the land and buildings are leased and eight branch offices for which the land is leased but the building is owned.  The Company also leases one loan production office.

In addition to the aforementioned leases, the Company is also temporarily renting 19 branch facilities from the FDIC related to the Cooperative acquisition.  As provided by the purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC, the Company had the option to purchase these facilities from the FDIC at a date following the transaction.  The Company has committed to purchase these properties at an aggregate purchase price of $14.7 million and expects the purchase to occur in the second quarter of 2010.  There are no other options to purchase or lease additional properties.  The Company considers its facilities adequate to meet current needs and believes that lease renewals or replacement properties can be acquired as necessary to meet future needs.

Item 3.     Legal Proceedings

Various legal proceedings may arise in the ordinary course of business and may be pending or threatened against the Company and its subsidiaries.  However, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is involved in any pending legal proceedings that management believes could have a material effect on the consolidated financial position of the Company.

There were no tax shelter penalties assessed by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company during the


year ended December 31, 2009.

PA RT II

Item 5.     Market for the Registrant’s Common Stock, Related Shareholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company’s common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol FBNC.  Table 22, included in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” below, sets forth the high and low market prices of the Company’s common stock as traded by the brokerage firms that maintain a market in the Company’s common stock and the dividends declared for the periods indicated.  On March 6, 2009, the Company announced that because of the challenging economic environment and a desire to conserve capital, it would declare a cash dividend of $0.08 per share for the first quarter of 2009, which was a reduction from the previous dividend rate of $0.19 per share.  The Company paid cash dividends of $0.08 per share for each quarter of 2009.  For the foreseeable future, it is the Company’s current intention to continue to pay cash dividends of $0.08 per share on a quarterly basis.  Under the terms of the Company’s participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program, until January 9, 2012, the Company cannot declare a quarterly cash dividend exceeding $0.19 per share without the prior approval of the Treasury.  See “Business - Supervision and Regulation” above and Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of other regulatory restrictions on the Company’s payment of dividends.  As of December 31, 2009, there were approximately 2,700 shareholders of record and another 4,200 shareholders whose stock is held in “street name.”  There were no sales of unregistered securities during the year ended December 31, 2009.

Additional Information Regarding the Registrant’s Equity Compensation Plans

At December 31, 2009, the Company had four equity-based compensation plans, one of which was assumed in a corporate acquisition.  The Company’s 2007 Equity Plan is the only one of the four plans under which new grants of equity-based awards are possible.

The following table presents information as of December 31, 2009 regarding shares of the Company’s stock that may be issued pursuant to the Company’s equity based compensation plans.  The table does not include information with respect to shares subject to outstanding options granted under a stock incentive plan assumed by the Company in connection with the acquisition of the company that originally granted those options.  Footnote (2) to the table indicates the total number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options under the assumed plan as of December 31, 2009, and the weighted average exercise price of those options.  No additional options may be granted under the assumed plan.  At December 31, 2009, the Company had no warrants or stock appreciation rights outstanding under any compensation plans.

   
As of December 31, 2009
 
   
(a)
   
(b)
   
(c)
 
                   
Plan category
 
Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options, warrants and rights
   
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights
   
Number of securities available for
future issuance under equity
compensation plans (excluding
 securities reflected in column (a))
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)
    743,828     $ 17.80       864,941  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
 
   
   
 
Total (2)
    743,828     $ 17.80       864,941  

(1)  Consists of (A) the Company’s 2007 Equity Plan, which is currently in effect; (B) the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan; and (C) the Company’s 1994 Stock Option Plan, each of which was approved by our shareholders.


(2)  The table does not include information for stock incentive plans that the Company assumed in connection with mergers and acquisitions of the companies that originally established those plans.  As of December 31, 2009, a total of 9,288 shares of common stock were issuable upon exercise under an assumed plan.  The weighted average exercise price of those outstanding options is $11.82 per share.  No additional options may be granted under the assumed plan.


Performance Graph

The performance graph shown below compares the Company’s cumulative total return to shareholders for the five-year period commencing December 31, 2004 and ending December 31, 2009, with the cumulative total return of the Russell 2000 Index (reflecting overall stock market performance of small-capitalization companies), and an index of banks with between $1 billion and $5 billion in assets, as constructed by SNL Securities, LP (reflecting changes in banking industry stocks).  The graph and table assume that $100 was invested on December 31, 2004 in each of the Company’s common stock, the Russell 2000 Index, and the SNL Bank Index, and that all dividends were reinvested.

First Bancorp
Comparison of Five-Year Total Return Performances (1)
Five Years Ending December 31, 2009
 

 
   
Total Return Index Values (1)
December 31,
 
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2009
 
First Bancorp
  $ 100.00       76.68       85.96       77.18       78.40       61.01  
Russell 2000
    100.00       104.55       123.76       121.82       80.66       102.58  
SNL Index-Banks between $1 billion and $5 billion
    100.00       98.29       113.74       82.85       68.72       49.26  


Notes:

(1)
Total return indices were provided from an independent source, SNL Securities LP, Charlottesville, Virginia, and assume initial investment of $100 on December 31, 2004, reinvestment of dividends, and changes in market values.  Total return index numerical values used in this example are for illustrative purposes only.

 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Pursuant to authorizations by the Company’s board of directors, the Company has from time to time repurchased shares of common stock in private transactions and in open-market purchases.  The most recent board authorization was announced on July 30, 2004 and authorized the repurchase of 375,000 shares of the Company’s stock.  The Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2009.  Under the terms of the Company’s participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program, the Treasury’s consent is required for any stock repurchases prior to January 9, 2012, unless the Company has redeemed the Series A preferred stock in whole, or the Treasury has transferred all of these shares to third parties.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Period
   
Total Number of Shares Purchased (2)
   
Average Price Paid Per Share
   
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (1)
   
Maximum Number of Shares That May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (1)
 
Month #1 (October 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009)
   
   
   
      234,667  
Month #2 (November 1, 2009 to November 30, 2009)
   
   
   
      234,667  
Month #3 (December 1, 2009 to December 31, 2009)
   
   
   
      234,667  
Total
   
   
   
      234,667  

Footnotes to the Above Table

 
(1)
All shares available for repurchase are pursuant to publicly announced share repurchase authorizations.  On July 30, 2004, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had approved the repurchase of 375,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.  The repurchase authorization does not have an expiration date.  Subject to the restrictions discussed above related to the Company’s participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program, there are no plans or programs the Company has determined to terminate prior to expiration, or under which the Company does not intend to make further purchases.

 
(2)
The table above does not include shares that were used by option holders to satisfy the exercise price of the call options issued by the Company to its employees and directors pursuant to the Company’s stock option plans.  There were no such exercises during the three months ended December 31, 2009.

Item 6.     Selected Consolidated Financial Data

Table 1 on page 60 of this report sets forth the selected consolidated financial data for the Company.

Item 7 .    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management’s Discussion and Analysis is intended to assist readers in understanding our results of operations and changes in financial position for the past three years.  This review should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes beginning on page 77 of this report and the supplemental financial data contained in Tables 1 through 22 included with this discussion and analysis.


Overview - 2009 Compared to 2008

Net income was significantly higher in 2009 than in 2008 due to a gain that resulted from the Cooperative Bank acquisition in June 2009.  Most items of income and expense were higher in 2009 than in 2008 as a result of the Cooperative acquisition.  Our provision for loan losses was not impacted by the acquisition, but increased significantly due to deterioration of asset quality, which we believe was primarily caused by the recessionary economic environment, including its unfavorable effect on real estate values.

Financial Highlights
                 
($ in thousands except per share data)
 
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
                   
Earnings
                 
Net interest income
  $ 107,096       86,559       23.7 %
Provision for loan losses
    20,186       9,880       104.3 %
Noninterest income
    89,518       20,657       333.4 %
Noninterest expenses
    78,551       62,211       26.3 %
Income before income taxes
    97,877       35,125       178.7 %
Income tax expense
    37,618       13,120       186.7 %
Net income
    60,259       22,005       173.8 %
Preferred stock dividends and accretion
    (3,972 )              
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 56,287       22,005       155.8 %
                         
Net income per common share
                       
Basic
  $ 3.38       1.38       144.9 %
Diluted
    3.37       1.37       146.0 %
                         
At Year End
                       
Assets
  $ 3,545,356       2,750,567       28.9 %
Loans
    2,652,865       2,211,315       20.0 %
Deposits
    2,933,108       2,074,791       41.4 %
                         
Ratios
                       
Return on average assets
    1.82 %     0.89 %        
Return on average common equity
    22.55 %     10.44 %        
Net interest margin (taxable-equivalent)
    3.81 %     3.74 %        


The following is a more detailed discussion of our results for 2009 compared to 2008:

For the year ended December 31, 2009, we reported net income available to common shareholders of $56.3 million compared to $22.0 million reported for 2008.  Earnings per diluted common share were $3.37 for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $1.37 for 2008.

In the second quarter of 2009, we realized a $67.9 million gain related to the acquisition of Cooperative Bank in Wilmington, North Carolina.  This gain resulted from the difference between the purchase price and the acquisition-date fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities.  The after-tax impact of this gain was $41.1 million, or $2.46 per diluted common share.

We also recorded preferred stock dividends and accretion related to our issuance of preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury, which reduced net income available to common shareholders and earnings per diluted common share.  For the year ended December 31, 2009, total preferred stock dividends of $4 million reduced our net income available to common shareholders.

Total assets at December 31, 2009, including the impact of the Cooperative acquisition, amounted to $3.5 billion, 28.9% higher than a year earlier.  Total loans at December 31, 2009 amounted to $2.7 billion, a 20.0% increase from a year earlier, and total deposits amounted to $2.9 billion at December 31, 2009, a 41.4% increase


from a year earlier.

Excluding the effects of the Cooperative acquisition, we experienced a general decline in loans and an increase in deposits during 2009.  Excluding the impact of Cooperative, loans declined approximately 4% in 2009.  We continue to originate and renew a significant amount of loans each month, but normal paydowns of loans have exceeded new loan growth.  Excluding the impact of Cooperative, we experienced deposit growth of approximately 7% in 2009.  Additionally, we have steadily lowered our levels of brokered deposits and internet deposits since the Cooperative acquisition.  Brokered deposits comprised just 2.6% of total deposits at December 31, 2009, with internet deposits comprising an additional 4.4%.

Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2009 amounted to $107.1 million, a 23.7% increase from 2008.  The increases in net interest income were primarily due to 1) the higher average balances of loans and deposits previously discussed, and 2) a higher net interest margin.

Our net interest margin (tax-equivalent net interest income divided by average earnings assets) for 2009 was 3.81% compared to 3.74% for 2008.  During 2009, there were no changes in the interest rates set by the Federal Reserve, and we were able to reprice at lower rates maturing time deposits that had been originated in periods of higher interest rates.

The current economic environment, including its unfavorable effect on real estate values, has resulted in an increase in our loan losses and nonperforming assets, which has led to significantly higher provisions for loan losses.  Our provision for loan losses amounted to $20.2 million for 2009 compared to $9.9 million recorded in 2008.

The increases in the provisions for loan losses are solely attributable to our “non-covered” loan portfolio, which excludes loans assumed from Cooperative that are subject to loss share agreements with the FDIC.  We do not expect to record any significant loan loss provisions in the foreseeable future related to the loan portfolio acquired from Cooperative because these loans were written down to estimated fair market value in connection with the recording of the acquisition.

Our non-covered nonperforming assets at December 31, 2009 amounted to $92 million compared to $35 million at December 31, 2008.  At December 31, 2009, the ratio of non-covered nonperforming assets to total non-covered assets was 3.10% compared to 1.29% at December 31, 2008.

Our ratio of annualized net charge-offs to average non-covered loans was 0.56% for 2009 compared to 0.24% for 2008.

Noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2009 amounted to $89.5 million compared to $20.7 million for 2008.  The primary reason for the increase was the $67.9 million gain realized from the Cooperative acquisition that occurred in June 2009, as discussed above.

Noninterest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 amounted to $78.6 million, a 26.3% increase from the $62.2 million recorded in 2008.  Incremental operating expenses associated with the Cooperative acquisition were the primary reason for the increases in 2009.  Additionally, FDIC insurance expense amounted to $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $1.2 million for 2008.  Included in the $5.5 million in FDIC insurance expense for 2009 was $1.6 million related to a special assessment that was levied by the FDIC on all banks in the second quarter of 2009.  Also, during 2009, we recorded $1.3 million in acquisition related expenses.

Our effective tax rate was 36%-38% for each of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.


Overview - 2008 Compared to 2007

Net income was approximately 1% higher in 2008 than in 2007, while earnings per share were down 9% due to a higher number of shares of stock outstanding as a result of shares issued in connection with our acquisition of Great Pee Dee Bancorp, Inc. in April 2008.  Overall our profitability measures were down in 2008 primarily as a result of a lower net interest margin, higher provision for loan losses, and higher expenses that were associated with our growth.

Financial Highlights
                 
($ in thousands except per share data)
 
2008
   
2007
   
Change
 
                   
Earnings
                 
Net interest income
  $ 86,559       79,284       9.2 %
Provision for loan losses
    9,880       5,217       89.4 %
Noninterest income
    20,657       17,217       20.0 %
Noninterest expenses
    62,211       56,324       10.5 %
Income before income taxes
    35,125       34,960       0.5 %
Income tax expense
    13,120       13,150       -0.2 %
Net income
  $ 22,005       21,810       0.9 %
                         
Net income per share
                       
Basic
  $ 1.38       1.52       -9.2 %
Diluted
    1.37       1.51       -9.3 %
                         
At Year End
                       
Assets
  $ 2,750,567       2,317,249       18.7 %
Loans
    2,211,315       1,894,295       16.7 %
Deposits
    2,074,791       1,838,277       12.9 %
                         
Ratios
                       
Return on average assets
    0.89 %     1.02 %        
Return on average equity
    10.44 %     12.77 %        
Net interest margin (taxable-equivalent)
    3.74 %     4.00 %        


The following is a more detailed discussion of our results for 2008 compared to 2007:

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $22.0 million or $1.37 per diluted share, compared to net income of $21.8 million, or $1.51 per diluted share, reported for 2007, a decrease of 9.3% in earnings per share.  The 2008 earnings reflect the impact of the acquisition of Great Pee Dee, which had $211 million in total assets as of the acquisition date, and resulted in the issuance of 2,059,091 shares of First Bancorp common stock .

We experienced strong balance sheet growth in 2008.  Total assets at December 31, 2008 amounted to $2.8 billion, 18.7% higher than a year earlier.  Total loans at December 31, 2008 amounted to $2.2 billion, a 16.7% increase from a year earlier, and total deposits amounted to $2.1 billion at December 31, 2008, a 12.9% increase from a year earlier.  Total shareholders’ equity amounted to $219.9 million at December 31, 2008, a 26.3% increase from a year earlier.  The high growth rates were impacted by the acquisition of Great Pee Dee on April 1, 2008, which had $184 million in loans, $148 million in deposits, and $211 million in assets on that date.

Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2008 amounted to $86.6 million, a 9.2% increase from 2007.  The increases in net interest income during 2008 were primarily due to growth in loans and deposits.

The impact of the growth in loans and deposits on net interest income was partially offset by a decline in our net interest margin.  Our net interest margin for 2008 was 3.74% compared to 4.00% for 2007.  Our net interest margin was negatively impacted by the Federal Reserve lowering interest rates by a total of 500 basis points from


September 2007 to December 2008.  When interest rates are lowered, our net interest margin declines, at least temporarily, as most of our adjustable rate loans reprice downward immediately, while rates on our customer time deposits are fixed, and thus do not adjust downward until they mature.

Our provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $9.9 million compared to $5.2 million recorded in 2007.  The higher provision in 2008 was primarily related to negative trends in asset quality.

The recessionary economic environment resulted in an increase in our delinquencies and classified assets during 2008.  At December 31, 2008, our nonperforming assets were $35.4 million compared to $10.9 million at December 31, 2007.  Our nonperforming assets to total assets ratio was 1.29% at December 31, 2008 compared to 0.47% at December 31, 2007.  For the year ended December 31, 2008, our ratio of net charge-offs to average loans was 0.24% compared to 0.16% for 2007.

Noninterest income for 2008 amounted to $20.7 million, a 20.0% increase over 2007.  The positive variance in noninterest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 primarily related to increases in service charges on deposit accounts.  These higher service charges were primarily associated with expanding the availability of our customer overdraft protection program in the fourth quarter of 2007 to include debit card purchases and ATM withdrawals.  Previously the overdraft protection program, in which we charge a fee for honoring payments on overdrawn accounts, only applied to written checks.

Noninterest expenses for 2008 amounted to $62.2 million, a 10.5% increase from 2007.  This increase was primarily attributable to our growth, including 2008 acquisition of Great Pee Dee.  Additionally, we recorded FDIC insurance expense of $1,157,000 for year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $100,000 for 2007, as a result of the FDIC beginning to charge for FDIC insurance again in order to replenish its reserves.

Our effective tax rate was 37%-38% for each of years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

Outlook for 2010

We expect the banking industry to continue to face significant challenges in 2010.  Economic data remains weak and unemployment rates have hit 30 year highs in much of our market area.  While many analysts believe the worst of the national housing market decline is over, the Carolinas and Virginia are thought by some to have been a region that experienced housing declines later than other regions of the country.  Thus, our region may not be as far along as other regions as it relates to a housing recovery.  Also, many analysts believe that the commercial real estate market may be the next segment of bank loan portfolios to experience heavy losses.  Like most banks, we have a significant amount of both residential real estate and commercial real estate loans.

Although we have consistently operated our company in what we believe is a conservative manner and have asset quality ratios that compare favorably to peer ratios, we continue to experience steady increases in our nonperforming assets and our loan losses.  For our company, we have not yet seen a lessening, or even a leveling off, of the unfavorable asset quality indicators that we review.  Accordingly, until we begin to see tangible signs of recovery, we expect that our provisions for loan losses will continue to be elevated in comparison to historical norms.

Additionally, we expect loan demand to remain at low levels due to economic conditions and depressed real estate values, which we believe will result in a continued decline in our loan portfolio.  We also expect deposit growth to be low in 2010.  We believe that growth in our deposits that would otherwise occur will be offset by the loss of higher priced maturing deposits that are not renewed at maturity by customers in search of a higher yield.  Based on the above factors, we believe that our net interest margin will not vary materially from the net interest margins recently realized.


We expect legislation regarding fees charged on nonsufficient funds will lower noninterest income in the second half of 2010.  In 2010, we expect to realize a modest amount of efficiencies from various internal initiatives, as well as efficiencies related to our Cooperative acquisition, which should result in our level of quarterly noninterest expenses being slightly lower than that realized in the fourth quarter of 2009.

Critical Accounting Policies

The accounting principles we follow and our methods of applying these principles conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and with general practices followed by the banking industry.  Certain of these principles involve a significant amount of judgment and may involve the use of estimates based on our best assumptions at the time of the estimation.  The allowance for loan losses, intangible assets, and the valuation of acquired assets are three policies we have identified as being more sensitive in terms of judgments and estimates, taking into account their overall potential impact to our consolidated financial statements.

Allowance for Loan Losses

Due to the estimation process and the potential materiality of the amounts involved, we have identified the accounting for the allowance for loan losses and the related provision for loan losses as an accounting policy critical to our consolidated financial statements.  The provision for loan losses charged to operations is an amount sufficient to bring the allowance for loan losses to an estimated balance considered adequate to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio.

Our determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based primarily on a mathematical model that estimates the appropriate allowance for loan losses.  This model has two components.  The first component involves the estimation of losses on loans defined as “impaired loans.”  A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  The estimated valuation allowance is the difference, if any, between the loan balance outstanding and the value of the impaired loan as determined by either 1) an estimate of the cash flows that we expect to receive from the borrower discounted at the loan’s effective rate, or 2) in the case of a collateral-dependent loan, the fair value of the collateral.

The second component of the allowance model is an estimate of losses for all loans not considered to be impaired loans.  Loans that we have classified as having normal credit risk are segregated by loan type, and estimated loss percentages are assigned to each loan type, based on the historical losses, current economic conditions, and operational conditions specific to each loan type.   Loans that we have risk graded as having more than “standard” risk but not considered to be impaired are segregated between those relationships with outstanding balances exceeding $500,000 and those that are less than that amount.  For those loan relationships with outstanding balances exceeding $500,000, we review the attributes of each individual loan and assign any necessary loss reserve based on various factors including payment history, borrower strength, collateral value, and guarantor strength.  For loan relationships less than $500,000 with more than standard risk but not considered to be impaired, loss percentages are based on a multiple of the estimated loss rate for loans of a similar loan type with normal risk.  The multiples assigned vary by type of loan, depending on risk, and we have consulted with an external credit review firm in assigning those multiples.

The reserve estimated for impaired loans is then added to the reserve estimated for all other loans.  This becomes our “allocated allowance.”  In addition to the allocated allowance derived from the model, we also evaluate other data such as the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total loans, net loan growth information, nonperforming asset levels and trends in such data.  Based on this additional analysis, we may determine that an additional amount of allowance for loan losses is necessary to reserve for probable losses.  This additional amount, if any, is our “unallocated allowance.”  The sum of the allocated allowance and the unallocated allowance is compared to the actual allowance for loan losses recorded on our books and any adjustment


necessary for the recorded allowance to equal the computed allowance is recorded as a provision for loan losses.  The provision for loan losses is a direct charge to earnings in the period recorded.

Loans covered under loss share agreements are recorded at fair value at acquisition date.  Therefore, amounts deemed uncollectible at acquisition date become a part of the fair value calculation and are excluded from the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequent decreases in the amount expected to be collected result in a provision for loan losses with a corresponding increase in the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequent increases in the amount expected to be collected result in a reversal of any previously recorded provision for loan losses and related allowance for loan losses, or prospective adjustment to the accretable yield if no provision for loan losses had been recorded.  Proportional adjustments are also recorded to the FDIC receivable under the loss share agreements.

Although we use the best information available to make evaluations, future material adjustments may be necessary if economic, operational, or other conditions change.  In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses.  Such agencies may require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on the examiners’ judgment about information available to them at the time of their examinations.

For further discussion, see “Nonperforming Assets” and “Summary of Loan Loss Experience” below.

Intangible Assets

Due to the estimation process and the potential materiality of the amounts involved, we have also identified the accounting for intangible assets as an accounting policy critical to our consolidated financial statements.

When we complete an acquisition transaction, the excess of the purchase price over the amount by which the fair market value of assets acquired exceeds the fair market value of liabilities assumed represents an intangible asset.  We must then determine the identifiable portions of the intangible asset, with any remaining amount classified as goodwill.  Identifiable intangible assets associated with these acquisitions are generally amortized over the estimated life of the related asset, whereas goodwill is tested annually for impairment, but not systematically amortized.  Assuming no goodwill impairment, it is beneficial to our future earnings to have a lower amount assigned to identifiable intangible assets and higher amount of goodwill as opposed to having a higher amount considered to be identifiable intangible assets and a lower amount classified as goodwill.

The primary identifiable intangible asset we typically record in connection with a whole bank or bank branch acquisition is the value of the core deposit intangible, whereas when we acquire an insurance agency, the primary identifiable intangible asset is the value of the acquired customer list.  Determining the amount of identifiable intangible assets and their average lives involves multiple assumptions and estimates and is typically determined by performing a discounted cash flow analysis, which involves a combination of any or all of the following assumptions:  customer attrition/runoff, alternative funding costs, deposit servicing costs, and discount rates.  We typically engage a third party consultant to assist in each analysis.  For the whole bank and bank branch transactions recorded to date, the core deposit intangibles have generally been estimated to have a life ranging from seven to ten years, with an accelerated rate of amortization.  For insurance agency acquisitions, the identifiable intangible assets related to the customer lists were determined to have a life of ten to fifteen years, with amortization occurring on a straight-line basis.

Subsequent to the initial recording of the identifiable intangible assets and goodwill, we amortize the identifiable intangible assets over their estimated average lives, as discussed above.  In addition, on at least an annual basis, goodwill is evaluated for impairment by comparing the fair value of our reporting units to their related carrying value, including goodwill (our community banking operation is our only material reporting unit).  At our last evaluation, the fair value of our community banking operation exceeded its carrying value, including goodwill.  If the carrying value of a reporting unit were ever to exceed its fair value, we would determine whether


the implied fair value of the goodwill, using a discounted cash flow analysis, exceeded the carrying value of the goodwill.  If the carrying value of the goodwill exceeded the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss would be recorded in an amount equal to that excess.  Performing such a discounted cash flow analysis would involve the significant use of estimates and assumptions.

We review identifiable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.  Our policy is that an impairment loss is recognized, equal to the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and its fair value, if the sum of the expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset.  Estimating future cash flows involves the use of multiple estimates and assumptions, such as those listed above.

Fair Value and Discount Accretion of Acquired Loans

We consider that the determination of the initial fair value of loans acquired in the June 19, 2009, FDIC-assisted transaction, the initial fair value of the related FDIC loss share receivable, and the subsequent discount accretion of the purchased loans to involve a high degree of judgment and complexity.  The carrying value of the acquired loans and the FDIC loss share receivable reflect management’s best estimate of the amount to be realized on each of these assets.  We determined current fair value accounting estimates of the assumed assets and liabilities in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standard Board’s (FASB) Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) 805 “Business Combinations.”  However, the amount that we realize on these assets could differ materially from the carrying value reflected in our financial statements, based upon the timing of collections on the acquired loans in future periods.  To the extent the actual values realized for the acquired loans are different from the estimates, the FDIC loss share receivable will generally be impacted in an offsetting manner due to the loss-sharing support from the FDIC.

Because of the inherent credit losses associated with the acquired loans, the amount that we recorded as the fair values for the loans was less than the contractual unpaid principal balance due from the borrowers, with the difference being referred to as the “discount” on the acquired loans.  For the acquired loans that were impaired on the date of acquisition, we are applying the guidance in ASC 310-30 (originally issued as AICPA Statement of Position No. 03-3, “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer”) in accounting for the discount.   We have initially applied the cost recovery method permitted by ASC 310-30 to all purchased impaired loans due to the uncertainty as to the timing of expected cash flows.  This will result in the recognition of interest income on these impaired loans only when the cash payments received from the borrower exceed the recorded net book value of the related loans.

For nonimpaired purchased loans, we have also elected to apply ASC 310-30 in the accounting for the accretion of the discount.  We are accreting the discount for these loans based on the expected cash flows of the loans.

Merger and Acquisition Activity
 
We completed the following acquisitions during 2008 and 2009 (none in 2007).  The results of each acquired company/branch are included in our financial statements beginning on their respective acquisition dates.

(a)  On April 1, 2008, we completed the acquisition of Great Pee Dee Bancorp, Inc. (Great Pee Dee).  Great Pee Dee was the parent company of Sentry Bank and Trust (Sentry), a South Carolina community bank with one branch in Florence, South Carolina and two branches in Cheraw, South Carolina.  Great Pee Dee had $211 million in total assets as of the date of acquisition.  This acquisition represented a natural extension of our market area, with Sentry’s Cheraw offices being in close proximity to our Rockingham, North Carolina branch and Sentry’s Florence office being in close proximity to our existing branches in Dillon and Latta, South Carolina.  Our primary reason for the acquisition was to expand into a contiguous market with facilities, operations and experienced staff in place.  The terms of the agreement called for shareholders of Great Pee Dee to receive 1.15


shares of First Bancorp stock for each share of Great Pee Dee stock they owned.  The transaction resulted in the issuance of 2,059,091 shares of our common stock that were valued at approximately $37.0 million and the assumption of employee stock options with a fair market value of approximately $0.6 million.  The value of the stock issued was determined using a Company stock price of $17.98, which was the average of the daily closing price of our stock for the five trading days closest to the July 12, 2007 announcement of the execution of the definitive merger agreement.   The value of the employee stock options assumed was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.  The operating results of Great Pee Dee are included in our financial statements beginning on the April 1, 2008 acquisition date.

As a result of this acquisition, we recorded approximately $847,000 in an intangible asset related to the core deposit base that is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the weighted average life of the core deposit base, which was estimated to be 7.4 years.  Additionally, we recorded approximately $16,330,000 in goodwill that is not being systematically amortized, but rather is subject to an annual impairment test.  We agreed to a purchase price that resulted in recognition of goodwill primarily due to the reasons noted above, as well as the generally positive earnings of Great Pee Dee.

(b)  On June 19, 2009, we announced that First Bank, our banking subsidiary, had entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), as receiver for Cooperative Bank, Wilmington, North Carolina.  According to the terms of the agreement, First Bank acquired all deposits (except certain brokered deposits) and borrowings, and substantially all of the assets of Cooperative Bank and its subsidiary, Lumina Mortgage.  The loans and foreclosed real estate purchased are covered by two loss share agreements between the FDIC and First Bank, which afford First Bank significant loss protection.  Under the loss share agreements, the FDIC will cover 80% of covered loan and foreclosed real estate losses up to $303 million and 95% of losses in excess of that amount.  The term for loss sharing on residential real estate loans is ten years, while the term for loss sharing on non-residential real estate loans is five years in respect to losses and eight years in respect to loss recoveries.   The reimbursable losses from the FDIC are based on the book value of the relevant loan as determined by the FDIC at the date of the transaction.

Cooperative Bank operated through twenty-one branches in North Carolina and three branches in South Carolina, with assets totaling approximately $959 million and approximately 200 employees.   This acquisition represented a natural extension of our market area with most of Cooperative‘s offices being in close proximity to our existing branches in the coastal regions of North and South Carolina.

We received a $123 million discount on the assets acquired and paid no deposit premium, which, after applying estimates of purchase accounting fair market value adjustments to the acquired assets and assumed deposits, resulted in a gain of $67.9 million.

As a result of this acquisition, we recorded approximately $3.8 million in an intangible asset related to the core deposit base that is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the weighted average life of the core deposit base, which was estimated to be 8 years.

See Note 2 and Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding intangible assets.


ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net interest income, the “spread” between earnings on interest-earning assets and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, constitutes the largest source of our earnings.  Other factors that significantly affect operating results are the provision for loan losses, noninterest income such as service fees and noninterest expenses such as salaries, occupancy expense, equipment expense and other overhead costs, as well as the effects of income taxes.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income on a reported basis amounted to $107,096,000 in 2009, $86,559,000 in 2008, and $79,284,000 in 2007.  For internal purposes and in the discussion that follows, we evaluate our net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis by adding the tax benefit realized from tax-exempt securities to reported interest income.  Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis amounted to $107,914,000 in 2009, $87,217,000 in 2008, and $79,838,000 in 2007.  Management believes that analysis of net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis is useful and appropriate because it allows a comparison of net interest amounts in different periods without taking into account the different mix of taxable versus non-taxable investments that may have existed during those periods.  The following is a reconciliation of reported net interest income to tax-equivalent net interest income.

   
Year ended December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Net interest income, as reported
  $ 107,096       86,559       79,284  
Tax-equivalent adjustment
    818       658       554  
Net interest income, tax-equivalent
  $ 107,914       87,217       79,838  

Table 2 analyzes net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis.  Our net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis increased by 23.7% in 2009 and 9.2% in 2008.  There are two primary factors that cause changes in the amount of net interest income we record - 1) growth in loans and deposits, and 2) our net interest margin (tax-equivalent net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets).  In 2008 and 2009, growth in loans and deposits increased net interest income.  In 2008, the positive effects of the growth were partially offset by lower net interest margins, while in 2009, net interest income was enhanced by a slightly higher net interest margin.

Loans outstanding grew by 20.0% and 16.7% in 2009 and 2008, respectively, while deposits increased 41.4% in 2009 and 12.9% in 2008.  A majority of the increase in loans and deposits in 2009 and 2008 came as a result of the June 19, 2009 acquisition of Cooperative Bank and the April 1, 2008 acquisition of Great Pee Dee, respectively.

As illustrated in Table 3, this growth positively impacted net interest income in both 2009 and 2008.  In both years, the positive impact on net interest income of growth in interest-earning assets, primarily loans, more than offset the higher interest expense associated with funding the asset growth.  In 2009, growth in interest-earning assets resulted in an increase in interest income of $25.3 million, while growth in interest-bearing liabilities only resulted in $12.6 million in higher interest expense.  In 2008, growth in interest-earning assets resulted in an increase in interest income of $23.2 million, while growth in interest-bearing liabilities only resulted in $11.6 million in higher interest expense.  As a result, balance sheet growth resulted in an increase in tax-equivalent net interest income of $12.7 million in 2009 and $11.6 million in 2008.

Table 3 also illustrates the impact that changes in the rates that we earned/paid had on our net interest income in 2008 and 2009.  Beginning in late 2007 and throughout 2008, the Federal Reserve reduced interest rates significantly as a result of recessionary economic conditions.  For 2008, the lower interest rates resulted in a decrease in our interest income of $24.2 million compared to a decrease in interest expense of only $19.9 million,


which resulted in a reduction in net interest income of $4.2 million.  Thus the declining interest rates negatively impacted net interest income for 2008.  In 2009, there were no changes in interest rates set by the Federal Reserve and we were able to reprice maturing time deposits at lower prices.  In 2009, the impact of lower interest rates resulted in a reduction of interest expense of $25.0 million, due mostly to the ability to reprice time deposits at lower levels, while our interest income only declined by $17.0 million.  Thus, the impact of overall lower rates resulted in an $8.0 million increase in net interest income.

We measure the spread between the yield on our earning assets and the cost of our funding primarily in terms of the ratio entitled “net interest margin” which is defined as tax-equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets.  Our net interest margin increased seven basis points in 2009 to 3.81% after decreasing in 2008 to 3.74% from 4.00% in 2007.

In 2008, our lower net interest margin was caused primarily by the significant decreases in interest rates that the Federal Reserve announced beginning in late 2007 and that continued throughout 2008.  From September 2007 to December 2008, the Federal Reserve reduced interest rates by a total of 500 basis points.  When interest rates are lowered, our net interest margin declines, at least temporarily, because generally our assets that reprice when interest rates change reprice downward immediately by the full amount of the interest rate change, while most of our liabilities that are subject to adjustment reprice at a lag to the rate change and typically not to the full extent of the rate change.  Also, many of our deposit accounts had rates lower than 5.00% prior to the rate cuts, and thus could not be reduced by 500 basis points.

In addition to the negative effects mentioned above, our net interest margin in 2008 was negatively impacted by our deposit growth being concentrated in deposit account types that carry high interest rates.  In 2008, we offered higher interest rates on several of our deposit products in order to attract deposits and enhance our liquidity, which was negatively impacted by our acquisition of Great Pee Dee Bancorp, which had $184 million in loans and only $148 million in deposits.

In 2009, our net interest margin improved slightly as the Federal Reserve made no changes to interest rates.  As a result, we were able to reprice many of our maturing time deposits, which had been originated in periods of higher interest rates, at lower rates.  We were also able to generally decrease the rates we paid on other types of deposits as a result of an increase in deposits and liquidity that lessened our need to offer premium interest rates.

For the reasons discussed above, in 2009 the yields we realized on our interest-earning assets decreased by a smaller amount than did the rates we paid on our interest-bearing liabilities, while conversely, in 2008 the yields we realized on our interest-earning assets decreased by a larger amount than did the rates we paid on our interest-bearing liabilities. As derived from Table 2, in 2009 , the yield realized on average earning assets decreased by only 85 basis points from 2008 (from 6.38% to 5.53%) while the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 108 basis points (from 3.04% to 1.96%).  The difference in these changes in 2009 positively impacted our net interest margin.  In comparing 2008 to 2007, the yield realized on average earning assets decreased by 110 basis points (from 7.48% to 6.38%) while the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by only 100 basis points (from 4.04% to 3.04%).  The differences in these changes in 2008 negatively impacted our net interest margin.

In addition to the factors noted above, our net interest income in 2008 and 2009 was impacted by certain purchase accounting adjustments related to our acquisitions of Cooperative Bank and Great Pee Dee.  In our Cooperative Bank acquisition, we assumed a loan portfolio that had interest rates that were generally consistent with interest rates in our loan portfolio.  However, as a result of the efforts to attract deposits and maintain sufficient liquidity in the period prior to the bank’s closing, Cooperative Bank’s time deposits had interest rates that were significantly higher than the existing market rate for time deposits.  Accounting regulations required us to record a premium on those deposits and amortize the premium as a reduction to interest expense over the life of the deposit portfolio to reduce the yield on those deposits to a market rate of interest.  In addition, as discussed in “Critical Accounting Policies” above, we are accreting the initial discount recorded on nonimpaired


Cooperative loans over the expected cash flows of the loans.  Less significant interest income and expense purchase accounting adjustments were also recorded in 2008 and 2009 related to our acquisition of Great Pee Dee.  The following tables present the purchase accounting adjustments made in 2008 and 2009 that impacted net interest income.


($ in thousands)
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
   
Cooperative
   
Great Pee Dee
   
Total
 
                   
Interest income – reduced by premium amortization on loans
  $       (196 )     (196 )
Interest income – increased by accretion of loan discount
    1,469             1,469  
Interest expense – reduced by premium amortization of deposits
    (3,711 )     (200 )     (3,911 )
Interest expense – reduced by premium amortization of borrowings
          (464 )     (464 )
Impact on net interest income
  $ 5,180       468       5,648  


($ in thousands)
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
   
Cooperative
   
Great Pee Dee
   
Total
 
                   
Interest income – reduced by premium amortization on loans
  $       (147 )     (147 )
Interest income – increased by accretion of loan discount
                 
Interest expense – reduced by premium amortization of deposits
          (898 )     (898 )
Interest expense – reduced by premium amortization of borrowings
          (347 )     (347 )
Impact on net interest income
  $       1,098       1,098  

The following table presents the purchase accounting entries that we expect to record in 2010.

   
Cooperative
   
Great Pee Dee
   
Total
 
                   
Interest income – reduced by premium amortization on loans
  $       (147 )     (147 )
Interest income – increased by accretion of loan discount
 
See note below
             
Interest expense – reduced by premium amortization of deposits
    (2,211 )           (2,211 )
Interest expense – reduced by premium amortization of borrowings
          (338 )     (338 )
Impact on net interest income
  $ 2,211       191       2,402  

We cannot determine the amount of interest income, if any, to be recognized from the accretion of the loan discount on Cooperative loans because it is reliant on our ongoing assessment of  expected cash flows of the loans, which is impacted by any changes in expected credit losses related to the loans.

See additional information regarding net interest income in the section entitled “Interest Rate Risk.”

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses charged to operations is an amount sufficient to bring the allowance for loan losses to an estimated balance considered appropriate to absorb probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on the level of loan growth, an evaluation of the portfolio, current economic conditions, historical loan loss experience and other risk factors.

The current economic environment which began in late 2007 has resulted in declines in real estate values, and increases in loan delinquencies, loan losses and nonperforming assets, which has led to significantly higher provisions for loan losses.  Our provision for loan losses was $20,186,000 in 2009, compared to $9,880,000 in 2008 and $5,217,000 in 2007.

The increases in the provisions for loan losses are solely attributable to our “non-covered” loan portfolio,


which excludes loans assumed from Cooperative that are subject to the loss share agreement with the FDIC.  We do not expect to record any significant loan loss provisions in the foreseeable future related to the loan portfolio acquired from Cooperative because these loans were written down to estimated fair market value in connection with the recording of the acquisition.

Non-covered nonperforming assets at December 31, 2009 amounted to $92 million compared to $35 million and $10 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  At December 31, 2009, the ratio of non-covered nonperforming assets to total non-covered assets was 3.10% compared to 1.29% and 0.47% at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, the ratio of net charge-offs to average non-covered loans was 0.56% compared to 0.24% for 2008 and 0.16% in 2007.

See the section entitled “Allowance for Loan Losses and Loan Loss Experience” below for a more detailed discussion of the allowance for loan losses.  The allowance is monitored and analyzed regularly in conjunction with our loan analysis and grading program, and adjustments are made to maintain an adequate allowance for loan losses.

Noninterest Income

Our noninterest income amounted to $89,518,000 in 2009, $20,657,000 in 2008, and $17,217,000 in 2007.

As shown in Table 4, core noninterest income, which excludes the Cooperative acquisition gain and other miscellaneous gains and losses, amounted to $21,870,000 in 2009, a 6.6% increase from $20,515,000 in 2008.  The 2008 core noninterest income of $20,515,000 was 22.6% higher than the $16,740,000 recorded in 2007.

See Table 4 and the following discussion for an understanding of the components of noninterest income.

Service charges on deposit accounts in 2009 amounted to $13,854,000, a 2.4% increase compared to $13,535,000 recorded in 2008.  The $13,535,000 recorded in 2008 was 35.5% more than the 2007 amount of $9,988,000.  The increase in 2009 can be attributed to a larger customer base as a result of the Cooperative acquisition.  The primary reason for the increase in 2008 was the expansion of our overdraft protection program in the fourth quarter of 2007 to include overdraft protection for debit card purchases and ATM withdrawals.  Previously the overdraft protection program, in which we charge a fee for honoring payments on overdrawn accounts, only applied to written checks.  We expect legislation that will be effective beginning on July 1, 2010 to reduce our fees earned on overdrafts.  The legislation prohibits us from charging an overdraft fee for paying automated teller machine (ATM) and one-time debit card transactions that overdraw a consumer’s account, unless the consumer affirmatively consents, or opts in, to the institution’s payment of overdrafts for these transactions.

Other service charges, commissions and fees amounted to $4,848,000 in 2009, a 10.4% increase from the $4,392,000 earned in 2008.  The 2008 amount of $4,392,000 was a 12.6% increase from the $3,902,000 recorded in 2007.  This category of noninterest income includes items such as electronic payment processing revenue (which includes fees related to credit card transactions by merchants and customers and fees earned from debit card transactions), ATM charges, safety deposit box rentals, fees from sales of personalized checks, and check cashing fees.  The  growth in this category for both years was primarily due to the increased acceptance and popularity of debit cards (for which we earn income for each use by our customers) and the overall growth in our total customer base, including growth achieved from corporate acquisitions.

Fees from presold mortgages amounted to $1,505,000 in 2009, $869,000 in 2008, and $1,135,000 in 2007.  The increase in fees earned in 2009 was due to the increased mortgage refinance activity due to a favorable interest rate environment.  The decrease in fees earned in 2008 was primarily a result of lower volume caused by the declining market for home sales.


Commissions from sales of insurance and financial products amounted to $1,524,000 in 2009, $1,552,000 in 2008, and $1,511,000 in 2007.  This line item includes commissions we receive from three sources - 1) sales of credit life insurance associated with new loans, 2) commissions from the sales of investment, annuity, and long-term care insurance products, and 3) commissions from the sale of property and casualty insurance.  The following table presents the contribution of each of the three sources to the total amount recognized in this line item:

($ in thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Commissions earned from:
                 
Sales of credit life insurance
  $ 281       294       304  
Sales of investments, annuities, and long term care insurance
    503       474       387  
Sales of property and casualty insurance
    740       784       820  
Total
  $ 1,524       1,552       1,511  


Data processing fees amounted to $139,000 in 2009, $167,000 in 2008, and $204,000 in 2007.  As noted earlier, Montgomery Data has historically made its excess data processing capabilities available to area financial institutions for a fee.  As of the year ended December 31, 2007, Montgomery Data had two outside customers.  In 2008, the two customers merged with one another, thus leaving Montgomery Data with one customer at December 31, 2008 and 2009.  However this customer terminated its service agreement with Montgomery Data effective in January 2010.  In light of the demands of providing service to the Bank, we have decided to discontinue this service for third parties, and we expect to merge Montgomery Data into the Bank later in 2010.

Noninterest income not considered to be “core” amounted to a net gain of $67,648,000 in 2009, a net gain of $142,000 in 2008, and a net gain of $477,000 in 2007.  In 2009, as previously discussed, we realized a gain of $67,894,000 from the acquisition of Cooperative Bank in June 2009.

Noninterest Expenses

Noninterest expenses for 2009 were $78,551,000, compared to $62,211,000 in 2008 and $56,324,000 in 2007.  Table 5 presents the components of our noninterest expense during the past three years.

As reflected in the amounts noted above, noninterest expenses increased 26.3% in 2009 and 10.5% in 2008.  The increases in noninterest expenses over the past three years have occurred in every line item of expense and have been primarily a result of our significant growth.  Due to acquisition and internal growth, over the past three years our number of bank branches has increased from 68 to 91, and the number of full time equivalent employees has increased from 620 at December 31, 2006 to 764 at December 31, 2009.  Additionally, from December 31, 2006 to December 31, 2009, the amount of loans outstanding increased 52.4% and deposits increased 73.0%.

  Within personnel expense, employee benefits expense increased by approximately $3.5 million, or 48.1%, in 2009.  The primary reasons for the increase in this line item relate to higher health care expense and higher pension expense.  We self-insure our employees’ health care expense; therefore, incurred health care costs directly impact the expense we record.  In 2009 employee health care expense increased to $3.7 million compared to $2.1 million in 2008 as a result higher claims.  Pension expense also increased during 2009, amounting to $3.7 million in 2009 compared to $2.3 million in 2008.  This increase was primarily a result of investment losses experienced by the pension plan’s assets in 2008.  In order to manage this expense, effective June 2009, we are no longer adding new participants to our pension plan.


In 2009, as a result of the acquisition of Cooperative Bank we incurred approximately $1.3 million in acquisition expenses, primarily consisting of professional fees.  Due to recent changes in relevant accounting guidance, we were required to record these acquisition costs as a current period expense.  In previous years, any direct expenses associated with an acquisition were capitalized as part of the cost of the acquisition.

FDIC deposit insurance expense has significantly increased over the past two years.  From 2004 through 2006, we were not required to pay any FDIC deposit insurance premiums.  As discussed above in “Supervision and Regulation of the Bank,” in 2006 the FDIC modified its rules relating to the assessment of deposit insurance premiums.  In 2007, 2008, and 2009, we incurred approximately $0.1 million, $1.2 million, and $5.5 million, respectively, in FDIC deposit insurance premium expense.  The $5.5 million in FDIC insurance expense for 2009 included a special assessment, which applied to all banks, of $1.6 million and was recorded in the second quarter of 2009.

Our ratio of noninterest expense to average assets was 2.54% in 2009 compared to 2.50% in 2008 and 2.63% in 2007.  Our efficiency ratio (noninterest expense divided by the sum of tax-equivalent net interest income plus noninterest income) was 39.79% in 2009 compared to 57.67% in 2008 and 58.03% in 2007.  For both of the ratios described in this paragraph, a lower ratio is more favorable than a higher ratio, as they generally indicate the amount of expenditures required to produce additional amounts of income.  The significantly lower efficiency ratio in 2009 was a result of the acquisition gain related to Cooperative that amounted to $67.9 million.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes was $37,618,000 in 2009, $13,120,000 in 2008, and $13,150,000 in 2007.

Table 6 presents the components of tax expense and the related effective tax rates.  The effective tax rate for 2009 was 38.4% compared to 37.4% in 2008 and 37.6% in 2007.  In 2009, due to the acquisition of Cooperative Bank we recorded a gain of $67.9 million, which resulted in a $26.8 million increase in the provision for income taxes.  We expect our effective tax rate to be in the 36%-38% range for the foreseeable future.

Table 1 reflects the fact that in 2005, we recorded incremental tax expense of $4.3 million related to the settlement of a state tax matter with the North Carolina Department of Revenue.  See prior year filings for discussion of this matter.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $449,000, $143,000 and $190,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

On June 1 of 2007, 2008, and 2009, we made stock-based grants of 2,250 options to each of our non-employee directors.  In 2008, in addition to the annual director grant, our board of directors approved a grant of incentive-based stock awards to 19 senior officers under the First Bancorp 2007 Equity Plan.  In 2009, our board of directors approved a grant of long-term restricted stock to certain senior executives under the 2007 Equity Plan.  Both grants are discussed in the following paragraphs.

On June 17, 2008, 262,599 stock options and 81,337 performance units were awarded to 19 senior officers under the 2007 Equity Plan.  Each performance unit represents the right to receive one share of First Bancorp common stock upon satisfaction of the vesting conditions.  This grant has both performance conditions (earnings per share targets) and service conditions that must be met in order to vest.  The 262,599 stock options and 81,337 performance units represented the maximum amount of options and performance units that could have vested if the Company were to achieve specified maximum goals for earnings per share during the three annual performance periods ending on December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010.  Up to one-third of the total number of options and performance units granted will vest annually as of December 31 of each year beginning in 2010, if (1) the Company achieves specific EPS goals during the corresponding performance period and (2) the award


recipient continues employment for a period of two years beyond the corresponding performance period.  Compensation expense for this grant will be recorded over the various service periods based on the estimated number of options and performance units that are probable to vest.  If the awards do not vest, no compensation cost will be recognized and any previously recognized compensation cost will be reversed.  We did not achieve the minimum earnings per share performance goal for 2008, and thus one-third of the above grant was permanently forfeited.  During June 2009, as a result of the significant gain realized related to the Cooperative Bank acquisition, we determined that it was probable that the EPS goal for 2009 would be met.  Accordingly, we recorded compensation expense of $149,000 in June 2009 and $75,000 in the third and fourth quarters of 2009.  We expect to record compensation expense of approximately $75,000 on a quarterly basis through the vesting period of December 31, 2011.  We currently do not believe that the EPS goals for 2010 will be met, and thus no compensation expense has been recorded related to that performance period.

On December 11, 2009, the board of directors granted 29,267 long-term restricted shares of common stock to certain senior executives.  This restricted stock vests in accordance with the minimum rules for long-term equity grants for companies participating in the United States Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP).  These rules require that the vesting of the stock be tied to repayment of the financial assistance.  For each 25% of total financial assistance repaid, 25% of the total long-term restricted stock may become transferrable.  The amount of compensation expense recorded by the Company in 2009 on account of this grant was insignificant.  The total compensation expense associated with this grant was $398,000 and is being initially amortized over a four year period.

Excluding the incentive grants noted above, our stock-based compensation expense related to options currently outstanding is insignificant.  We expect to continue the annual grant of 2,250 stock options to each of our non-employee directors in 2010.  This annual grant resulted in us recording an expense of $150,000 ($91,000 after-tax) in 2009.


ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND CHANGES IN FINANCIAL CONDITION

Overview

Over the past two years, we have experienced significant increases in our levels of loans and deposits, which has resulted in an increase in assets from $2.3 billion at December 31, 2007 to $3.5 billion at December 31, 2009.  Changes in our loans and deposit balances occur as a result of organic growth or decline, as well as acquisitions.  During the second quarter of 2009, we acquired Cooperative Bank under a purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC.  During the second quarter of 2008, we completed the acquisition of Great Pee Dee Bancorp through merger.  The following table presents detailed information regarding the nature of our growth in 2008 and 2009:

($ in thousands )
 
Balance at beginning of period
   
Internal growth (1)
   
Growth from Acquisitions
   
Balance at end of period
   
Total percentage growth
   
Internal percentage
growth (1)
 
2009
                                   
Loans
  $ 2,211,315       (159,554 )     601,104       2,652,865       20.0 %     -7.2 %
                                                 
Deposits – Noninterest bearing
    229,478       7,720       35,224       272,422       18.7 %     3.4 %
Deposits – NOW
    198,775       131,576       32,015       362,366       82.3 %     66.2 %
Deposits – Money market
    340,739       110,444       45,757       496,940       45.8 %     32.4 %
Deposits – Savings
    125,240       2,855       21,243       149,338       19.2 %     2.3 %
Deposits – Brokered time
    78,569       (45,180 )     42,943       76,332       -2.8 %     -57.5 %
Deposits – Internet time
    5,206       (38,854 )     161,672       128,024       n/a       n/a  
Deposits – Time >$100,000
    520,198       35,826       148,104       704,128       35.4 %     6.9 %
Deposits – Time <$100,000
    576,586       (58,131 )     225,103       743,558       29.0 %     -10.1 %
Total deposits
  $ 2,074,791       146,256       712,061       2,933,108       41.4 %     7.0 %
                                                 
2008
                                               
Loans
  $ 1,894,295       133,180       183,840       2,211,315       16.7 %     7.0 %
                                                 
Deposits – Noninterest bearing
    232,141       (11,099 )     8,436       229,478       -1.1 %     -4.8 %
Deposits – NOW
    192,785       (4,405 )     10,395       198,775       3.1 %     -2.3 %
Deposits – Money market
    264,653       61,025       15,061       340,739       28.7 %     23.1 %
Deposits – Savings
    100,955       21,697       2,588       125,240       24.1 %     21.5 %
Deposits – Brokered time
          53,012       25,557       78,569       n/a       n/a  
Deposits – Internet time
          5,206             5,206       n/a       n/a  
Deposits – Time >$100,000
    479,176       3,350       37,672       520,198       8.6 %     0.7 %
Deposits – Time <$100,000
    568,567       (39,981 )     48,000       576,586       1.4 %     -7.0 %
Total deposits
  $ 1,838,277       88,805       147,709       2,074,791       12.9 %     4.8 %

(1)  Excludes the impact of acquisitions.

As derived from the table above, for 2009, our loans increased by $442 million, or 20.0%, which was due to our acquisition of Cooperative Bank on June 19, 2009, which resulted in an increase in loans of $601 million.  During 2009, deposits increased $858 million, or 41.4%, of which $146 million was internal growth and $712 million was from the Cooperative Bank acquisition.  For 2009, internally generated loans decreased $160 million, or 7.2%, while internally generated deposits increased by $146 million, or 7.0%.  We believe internally generated loans declined due to lower loan demand in the recessionary economy, as well as an initiative that began in 2008 to require generally higher loan interest rates to better compensate us for our risk.  Also, we have de-emphasized certain types of lending, most notably acquisition and development land loans and non-owner occupied commercial real estate.

Overall, deposit growth for 2009 was strong, which we primarily attribute to customers shifting money to


banks from other non-FDIC insured sources.  Deposit growth in NOW accounts for 2009 was impacted by a $65 million deposit received during the last week of the year.

The deposit portfolio assumed from Cooperative Bank had a high concentration of time deposits, comprising approximately 81% of total deposits compared to our recent historical average of 55%-57%.  Time deposits are generally our bank’s most expensive funding source.  Additionally, Cooperative Bank’s time deposits were more heavily concentrated in brokered time deposits and time deposits gathered by placing interest rates on internet websites.  Prior to the Cooperative acquisition, we had $66 million in brokered deposits and $7 million in internet deposits.  The acquisition brought us an additional $43 million in brokered deposits and $162 million in internet deposits.  We believe these two types of deposit sources have little long term value, as the interest rates are relatively high and there is limited opportunity to develop additional business with those customers.   We expect that our level of internet deposits will continue to steadily decline in the future as those deposits mature because we plan to offer interest rates on renewals that are less competitive than the relatively high rates that Cooperative was offering.  We expect to replace those deposits with either retail deposits or brokered deposits at lower interest rates.  At December 31, 2009, brokered deposits comprised just 2.6% of deposits and internet deposits comprised 4.4% of total deposits.

In 2008, we experienced internal loan growth of 7.0%, which was partially due to our 2005 expansion into Mooresville, North Carolina, a high growth market near Charlotte, and our 2005 expansion into the coastal North Carolina counties of New Hanover County and Brunswick County.  Loan growth in these markets totaled $77 million in 2008.

Internal deposit growth was 4.8% in 2008, with most of the growth occurring in money market accounts.   The growth in money market accounts was almost entirely within a high interest rate money market account that was created in order to attract deposits to fund loan growth, as well as to enhance overall liquidity.  We believe that the generally lower growth (or negative growth) experienced in 2008 in the other non-time deposit categories was partially a result of customers shifting funds to this money market account.  The increase in the Savings category in 2008 was due to a $25 million deposit from one customer into a high interest rate savings account.

Internal non-brokered time deposit growth in denominations of less than $100,000 decreased 7% in 2008.  Time deposits are a highly rate sensitive category of deposits.  In 2008, we decided not to match promotional time deposit interest rates being offered by several of our local competitors, which we felt were too high compared to alternative funding sources, and consequently we experienced a loss of internally generated time deposits.  Instead of matching the high interest rates, we decided to utilize brokered time deposits because they had interest rates meaningfully lower than rates in the local marketplace.  We ended 2008 with a total of $79 million in brokered time deposits compared to none in 2007.  The $79 million in brokered time deposits at December 31, 2008 represented just 3.8% of our total deposits, which we believe is a relatively low level of reliance on this wholesale funding source.  In addition to the $79 million in brokered deposits at December 31, 2008, we also had $5 million in time deposits that we raised during the year from an internet posting service.

As can be seen in the table above, our acquisition of Great Pee Dee Bancorp in 2008 resulted in the assumption of $184 million in loans and $148 million in deposits.

Our overall liquidity improved during 2009 compared to 2008.  Excluding the Cooperative acquisition, we experienced $146 million in deposit growth, while loans decreased $160 million, thereby creating $306 million in additional liquidity.  Additionally, the receipt of $65 million in proceeds from the January 2009 sale of preferred stock to the US Treasury improved our liquidity.  There was no significant impact on our liquidity as a result of the Cooperative acquisition.  Our liquid assets (cash and securities) as a percentage of our total deposits and borrowings increased from 16.5% at December 31, 2008 to 17.8% at December 31, 2009.  In addition, the growth in our deposits has lessened our reliance on borrowings, which declined by $190 million during 2009.

Our capital ratios improved significantly in 2009 as a result of our sale of $65 million of preferred stock to


the US Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program on January 9, 2009.  All of our capital ratios have continually exceeded the regulatory thresholds for “well-capitalized” status for all periods covered by this report.

Due to the recessionary economic environment that began in 2007, our asset quality ratios have worsened.  Our non-covered nonperforming assets to total non-covered assets ratio was 3.10% at December 31, 2009 compared to 1.29% at December 31, 2008, and 0.47% at December 31, 2007.  For the year ended December 31, 2009, our ratio of net charge-offs to average non-covered loans was 0.56% compared to 0.24% for 2008, and 0.16% for 2007.

Distribution of Assets and Liabilities

Table 7 sets forth the percentage relationships of significant components of our balance sheet at December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007.

In the two years leading up to 2009, loans comprised 80%-81% of total assets while deposits comprised 76%-79% of total assets.  In 2009, primarily as a result of the general decline in loan balances (excluding Cooperative) and the increases in deposits, the percentage of loans to total assets decreased to 74%, while the percentage of deposits to total assets increased to 82%.  With higher levels of cash realized from our increased liquidity during 2009, we paid down our level of borrowings, which resulted in borrowings comprising only 5% of total assets compared to 10%-13% at the prior two year ends.

Securities

Information regarding our securities portfolio as of December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 is presented in Tables 8 and 9.

The composition of the investment securities portfolio reflects our investment strategy of maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity while providing a relatively stable source of income.  The investment portfolio also provides a balance to interest rate risk and credit risk in other categories of the balance sheet while providing a vehicle for the investment of available funds, furnishing liquidity, and supplying securities to pledge as required collateral for certain deposits.

Total securities amounted to $214.2 million, $187.2 million, and $151.8 million at December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.  In 2008, our level of securities increased primarily due to purchases of securities we initiated in order to collateralize public deposits.  In 2009, we experienced higher cash balances as a result of deposit growth that exceeded loan growth.  We invested a portion of this cash in investment securities, which resulted in higher securities balances.  In 2009, the majority of our purchases were mortgage-backed securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae), which are 100% guaranteed by the United States government and carry a zero percent weighting for risk-based capital purposes.  In general, we prefer to invest in relatively short-term investments in order to provide liquidity and manage interest rate risk.  We have never held investments in Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae preferred stock.

The majority of our “government-sponsored enterprise” securities are issued by the Federal Home Loan Bank and carry one maturity date, often with an issuer call feature.  At December 31, 2009, of the $37 million in carrying value of government-sponsored enterprise securities, $32 million were issued by the Federal Home Loan Bank system and the other $5 million were issued by the Federal Farm Credit Bank system.

Our $112 million of mortgage-backed securities have been all been issued by either Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, or Ginnie Mae, each of which are government-sponsored corporations.  We have no “private label” mortgage-backed securities.  Mortgage-backed securities vary in their repayment in correlation with the underlying pools of home mortgage loans.

Included in mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2009 were collateralized mortgage obligations


(“CMOs”) with an amortized cost of $5.4 million and a fair value of $5.6 million.  The CMOs that we have invested in are substantially all “early tranche” portions of the CMOs, which minimizes our long-term interest rate risk.

At December 31, 2009, our $14 million investment in corporate bonds was comprised of the following:

($ in thousands )
 
S&P Issuer
 
Maturity
 
Amortized
       
Issuer
 
Ratings (1)
 
Date
 
Cost
   
Market Value
 
First Citizens Bancorp (South Carolina) Bond
 
BB
 
4/1/15
  $ 2,994       2,859  
Bank of America Trust Preferred Security
 
BB
 
12/11/26
    2,053       1,918  
Wells Fargo Trust Preferred Security
    A-    
1/15/27
    2,567       2,428  
Bank of America Trust Preferred Security
 
BB
 
4/15/27
    5,063       4,831  
First Citizens Bancorp (North Carolina) Trust Preferred Security
 
BB
 
3/1/28
    2,092       1,811  
First Citizens Bancorp (South Carolina) Trust Preferred Security
 
Not Rated
 
6/15/34
    1,000       589  
Total investment in corporate bonds
            $ 15,769       14,436  

(1)  The ratings are as of January 26, 2010.

Our $17 million investment in equity securities at each year end is comprised almost entirely of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (FHLB).  The FHLB requires us to purchase their stock in order to borrow from them.  The amount they require us to invest is based on our level of borrowings from them.  At December 31, 2009, our investment in capital stock of the FHLB amounted to $16.5 million of our total investment in equity securities of $17.0 million.  Until February 27, 2009, the FHLB redeemed their stock at par as borrowings were repaid.  On February 27, 2009, the FHLB announced that they would no longer automatically redeem their stock when loans are repaid.  Instead, they stated that they would evaluate whether they would repurchase stock on a quarterly basis.  Since that time the FHLB has not repurchased any excess stock.

The fair value of securities held to maturity, which we carry at amortized cost, was $534,000 more than the carrying value at December 31, 2009 and $179,000 less than the carrying value at December 31, 2008.  Our $34.4 million in securities held to maturity are comprised almost entirely of municipal bonds issued by state and local governments throughout our market area.  The denominations of the bonds are all less than $1,000,000 and we have no significant concentration of bond holdings from one government entity, with the single largest exposure to any one entity being $2,000,000.  Management evaluated any unrealized losses on individual securities at each year end and determined them to be of a temporary nature and caused by fluctuations in market interest rates, not by concerns about the ability of the issuers to meet their obligations.

At December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, a net unrealized gain of $1,832,000, $273,000, and $86,000, respectively, was included in the carrying value of securities classified as available for sale.  During those three years, interest rates have generally declined, which typically increases the value of our investment securities.  Management evaluated any unrealized losses on individual securities at each year end and determined them to be of a temporary nature and caused by fluctuations in market interest rates and the overall economic environment, not by concerns about the ability of the issuers to meet their obligations.  Net unrealized gains, net of applicable deferred income taxes, of $1,117,000, $167,000, and $52,000 have been reported as part of a separate component of shareholders’ equity (accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)) as of December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

The weighted average taxable-equivalent yield for the securities available for sale portfolio was 3.62% at December 31, 2009.  The expected weighted average life of the available for sale portfolio using the call date for above-market callable bonds, the maturity date for all other non-mortgage-backed securities, and the expected life for mortgage-backed securities, was 4.9 years.

The weighted average taxable-equivalent yield for the securities held to maturity portfolio was 5.91% at December 31, 2009.  The expected weighted average life of the held to maturity portfolio using the call date for above-market callable bonds and the maturity date for all other securities, was 7.5 years.


As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we own no investment securities of any one issuer, other than government-sponsored enterprises or corporations, in which aggregate book values and market values exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity.

Loans

Table 10 provides a summary of the loan portfolio composition of our total loans at each of the past five year ends.

As previously discussed, in our acquisition of Cooperative Bank, we entered into loss share agreements with the FDIC, which afford us significant protection from losses from all loans and other real estate acquired in the acquisition.  Because of the loss protection provided by the FDIC, the financial risk of the Cooperative Bank loans is significantly different from those assets not covered under the loss share agreements.  Accordingly, we present separately loans subject to the FDIC loss share agreements as “covered loans” and loans that are not subject to the loss share agreements as “non-covered loans.”  Table 10a presents a breakout of covered and non-covered loans as of December 31, 2009.

The loan portfolio is the largest category of our earning assets and is comprised of commercial loans, real estate mortgage loans, real estate construction loans, and consumer loans.  We restrict virtually all of our lending to our 36 county market area, which is located in central and southeastern North Carolina, four counties in southern Virginia and five counties in northeastern South Carolina.  The diversity of the region’s economic base has historically provided a stable lending environment.

In 2009, net loans outstanding increased $441.6 million, or 20.0% to $2.65 billion.  All of the loan growth in 2009 was assumed in the acquisition of Cooperative Bank in June 2009, as non-covered loans declined by $78.5 million in 2009.

In 2008, loans outstanding increased $317.0 million, or 16.7% to $2.21 billion.  Of the $317.0 million in loan growth in 2008, approximately $183.8 million was assumed in the acquisition of Great Pee Dee Bancorp, Inc. in April 2008.

The great majority of our loan growth over the years has been real estate mortgage loans and loans secured by real estate have consistently comprised 80% to 85% of our outstanding loan balances.  The majority of our “real estate” loans are personal and commercial loans where cash flow from the borrower’s occupation or business are the primary repayment source, with the real estate pledged providing a secondary repayment source.

Table 10 indicates that the two types of loans that have had the largest variances in the amount outstanding as a percent of total loans have been construction/land development loans and residential mortgage loans.  In 2005 we expanded our branch network to what was then the fast-growing southeast coast of North Carolina, which had a high demand for construction and land development loans.  In 2008, due to recessionary conditions, particularly in the new housing market, loan demand for these types of loans weakened and we tightened our loan underwriting criteria for these types of loans, which reduced growth.  Due to economic conditions, for the past two years we have made very few new acquisition and land development loans, and we expect this trend to continue.

From 2005 to 2008, our level of residential mortgage loans generally declined as we experienced higher growth in other loan categories.  Due to the Cooperative transaction, our percentage of residential loans increased significantly because Cooperative’s loan portfolio was heavily concentrated in residential mortgages.

Table 11 provides a summary of scheduled loan maturities over certain time periods, with fixed rate loans and adjustable rate loans shown separately.  Approximately 30% of our accruing loans outstanding at December


31, 2009 mature within one year and 73% of total loans mature within five years.  As of December 31, 2009, the percentages of variable rate loans and fixed rate loans as compared to total performing loans were 49% and 51%, respectively.  We intentionally make a blend of fixed and variable rate loans so as to reduce interest rate risk.

Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans, troubled debt restructurings, loans past due 90 or more days and still accruing interest, and other real estate.  As a matter of policy we place all loans that are past due 90 or more days on nonaccrual basis, and thus there were no loans at any of the past five year ends that were 90 days past due and still accruing interest.

Nonaccrual loans are loans on which interest income is no longer being recognized or accrued because management has determined that the collection of interest is doubtful.  Placing loans on nonaccrual status negatively impacts earnings because (i) interest accrued but unpaid as of the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed and deducted from interest income, (ii) future accruals of interest income are not recognized until it becomes probable that both principal and interest will be paid and (iii) principal charged-off, if appropriate, may necessitate additional provisions for loan losses that are charged against earnings.  In some cases, where borrowers are experiencing financial difficulties, loans may be restructured to provide terms significantly different from the originally contracted terms.

Table 12 summarizes our nonperforming assets at the dates indicated.  Because of the loss protection provided by the FDIC, we present separately nonperforming assets subject to the loss share agreements as “covered” and nonperforming assets that are not subject to the loss share agreements as “non-covered.”

Table 12a presents our nonperforming assets at December 31, 2009 by general geographic region and further segregated into “covered” nonperforming assets and “non-covered” nonperforming assets.  The majority of our nonperforming assets are located in the Eastern North Carolina region, which has experienced the most negative effects of the recession of any of our regions.

Due largely to the recessionary economic conditions that began in late 2007 and worsened in 2008 and 2009, we have experienced increases in our nonperforming assets.  Our total nonperforming assets were also significantly impacted by the Cooperative acquisition.

Non-covered nonperforming loans totaled $83.5 million, $30.6, and $7.8 million, as of December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.  Total non-covered nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans amounted to 3.91%, 1.38%, and 0.41%, at December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

At December 31, 2009, troubled debt restructurings amounted to $21.3 million, an increase of $17.3 million over the $4.0 million reported at December 31, 2008.  This increase was the result of our working with borrowers experiencing financial difficulties by modifying certain loan terms and was also impacted by our analysis of the Federal Reserve’s October 2009 guidance related to real estate loan workouts, which provided clarification of situations involving borrowers that should be reported as troubled debt restructurings.


The following is the composition, by loan type, of all of our nonaccrual loans at each period end:

   
At December 31,
2009 (1)
   
At December 31,
2008
 
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
  $ 4,033       1,726  
Real estate – construction, land development, and other land loans
    80,669       6,936  
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages
    48,424       10,856  
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans/lines of credit
    16,951       2,242  
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other
    28,476       3,624  
Installment loans to individuals
    1,569       1,216  
Total nonaccrual loans
  $ 180,122       26,600  

 
(1)
Includes both covered and non-covered loans.

The following segregates our nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2009 into covered and non-covered loans:

   
Covered Nonaccrual Loans
   
Non-covered Nonaccrual
Loans
   
Total Nonaccrual Loans
 
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
  $ 263       3,770       4,033  
Real estate – construction, land development, and other land loans
    54,023       26,646       80,669  
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages
    31,315       17,109       48,424  
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans/lines of credit
    13,451       3,500       16,951  
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other
    18,595       9,881       28,476  
Installment loans to individuals
    269       1,300       1,569  
Total nonaccrual loans
  $ 117,916       62,206       180,122  


If the nonaccrual and restructured loans as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 had been current in accordance with their original terms and had been outstanding throughout the period (or since origination if held for part of the period), gross interest income in the amounts of approximately $9,800,000, $1,930,000 and $610,000 for nonaccrual loans and $1,200,000, $310,000 and $1,000 for restructured loans would have been recorded for 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.  Interest income on such loans that was actually collected and included in net income in 2009, 2008 and 2007 amounted to approximately $2,147,000, $826,000 and $252,000 for nonaccrual loans (prior to their being placed on nonaccrual status), and $866,000, $155,000, and $1,000 for restructured loans, respectively.  At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had no commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose loans were nonperforming.

Management routinely monitors the status of certain large loans that, in management’s opinion, have credit weaknesses that could cause them to become nonperforming loans.  In addition to the nonperforming loan amounts discussed above, management believes that an estimated $5 million of non-covered loans and $21 million of covered loans that were performing in accordance with their contractual terms at December 31, 2009 have the potential to develop problems depending upon the particular financial situations of the borrowers and economic conditions in general.  Management has taken these potential problem loans into consideration when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2009 (see discussion below).

Loans classified for regulatory purposes as loss, doubtful, substandard, or special mention that have not been disclosed in the problem loan amounts and the potential problem loan amounts discussed above do not represent or result from trends or uncertainties that management reasonably expects will materially impact future operating results, liquidity, or capital resources, or represent material credits about which management is aware of any information that causes management to have serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the loan repayment terms.

Other real estate includes foreclosed, repossessed, and idled properties.  Non-covered other real estate has increased over the past three years, amounting to $8.8 million at December 31, 2009, $4.8 million at December 31, 2008, and $3.0 million at December 31, 2007.  At December 31, 2009, we also held $47.4 million in other


real estate that is subject to the loss share agreement with the FDIC.  We believe that the fair values of the items of other real estate, less estimated costs to sell, equal or exceed their respective carrying values at the dates presented.

The following table presents the detail of our other real estate at each of the past two year ends:

   
At December 31, 2009 (1)
   
At December 31, 2008
 
Vacant land
  $ 44,078       975  
1-4 family residential properties
    10,004       2,149  
Commercial real estate
    2,141       1,693  
Other
          15  
Total other real estate
  $ 56,223       4,832  

 
(1)
Includes both covered and non-covered real estate.


The following segregates our other real estate at December 31, 2009 into covered and non-covered:

   
Covered Other Real Estate
   
Non-covered Other Real Estate
   
Total Other Real Estate
 
Vacant land
  $ 40,836       3,242       44,078  
1-4 family residential properties
    6,171       3,833       10,004  
Commercial real estate
    423       1,718       2,141  
Other
                 
Total other real estate
  $ 47,430       8,793       56,223  


Allowance for Loan Losses and Loan Loss Experience

The allowance for loan losses is created by direct charges to operations (known as a “provision for loan losses” for the period in which the charge is taken).  Losses on loans are charged against the allowance in the period in which such loans, in management’s opinion, become uncollectible.  The recoveries realized during the period are credited to this allowance.  We consider our procedures for recording the amount of the allowance for loan losses and the related provision for loan losses to be a critical accounting policy.  See the heading “Critical Accounting Policies” above for further discussion.

The factors that influence management’s judgment in determining the amount charged to operating expense include past loan loss experience, composition of the loan portfolio, evaluation of probable inherent losses and current economic conditions.

We use a loan analysis and grading program to facilitate our evaluation of probable inherent loan losses and the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses.  In this program, risk grades are assigned by management and tested by an independent third party consulting firm.  The testing program includes an evaluation of a sample of new loans, loans we identify as having potential credit weaknesses, loans past due 90 days or more, loans originated by new loan officers, nonaccrual loans and any other loans identified during previous regulatory and other examinations.

We strive to maintain our loan portfolio in accordance with what management believes are conservative loan underwriting policies that result in loans specifically tailored to the needs of our market areas.  Every effort is made to identify and minimize the credit risks associated with such lending strategies. We have no foreign loans, few agricultural loans and do not engage in significant lease financing or highly leveraged transactions.  Commercial loans are diversified among a variety of industries.  The majority of loans captioned in the tables discussed below as “real estate” loans are personal and commercial loans where real estate provides additional security for the loan.  Collateral for virtually all of these loans is located within our principal market area.


The allowance for loan losses amounted to $37.3 million at December 31, 2009 compared to $29.3 million at December 31, 2008 and $21.3 million at December 31, 2007.  At December 31, 2009, the entire allowance for loan losses is attributable to non-covered loans, with the Cooperative covered loans having no allowance allocation because these loans were written down to estimated fair market value in connection with the recording of the acquisition.

The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to non-covered loans was 1.75%, 1.32%, and 1.13% as of December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.  The increasing allowance percentage has been necessary due to the higher level of delinquencies and classified and nonperforming loans.   As noted in Table 12, our allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-covered nonperforming loans (“coverage ratio”) amounted to 45% at December 31, 2009 compared to 96% at December 31, 2008 and 273% at December 31, 2007.  Due to the secured nature of virtually all of our loans that are on nonaccrual status, the variance in the coverage ratio is not necessarily indicative of the relative adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

Table 13 sets forth the allocation of the allowance for loan losses at the dates indicated.  The amount of the unallocated portion of the allowance for loan losses did not vary materially at any of the past three year ends.  The allowance for loan losses is available to absorb losses in all categories.

Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover probable loan losses on the loans outstanding as of each reporting date.  It must be emphasized, however, that the determination of the allowance using our procedures and methods rests upon various judgments and assumptions about economic conditions and other factors affecting loans.  No assurance can be given that we will not in any particular period sustain loan losses that are sizable in relation to the amount reserved or that subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of conditions and factors then prevailing, will not require significant changes in the allowance for loan losses or future charges to earnings.

In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses and losses on foreclosed real estate.  Such agencies may require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on the examiners’ judgments about information available to them at the time of their examinations.

For the years indicated, Table 14 summarizes our balances of loans outstanding, average loans outstanding, and a detailed rollforward of the allowance for loan losses.  In addition to the increases to the allowance for loan losses related to normal provisions, the increases in the dollar amounts of the allowance for loan losses in 2008 and 2006 were also affected by amounts recorded to provide for loans assumed in corporate acquisitions.  In 2008, we added $3,158,000 to the allowance for loan losses related to approximately $184 million in loans assumed in the acquisition of Great Pee Dee in April 2008.

Net loan charge-offs amounted to $12.1 million in 2009, $5.1 million in 2008, and $2.8 million in 2007.  The higher amounts in 2008 and 2009 reflect the impact of deteriorating loan quality that has been impacted by the recessionary economic conditions.  Net charge-offs as a percentage of average non-covered loans represented 0.56%, 0.24%, and 0.16%, during 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

Deposits and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

At December 31, 2009, deposits outstanding amounted to $2.933 billion, an increase of $858 million, or 41.4%, from December 31, 2008.  Approximately $146 million, or 17%, of the deposit growth in 2009 was internally generated, while the remaining $712 million, or 83%, resulted from the acquisition of Cooperative Bank in June 2009.  Overall, deposit growth for 2009 was strong, which we primarily attribute to customers shifting money to banks from other non-FDIC insured sources.  Deposit growth in NOW accounts for 2009 was impacted by a $65 million deposit received during the last week of the year.


In 2008, deposits grew from $1.838 billion to $2.075 billion, an increase of $237 million, or 12.9%, from December 31, 2007. Approximately $89 million, or 38%, of the deposit growth in 2008 was internally generated, while the remaining $148 million, or 62%, resulted from the acquisition of Great Pee Dee in April 2008.

The nature of our deposit growth is illustrated in the table on page 43.  The following table reflects the mix of our deposits at each of the past three year ends:

   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
    9 %     11 %     13 %
NOW deposits
    12 %     10 %     10 %
Money market deposits
    17 %     16 %     14 %
Savings deposits
    5 %     6 %     6 %
Brokered deposits
    3 %     4 %      
Internet deposits
    4 %     0 %      
Time deposits > $100,000
    24 %     25 %     26 %
Time deposits < $100,000
    26 %     28 %     31 %
Total deposits
    100 %     100 %     100 %
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase as a percent of total deposits
    2 %     3 %     2 %

The deposit mix remained relatively consistent from 2007 to 2009.  Time deposits have declined slightly and money markets have increased partially as a result of customers shifting their funds between the two categories.  Additionally, the percentages for time deposits have declined because we have chosen not to match certain promotional time deposit interest rates being offered by several of our local competitors, which we felt were too high compared to alternative funding sources.  Instead of matching the high interest rates, in 2008, we began utilizing brokered time deposits because they had interest rates meaningfully lower than rates in the local marketplace at that time.  We ended 2008 with a total of $79 million in brokered time deposits compared to none in 2007.  In addition to the $79 million in brokered deposits at December 31, 2008, we also had $5 million in time deposits that we raised during the year from an internet posting service.  In the June 2009 Cooperative acquisition, we assumed $43 million in brokered deposits and $162 million in internet time deposits in 2009.  At June 30, 2009, we had a total of $109 million in brokered deposits and $169 million in internet time deposits.  Since that time, due to relatively strong growth in core deposits that are generally paying lower interest rates, we have elected to pay off most brokered and internet deposits as they mature instead of renewing them.  At December 31, 2009, our brokered deposits were down to $76 million and internet time deposits had been reduced to $128 million.

We routinely engage in activities designed to grow and retain deposits, such as (1) emphasizing relationship banking to new and existing customers, where borrowers are encouraged and normally expected to maintain deposit accounts with us, (2) pricing deposits at rate levels that will attract and/or retain deposits, and (3) continually working to identify and introduce new products that will attract customers or enhance our appeal as a primary provider of financial services.

Table 15 presents the average amounts of our deposits and the average yield paid for those deposits for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007.

As of December 31, 2009, we held approximately $816.5 million in time deposits of $100,000 or more.  Table 16 is a maturity schedule of time deposits of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2009.  This table shows that 92% of our time deposits greater than $100,000 mature within one year.

At each of the past three year ends, we have no deposits issued through foreign offices, nor do we believe that we held any deposits by foreign depositors.


Borrowings

We had borrowings outstanding of $176.8 million at December 31, 2009 compared to $367.3 million at December 31, 2008.  As shown in Table 2, average borrowings decreased significantly in 2009 as a result of the low loan growth and strong deposit growth that provided funds to pay down our borrowings.  In 2009, average loans outstanding were $358 million higher than in 2008, while average deposits increased by $564 million.  Average borrowings increased from 2007 to 2008 as a result the need to fund loan growth that exceeded deposit growth, as well as $41 million in borrowings assumed in the acquisition of Great Pee Dee.  In 2008, average loans outstanding were $309 million higher than in 2007, whereas average deposits increased by only $205 million.

At December 31, 2009, the Company had four sources of readily available borrowing capacity – 1) an approximately $687 million line of credit with the FHLB, of which $130 million was outstanding at December 31, 2009 and $265 million was outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2) a $50 million overnight federal funds line of credit with a correspondent bank, of which none was outstanding at December 31, 2009 and $35 million was outstanding at December 31, 2008, 3) an approximately $84 million line of credit through the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond’s (FRB) discount window, none of which was outstanding at December 31, 2009 or 2008, and 4) a $20 million holding company line of credit with a commercial bank (none of which was outstanding at December 31, 2009, and $20 million was outstanding at December 31, 2008).

Our line of credit with the FHLB can be structured as either short-term or long-term borrowings, depending on the particular funding or liquidity need, and is secured by our FHLB stock and a blanket lien on most of our real estate loan portfolio.  As of December 31, 2009, $100 million of the $130 million outstanding with the FHLB were overnight borrowings (daily renewable) with a weighted-average interest rate of 0.36%, with the remaining $30 million outstanding having a weighted average interest rate of 3.94% and maturity dates ranging from August 2010 to April 2012.  For the year ended December 31, 2009, the average amount of FHLB borrowings outstanding was approximately $98 million and had a weighted average interest rate for the year of 1.77%.  The maximum amount of short-term FHLB borrowings outstanding at any month-end during 2009 was $225 million.

In addition to the outstanding borrowings from the FHLB that reduce the available borrowing capacity of the line of credit, the borrowing capacity was further reduced by $170 million and $75 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, as a result of the pledging letters of credit backed by the FHLB for public deposits at each of those dates.

In January 2010, we received the results of a collateral audit from the FHLB.  Based primarily on a finding that we were not keeping certain original loan documents, but were instead imaging them and shredding the original documents, a significant portion of our collateral pledged to the FHLB was deemed to be ineligible for pledging purposes.  As a result, our borrowing availability with the FHLB was reduced from $687 million to approximately $335 million.  We have changed our document retention procedures and expect our borrowing availability to gradually increase as we make new loans and renew existing ones.

Our correspondent bank relationship allows us to purchase up to $50 million in federal funds on an overnight, unsecured basis (federal funds purchased).  We had no borrowings outstanding under this line at December 31, 2009.  We had $35 million borrowings outstanding under this line at December 31, 2008.  This line of credit was not drawn upon during any of 2007.  The maximum amount of federal funds purchased outstanding at any month-end during 2009 was $40 million.

We also have a line of credit with the FRB discount window.  This line is secured by a blanket lien on a portion of our commercial and consumer loan portfolio (excluding real estate loans).  Based on the collateral that we owned as of December 31, 2009, the available line of credit was approximately $84 million.  At December,


31, 2009 and 2008, we had no borrowings outstanding under this line.  During 2009, we occasionally utilized this line of credit due to favorable interest rates offered.  The maximum amount of FRB borrowings outstanding at any month-end during 2009 was $75 million.

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had a $20 million holding company line of credit with a correspondent bank that was secured by 100% of the common stock of our bank subsidiary.  This line of credit expires and is subject to renewal in February of each year.  The line of credit was not drawn at December 31, 2009, while at December 31, 2008, it was fully drawn.  At the February 2010 renewal, the limit on the line of credit was reduced from $20 million to $10 million due to the correspondent bank’s desire to reduce its exposure in this line of business.

In addition to the lines of credit described above, in which we had $130 million and $300 million outstanding as of December 31, 2009, and 2008, respectively, we also had a total of $46.4 million in trust preferred security debt outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008.  We have initiated three trust preferred security issuances since 2002 totaling $67.0 million, with one of those issuances for $20.6 million being redeemed in 2007.  These borrowings each have 30 year final maturities and were structured in a manner that allows them to qualify as capital for regulatory capital adequacy requirements.  We may call these debt securities at par on any quarterly interest payment date five years after their issue date.  We issued $20.6 million of this debt on October 29, 2002 (which we called in 2007 ), an additional $20.6 million on December 19, 2003, and $25.8 million on April 13, 2006.  The interest rate on these debt securities adjusts on a quarterly basis at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.70% for the securities issued in 2003, and three-month LIBOR plus 1.39% for the securities issued in 2006.

Liquidity, Commitments, and Contingencies

Our liquidity is determined by our ability to convert assets to cash or to acquire alternative sources of funds to meet the needs of our customers who are withdrawing or borrowing funds, and our ability to maintain required reserve levels, pay expenses and operate the Company on an ongoing basis.  Our primary liquidity sources are net income from operations, cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and other short-term investments.  Our securities portfolio is comprised almost entirely of readily marketable securities which could also be sold to provide cash.

As noted above, in addition to internally generated liquidity sources, we currently (March 2010) have the ability to obtain borrowings from the following four sources – 1) an approximately $335 million line of credit with the FHLB, 2) a $50 million overnight federal funds line of credit with a correspondent bank, 3) an approximately $84 million line of credit through the FRB’s discount window and 4) a holding company line of credit with a limit of $10 million.

Our overall liquidity improved during 2009 compared to 2008.  Excluding the Cooperative acquisition, we experienced $146 million in deposit growth, while loans decreased $160 million, thereby creating $306 million in additional liquidity.  Additionally, the receipt of $65 million in proceeds from the January 2009 sale of preferred stock to the US Treasury improved our liquidity.  There was no significant impact on our liquidity as a result of the Cooperative acquisition.  Our liquid assets (cash and securities) as a percentage of our total deposits and borrowings increased from 16.5% at December 31, 2008 to 17.8% at December 31, 2009.  In addition, the growth in our deposits has lessened our reliance on borrowings, which declined by $190 million during 2009.

As discussed above, in 2010 our FHLB line of credit was reduced from approximately $687 million to $335 million as a result of a recent collateral audit.  However, we continue to believe our liquidity sources, including unused lines of credit, are at an acceptable level and remain adequate to meet our operating needs in the foreseeable future.  We will continue to monitor our liquidity position carefully and will explore and implement strategies to increase liquidity if deemed appropriate.

In the normal course of business we have various outstanding contractual obligations that will require future


cash outflows.  In addition, there are commitments and contingent liabilities, such as commitments to extend credit, that may or may not require future cash outflows.

Table 18 reflects our contractual obligations and other commercial commitments outstanding as of December 31, 2009.  Any of our $130 million in outstanding borrowings with the FHLB may be accelerated immediately by the FHLB in certain circumstances, including material adverse changes in our condition or if our qualifying collateral is less than the amount required under the terms of the borrowing agreement.

In the normal course of business there are various outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities such as commitments to extend credit, which are not reflected in the financial statements.  As of December 31, 2009, we have outstanding unfunded loan and credit card commitments of $315,723,000, of which $274,817,000 were at variable rates and $40,906,000 were at fixed rates.  Included in outstanding loan commitments were unfunded commitments of $214,249,000 on revolving credit plans, of which $183,410,000 were at variable rates and $30,839,000 were at fixed rates.

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had $7,646,000 and $8,297,000, respectively, in standby letters of credit outstanding.  We had no carrying amount for these standby letters of credit at either of those dates.  The nature of the standby letters of credit is that of a guarantee made on behalf of our customers to suppliers of the customers to guarantee payments owed to the supplier by the customer.  The standby letters of credit are generally for terms of one year, at which time they may be renewed for another year if both parties agree.  The payment of the guarantees would generally be triggered by a continued nonpayment of an obligation owed by the customer to the supplier.  The maximum potential amount of future payments (undiscounted) we could be required to make under the guarantees in the event of nonperformance by the parties to whom credit or financial guarantees have been extended is represented by the contractual amount of the financial instruments discussed above.  In the event that we are required to honor a standby letter of credit, a note, already executed by the customer, becomes effective providing repayment terms and any collateral.  Over the past ten years, we have had to honor one standby letter of credit, which was repaid by the borrower without any loss to us.  We expect any draws under existing commitments to be funded through normal operations.

It has been our experience that deposit withdrawals are generally replaced with new deposits, thus not requiring any net cash outflow.  Based on that assumption, management believes that it can meet its contractual cash obligations and existing commitments from normal operations.

We are not involved in any legal proceedings that, in management’s opinion, could have a material effect on the consolidated financial position of the Company.

Capital Resources and Shareholders’ Equity

Shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2009 amounted to $342.4 million compared to $219.9 million at December 31, 2008.  The two basic components that typically have the largest impact on our shareholders’ equity are net income, which increases shareholders’ equity, and dividends declared, which decreases shareholders’ equity.  Additionally, any stock issuances can significantly increase shareholders’ equity.

In 2009, the most significant item that impacted our equity was our issuance of $65 million in preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury in connection with our participation in the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program (see below).  In addition, other significant factors were net income of $60.3 million, which increased equity, while common stock dividends declared of $5.3 million and preferred stock dividends declared of $3.2 million reduced equity.  See the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity within the consolidated financial statements for disclosure of other less significant items affecting shareholders’ equity.

In connection with our participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program, in January 2009 we issued $65 million in preferred stock and $4.6 million in common stock warrants.  We recorded a discount on the


issuance of the preferred stock of $4.6 million, of which we amortized $0.8 million in 2009 as a reduction of retained earnings.  Our issuance of the preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury has several restrictions and is generally assumed to be only a temporary source of capital, as it is expected that banks will redeem the preferred stock when they are able to do so.

We participated in the Capital Purchase Program for several reasons – 1) the capital markets were effectively closed, 2) without access to capital, our growth potential was limited, and 3) to provide an extra capital cushion in light of the worsening economy.  In addition, the capital was offered by the government on attractive financial terms, with the 5% dividend being the most significant.  By contrast, the market dividend rate for similar types of bank preferred stock was over 12%.  In hindsight, we believe our participation turned out to be the correct decision, as it provided the capital we needed to bid on Cooperative and it also continues to serve as insurance against an economy that continues to struggle.  In light of continued economic concerns, we have no immediate plans to redeem this stock.  As we gain confidence in the economic recovery, we may elect to redeem this stock in installments.  The favorable dividend rate of 5% is in effect for another four years before it increases to 9%. In addition to earnings, a common stock offering is a way that many banks have increased shareholders’ equity.  While we do not rule out the possibility of a common stock offering to provide proceeds for redemption of the preferred stock, we do not have any current plans for an offering.  We are however, proposing to shareholders at this year’s annual meeting to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance.

As previously noted, common stock dividends for 2009 amounted to $5.3 million, or $0.32 per share.  This was a reduction from the 2008 amount of $12.2 million, or $0.76 per share.  In February 2009, after careful deliberation, we reluctantly decided that it was necessary to reduce the Company’s quarterly dividend from $0.19 per share to $0.08 per share.  This decision was made in order to conserve capital amid worsening economic conditions.

In 2008, net income of $22.0 million increased equity, while dividends declared of $12.2 million reduced equity.  We also issued $37.6 million in common stock in our acquisition of Great Pee Dee.  In 2007, net income of $21.8 million increased equity, while dividends declared of $10.9 million reduced equity.  See the consolidated financial statements for other less significant factors that impacted equity in 2007 and 2008.

We are not aware of any recommendations of regulatory authorities or otherwise which, if they were to be implemented, would have a material effect on our liquidity, capital resources, or operations.

The Company and the Bank must comply with regulatory capital requirements established by the FRB and the FDIC.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements.  These capital standards require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum ratios of “Tier 1” capital to total risk-weighted assets (“Tier I Capital Ratio”) and total capital to risk-weighted assets (“Total Capital Ratio”) of 4.00% and 8.00%, respectively.  Tier 1 capital is comprised of total shareholders’ equity, excluding unrealized gains or losses from the securities available for sale, less intangible assets, and total capital is comprised of Tier 1 capital plus certain adjustments, the largest of which for the Company and the Bank is the allowance for loan losses.  Risk-weighted assets refer to the on- and off-balance sheet exposures of the Company and the Bank, adjusted for their related risk levels using formulas set forth in FRB and FDIC regulations.

In addition to the risk-based capital requirements described above, the Company and the Bank are subject to a leverage capital requirement, which calls for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital (as defined above) to quarterly average total assets (“Leverage Ratio) of 3.00% to 5.00%, depending upon the institution’s composite ratings as determined by its regulators.  The FRB has not advised the Company of any requirement specifically applicable to it.

Table 21 presents our regulatory capital ratios as of December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007.  Our capital ratios


were relatively consistent from 2007 to 2008, while in 2009 our capital ratios increased significantly, primarily as a result of the preferred stock issuance discussed above.  All of our capital ratios have significantly exceeded the minimum regulatory thresholds for all periods covered by this report.

In addition to the minimum capital requirements described above, the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action also contains specific capital guidelines for a bank’s classification as “well capitalized.” The specific guidelines are as follows – Tier I Capital Ratio of at least 6.00%, Total Capital Ratio of at least 10.00%, and a Leverage Ratio of at least 5.00%.  If a bank falls below “well capitalized” status in any of these three ratios, it must ask for FDIC permission to originate or renew brokered deposits.  The Bank’s regulatory ratios exceeded the threshold for “well-capitalized” status at December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 – see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements for a table that presents the Bank’s regulatory ratios.

In addition to shareholders’ equity, we have supplemented our capital in past years with trust preferred security debt issuances, which because of their structure qualify as regulatory capital.  This was necessary in past years because our balance sheet growth outpaced the growth rate of our capital.  Additionally, we have frequently purchased bank branches over the years that resulted in our recording intangible assets, which negatively impacted regulatory capital ratios. As discussed in “Borrowings” above, we have issued a total of $67.0 million in trust preferred securities since 2002, with the most recent issuance being a $25.8 million issuance that occurred in April 2006.  We currently have $46.4 million in trust preferred securities outstanding.

Our goal is to maintain our capital ratios at levels no less than the “well-capitalized” thresholds set for banks.  At December 31, 2009, our total risk-based capital ratio was 15.14% compared to the 10.00% “well-capitalized” threshold.

See “Supervision and Regulation” under “Business” above and Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements for discussion of other matters that may affect our capital resources.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Derivative Financial Instruments

Off-balance sheet arrangements include transactions, agreements, or other contractual arrangements pursuant to which we have obligations or provide guarantees on behalf of an unconsolidated entity.  We have no off-balance sheet arrangements of this kind other than repayment guarantees associated with our trust preferred securities.

Derivative financial instruments include futures, forwards, interest rate swaps, options contracts, and other financial instruments with similar characteristics.  We have not engaged in derivatives activities through December 31, 2009 and have no current plans to do so.

Return on Assets and Equity

Table 20 shows return on assets (net income divided by average total assets), return on common equity (net income divided by average common shareholders’ equity), dividend payout ratio (dividends per share divided by net income per common share) and shareholders’ equity to assets ratio (average total shareholders’ equity divided by average total assets) for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009.

Interest Rate Risk (Including Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – Item 7A.)

Net interest income is our most significant component of earnings.  Notwithstanding changes in volumes of loans and deposits, our level of net interest income is continually at risk due to the effect that changes in general market interest rate trends have on interest yields earned and paid with respect to our various categories of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  It is our policy to maintain portfolios of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities with maturities and repricing opportunities that will afford protection, to the extent practical,


against wide interest rate fluctuations.  Our exposure to interest rate risk is analyzed on a regular basis by management using standard GAP reports, maturity reports, and an asset/liability software model that simulates future levels of interest income and expense based on current interest rates, expected future interest rates, and various intervals of “shock” interest rates.  Over the years, we have been able to maintain a fairly consistent yield on average earning assets (net interest margin).  Over the past five calendar years, our net interest margin has ranged from a low of 3.74% (realized in 2008) to a high of 4.33% (realized in 2005).  During that five year period, the prime rate of interest has ranged from a low of 3.25% (which was the rate as of December 31, 2009) to a high of 8.25%.  The consistency of the net interest margin is aided by the relatively low level of long-term interest rate exposure that we maintain.  At December 31, 2009, approximately 88% of our interest-earning assets are subject to repricing within five years (because they are either adjustable rate assets or they are fixed rate assets that mature) and substantially all of our interest-bearing liabilities reprice within five years.

Table 17 sets forth our interest rate sensitivity analysis as of December 31, 2009, using stated maturities for all instruments except mortgage-backed securities (which are allocated in the periods of their expected payback) and securities and borrowings with call features that are expected to be called (which are shown in the period of their expected call).  As illustrated by this table, at December 31, 2009, we had $1.04 billion more in interest-bearing liabilities that are subject to interest rate changes within one year than earning assets.  This generally would indicate that net interest income would experience downward pressure in a rising interest rate environment and would benefit from a declining interest rate environment.  However, this method of analyzing interest sensitivity only measures the magnitude of the timing differences and does not address earnings, market value, or management actions.  Also, interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates.  In addition to the effects of “when” various rate-sensitive products reprice, market rate changes may not result in uniform changes in rates among all products.  For example, included in interest-bearing liabilities subject to interest rate changes within one year at December 31, 2009 are deposits totaling $1.01 billion comprised of NOW, savings, and certain types of money market deposits with interest rates set by management.  These types of deposits historically have not repriced with, or in the same proportion, as general market indicators.

Overall we believe that in the near term (twelve months), net interest income will not likely experience significant downward pressure from rising interest rates.  Similarly, we would not expect a significant increase in near term net interest income from falling interest rates.  Generally, when rates change, our interest-sensitive assets that are subject to adjustment reprice immediately at the full amount of the change, while our interest-sensitive liabilities that are subject to adjustment reprice at a lag to the rate change and typically not to the full extent of the rate change.  In the short-term (less than six months), this results in us being asset-sensitive, meaning that our net interest income benefits from an increase in interest rates and is negatively impacted by a decrease in interest rates. However, in the twelve-month horizon, the impact of having a higher level of interest-sensitive liabilities lessens the short-term effects of changes in interest rates.

From September 2007 to December 2008, in response to the declining economy, the Federal Reserve announced a series of interest rate reductions with rate cuts totaling 500 basis points and rates reaching historic lows.  As noted above, our net interest margin is negatively impacted, at least in the short-term, by reductions in interest rates.  In addition to the initial normal decline in net interest margin that we experience when interest rates are reduced (as discussed above), the cumulative impact of the magnitude of 500 basis points in interest rate cuts has continued to negatively impact our net interest margin, primarily due to our inability to cut a large portion of our interest-bearing deposits by any significant amount due to their already near-zero interest rate.  Also, for many of our deposit products, including time deposits that have recently matured, we have been unable to lower the interest rates we pay our customers by the full 500 basis point interest rate decrease due to competitive pressures.  The impact of the declining rate environment was mitigated by an initiative we began in late 2007 to add interest rate floors to our adjustable rate loans.  At December 31, 2008, adjustable rate loans totaling $651 million (53% of all adjustable rate loans) had reached their contractual floors and no longer subjected us to risk in the event of further rate cuts.  The net impact of those factors was that our net interest margin steadily declined for most of 2008 and was 3.74% for the full year.  In 2009, the Federal Reserve made no changes to the interest rates, which resulted in our net interest margin increasing as we were able to renew


matured time deposits at lower rates with only a minimal decrease in our asset yields.  Our net interest margin increased in each of the last three quarters of 2009 and was 3.81% for the full year, a seven basis point increase from 2008.

Based on our most recent interest rate modeling, which assumes no changes in interest rates for 2010 (federal funds rate = 0.25%, prime = 3.25%), we project that our 2010 net interest margin will remain relatively consistent with the net interest margins recently realized.  We expect lower deposit yields as higher yielding time deposits continue to mature, while we expect asset yields to decline as a result lower average loan balances and higher levels of nonaccrual loan balances.  In addition to the assumption regarding interest rates, the aforementioned modeling is dependent on many other assumptions that could vary significantly from actual results, including, but not limited to:  prepayment assumptions on fixed rate loans, loan growth, mix of loan growth, deposit growth, mix of deposit growth, and our ability to manage changes in rates earned on loans and paid on deposits, which will depend largely on actions taken by our competitors.

We have no market risk sensitive instruments held for trading purposes, nor do we maintain any foreign currency positions.  Table 19 presents the expected maturities of our other than trading market risk sensitive financial instruments.  Table 19 also presents the estimated fair values of market risk sensitive instruments as estimated in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.”  Our assets and liabilities have estimated fair values that do not materially differ from their carrying amounts.

See additional discussion regarding net interest income, as well as discussion of the changes in the annual net interest margin, in the section entitled “Net Interest Income” above.

Inflation

Because the assets and liabilities of a bank are primarily monetary in nature (payable in fixed determinable amounts), the performance of a bank is affected more by changes in interest rates than by inflation.  Interest rates generally increase as the rate of inflation increases, but the magnitude of the change in rates may not be the same. The effect of inflation on banks is normally not as significant as its influence on those businesses that have large investments in plant and inventories.  During periods of high inflation, there are normally corresponding increases in the money supply, and banks will normally experience above average growth in assets, loans and deposits.  Also, general increases in the price of goods and services will result in increased operating expenses.

Current Accounting Matters

We prepare our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with standards established by, among others, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”).  Because the information needed by users of financial reports is dynamic, the FASB frequently issues new rules and proposes new rules for companies to apply in reporting their activities.  See Note 1(t) to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recent rule proposals and changes.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

The information responsive to this Item is found in Item 7 under the caption “Interest Rate Risk.”


Table 1    Selected Consolidated Financial Data

($ in thousands, except per share and nonfinancial data)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
Income Statement Data
                             
Interest income
  $ 155,991       147,862       148,942       129,207       101,429  
Interest expense
    48,895       61,303       69,658       54,671       32,838  
Net interest income
    107,096       86,559       79,284       74,536       68,591  
Provision for loan losses
    20,186       9,880       5,217       4,923       3,040  
Net interest income after provision
    86,910       76,679       74,067       69,613       65,551  
Noninterest income
    89,518       20,657       17,217       14,310       15,004  
Noninterest expense
    78,551       62,211       56,324       53,198       47,636  
Income before income taxes
    97,877       35,125       34,960       30,725       32,919  
Income taxes
    37,618       13,120       13,150       11,423       16,829  
Net income
    60,259       22,005       21,810       19,302       16,090  
Preferred stock dividends and accretion
    (3,972 )                        
Net income available to common shareholders
    56,287       22,005       21,810       19,302       16,090  
                                         
Earnings per common share – basic
    3.38       1.38       1.52       1.35       1.14  
Earnings per common share – diluted
    3.37       1.37       1.51       1.34       1.12  
                                         
                                         
Per Share Data (Common)
                                       
Cash dividends declared - common
  $ 0.32       0.76       0.76       0.74       0.70  
Market Price
                                       
High
    19.00       20.86       26.72       23.90       27.88  
Low
    6.87       11.25       16.40       19.47       19.32  
Close
    13.97       18.35       18.89       21.84       20.16  
Stated book value – common
    16.59       13.27       12.11       11.34       10.94  
Tangible book value – common
    12.35       9.18       8.56       7.76       7.48  
                                         
                                         
Selected Balance Sheet Data (at year end)
                                       
Total assets
  $ 3,545,356       2,750,567       2,317,249       2,136,624       1,801,050  
Loans
    2,652,865       2,211,315       1,894,295       1,740,396       1,482,611  
Allowance for loan losses
    37,343       29,256       21,324       18,947       15,716  
Intangible assets
    70,948       67,780       51,020       51,394       49,227  
Deposits
    2,933,108       2,074,791       1,838,277       1,695,679       1,494,577  
Borrowings
    176,811       367,275       242,394       210,013       100,239  
Total shareholders’ equity
    342,383       219,868       174,070       162,705       155,728  
                                         
                                         
Selected Average Balances
                                       
Assets
  $ 3,097,137       2,484,296       2,139,576       1,922,510       1,709,380  
Loans – Non-covered
    2,176,153       2,117,028       1,808,219       1,623,188       1,422,419  
Loans – Covered
    298,892                          
Loans – Total
    2,475,045       2,117,028       1,808,219       1,623,188       1,422,419  
Earning assets
    2,833,167       2,329,025       1,998,428       1,793,811       1,593,554  
Deposits
    2,549,709       1,985,332       1,780,265       1,599,575       1,460,620  
Interest-bearing liabilities
    2,497,304       2,019,256       1,726,002       1,537,385       1,359,744  
Shareholders’ equity
    313,173       210,810       170,857       163,193       154,871  
                                         
                                         
Ratios
                                       
Return on average assets
    1.82 %     0.89 %     1.02 %     1.00 %     0.94 %
Return on average common equity
    22.55 %     10.44 %     12.77 %     11.83 %     10.39 %
Net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis)
    3.81 %     3.74 %     4.00 %     4.18 %     4.33 %
Equity to assets at year end
    9.66 %     7.99 %     7.51 %     7.62 %     8.65 %
Tangible common equity to tangible assets
    5.94 %     5.67 %     5.43 %     5.34 %     6.08 %
Loans to deposits at year end
    90.45 %     106.58 %     103.05 %     102.64 %     99.20 %
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
    1.41 %     1.32 %     1.13 %     1.09 %     1.06 %
Allowance for loan losses to non-covered loans
    1.75 %     1.32 %     1.13 %     1.09 %     1.06 %
Nonperforming assets to total assets at year end
    7.27 %     1.29 %     0.47 %     0.39 %     0.17 %
Non-covered nonperforming assets to total non-covered assets at year end
    3.10 %     1.29 %     0.47 %     0.39 %     0.17 %
Net charge-offs to average total loans
    0.49 %     0.24 %     0.16 %     0.11 %     0.14 %
Net charge-offs to average non-covered loans
    0.56 %     0.24 %     0.16 %     0.11 %     0.14 %
Efficiency ratio
    39.79 %     57.67 %     58.03 %     59.54 %     56.68 %
                                         
                                         
Nonfinancial Data
                                       
Number of branches
    91       74       70       68       61  
Number of employees – Full time equivalents
    764       650       614       620       578  

 
Table 2    Average Balances and Net Interest Income Analysis

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
($ in thousands)
 
Average
Volume
   
Avg.
Rate
   
Interest
Earned
or Paid
   
Average
Volume
   
Avg.
Rate
   
Interest
Earned
or Paid
   
Average
Volume
   
Avg.
Rate
   
Interest
Earned
or Paid
 
Assets
                                                     
Loans (1)
  $ 2,475,045       5.98 %   $ 148,007     $ 2,117,028       6.56 %   $ 138,878     $ 1,808,219       7.70 %   $ 139,323  
Taxable securities
    167,041       3.94 %     6,580       152,246       4.82 %     7,333       131,035       4.92 %     6,453  
Non-taxable securities (2)
    23,018       7.29 %     1,677       16,258       7.98 %     1,298       13,786       8.09 %     1,115  
Short-term investments, primarily overnight funds
    168,063       0.32 %     545       43,493       2.32 %     1,011       45,388       5.74 %     2,605  
Total interest- earning assets
    2,833,167       5.53 %     156,809       2,329,025       6.38 %     148,520       1,998,428       7.48 %     149,496  
Cash and due from banks
    42,350                       39,627                       38,906                  
Bank premises and equipment, net
    52,789                       49,815                       45,398                  
Other assets
    168,831                       65,829                       56,844                  
Total assets
  $ 3,097,137                     $ 2,484,296                     $ 2,139,576                  
                                                                         
Liabilities and Equity
                                                                       
NOW accounts
  $ 244,863       0.29 %   $ 720     $ 197,459       0.19 %   $ 377     $ 192,407       0.37 %   $ 712  
Money market accounts
    429,068       1.52 %     6,537       309,917       2.36 %     7,311       239,258       3.31 %     7,929  
Savings accounts
    137,142       1.08 %     1,487       124,460       1.65 %     2,048       106,357       1.62 %     1,727  
Time deposits >$100,000
    745,159       2.54 %     18,908       532,566       4.00 %     21,308       450,801       5.03 %     22,687  
Other time deposits
    736,358       2.43 %     17,866       586,235       3.79 %     22,197       567,572       4.67 %     26,498  
Total interest-bearing deposits
    2,292,590       1.99 %     45,518       1,750,637       3.04 %     53,241       1,556,395       3.83 %     59,553  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    53,537       1.37 %     736       42,097       2.15 %     903       39,220       3.76 %     1,476  
Borrowings
    151,177       1.75 %     2,641       226,522       3.16 %     7,159       130,387       6.62 %     8,629  
Total interest- bearing liabilities
    2,497,304       1.96 %     48,895       2,019,256       3.04 %     61,303       1,726,002       4.04 %     69,658  
Non-interest- bearing deposits
    257,119                       234,695                       223,870                  
Other liabilities
    29,541                       19,535                       18,847                  
Shareholders’ equity
    313,173                       210,810                       170,857                  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 3,097,137                     $ 2,484,296                     $ 2,139,576                  
Net yield on interest- earning assets and net interest income
            3.81 %   $ 107,914               3.74 %   $ 87,217               4.00 %   $ 79,838  
Interest rate spread
            3.57 %                     3.34 %                     3.44 %        
                                                                         
Average prime rate
            3.25 %                     5.09 %                     8.05 %        

 
(1)
Average loans include nonaccruing loans, the effect of which is to lower the average rate shown.  Interest earned includes recognized loan fees in the amounts of $144,000, $405,000, and $836,000 for 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.
 
(2)
Includes tax-equivalent adjustments of $818,000, $658,000, and $554,000 in 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively, to reflect the federal and state benefit of the tax-exempt securities (using a 39% combined tax rate), reduced by the related nondeductible portion of interest expense.


Table 3  Volume and Rate Variance Analysis

   
Year Ended December 31, 2009
   
Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
   
Change Attributable to
         
Change Attributable to
       
(In thousands)
 
Changes in Volumes
   
Changes in Rates
   
Total Increase (Decrease)
   
Changes in Volumes
   
Changes in Rates
   
Total Increase (Decrease)
 
Interest income (tax-equivalent):
                                   
Loans
  $ 22,448       (13,319 )     9,129       22,026       (22,471 )     (445 )
Taxable securities
    648       (1,401 )     (753 )     1,033       (153 )     880  
Non-taxable securities
    516       (137 )     379       199       (16 )     183  
Short-term investments, primarily overnight funds
    1,650       (2,116 )     (466 )     (76 )     (1,518 )     (1,594 )
Total interest income
    25,262       (16,973 )     8,289       23,182       (24,158 )     (976 )
                                                 
Interest expense:
                                               
NOW accounts
    115       228       343       14       (349 )     (335 )
Money Market accounts
    2,313       (3,087 )     (774 )     2,004       (2,622 )     (618 )
Savings accounts
    173       (734 )     (561 )     296       25       321  
Time deposits>$100,000
    6,950       (9,350 )     (2,400 )     3,693       (5,072 )     (1,379 )
Other time deposits
    4,663       (8,994 )     (4,331 )     789       (5,090 )     (4,301 )
Total interest-bearing deposits
    14,214       (21,937 )     (7,723 )     6,796       (13,108 )     (6,312 )
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    201       (368 )     (167 )     85       (658 )     (573 )
Borrowings
    (1,849 )     (2,669 )     (4,518 )     4,700       (6,170 )     (1,470 )
Total interest expense
    12,566       (24,974 )     (12,408 )     11,581       (19,936 )     (8,355 )
                                                 
Net interest income (tax-equivalent)
  $ 12,696       8,001       20,697       11,601       (4,222 )     7,379  
Changes attributable to both volume and rate are allocated equally between rate and volume variances.
 
 
Table 4  Noninterest Income
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Service charges on deposit accounts
  $ 13,854       13,535       9,988  
Other service charges, commissions, and fees
    4,848       4,392       3,902  
Fees from presold mortgages
    1,505       869       1,135  
Commissions from sales of insurance and financial products
    1,524       1,552       1,511  
Data processing fees
    139       167       204  
Total core noninterest income
    21,870       20,515       16,740  
Gain from acquisition
    67,894              
Securities gains (losses), net
    (104 )     (14 )     487  
Other gains (losses), net
    (142 )     156       (10 )
Total
  $ 89,518       20,657       17,217  


Table 5  Noninterest Expenses

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Salaries
  $ 30,745       28,127       26,227  
Employee benefits
    10,843       7,319       7,443  
Total personnel expense
    41,588       35,446       33,670  
Occupancy expense
    6,071       4,175       3,795  
Equipment related expenses
    4,334       4,105       3,809  
Amortization of intangible assets
    630       416       374  
Acquisition expenses
    1,343              
FDIC insurance expense
    5,500       1,157       100  
Stationery and supplies
    2,181       1,903       1,593  
Telephone
    1,847       1,349       1,246  
Non-credit losses
    255       200       204  
Other operating expenses
    14,802       13,460       11,533  
Total
  $ 78,551       62,211       56,324  


Table 6  Income Taxes

(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Current     - Federal
  $ 11,190       11,978       11,625  
  - State
    1,830       1,962       1,938  
Deferred   - Federal
    20,545       (703 )     (348 )
  - State
    4,053       (117 )     (65 )
Total
  $ 37,618       13,120       13,150  
                         
Effective tax rate
    38.4 %     37.4 %     37.6 %

Table 7  Distribution of Assets and Liabilities

   
As of December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Assets
                 
Interest-earning assets
                 
Net loans
    74 %     80 %     81 %
Securities available for sale
    5       6       6  
Securities held to maturity
    1       1       1  
Short term investments
    8       5       6  
Total interest-earning assets
    88       92       94  
                         
Noninterest-earning assets
                       
Cash and due from banks
    2       3       1  
Premises and equipment
    2       2       2  
FDIC loss share receivable
    4              
Other assets
    4       3       3  
Total assets
    100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
                       
Demand deposits – noninterest bearing
    8 %     8 %     10 %
NOW deposits
    10       7       8  
Money market deposits
    14       12       11  
Savings deposits
    4       5       4  
Time deposits of $100,000 or more
    23       22       21  
Other time deposits
    23       22       25  
Total deposits
    82       76       79  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    2       2       2  
Borrowings
    5       13       10  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    1       1       1  
Total liabilities
    90       92       92  
                         
Shareholders’ equity
    10       8       8  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
    100 %     100 %     100 %

 
Table 8  Securities Portfolio Composition
 
   
As of December 31,
 
(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Securities available for sale:
                 
Government-sponsored enterprise securities
  $ 36,518       90,424       69,893  
Mortgage-backed securities
    111,797       46,962       39,296  
Corporate bonds
    14,436       16,848       13,855  
Equity securities
    17,004       16,959       12,070  
Total securities available for sale
    179,755       171,193       135,114  
                         
Securities held to maturity:
                       
State and local governments
    34,394       15,967       16,611  
Other
    19       23       29  
Total securities held to maturity
    34,413       15,990       16,640  
                         
Total securities
  $ 214,168       187,183       151,754  
                         
Average total securities during year
  $ 190,059       168,504       144,821  


Table 9  Securities Portfolio Maturity Schedule

   
As of December 31,
 
   
2009
 
($ in thousands)
 
Book
Value
   
Fair
Value
   
Book
Yield (1)
 
Securities available for sale:
                 
                   
Government-sponsored enterprise securities
                 
Due within one year
  $ 5,064       5,077       0.62 %
Due after one but within five years
    31,042       31,441       3.49 %
Total
    36,106       36,518       3.09 %
                         
Mortgage-backed securities (2)
                       
Due within one year
    10,287       10,579       2.39 %
Due after one but within five years
    68,000       69,798       3.66 %
Due after five but within ten years
    17,154       17,154       3.80 %
Due after ten years
    13,989       14,266       5.08 %
Total
    109,430       111,797       3.74 %
                         
Corporate debt securities
                       
Due after five but within ten years
    2,994       2,859       6.84 %
Due after ten years
    12,775       11,577       7.45 %
Total
    15,769       14,436       7.33 %
                         
Equity securities
    16,618       17,004       0.41 %
                         
Total securities available for sale
                       
Due within one year
    15,351       15,656       1.80 %
Due after one but within five years
    99,042       101,239       3.61 %
Due after five but within ten years
    20,148       20,013       4.25 %
Due after ten years
    26,764       25,843       6.21 %
Equity securities
    16,618       17,004       0.41 %
Total
  $ 177,923       179,755       3.62 %
                         
Securities held to maturity:
                       
                         
State and local governments
                       
Due within one year
  $ 1,006       1,014       6.44 %
Due after one but within five years
    1,801       1,867       6.23 %
Due after five but within ten years
    10,571       10,866       5.86 %
Due after ten years
    21,016       21,181       5.89 %
Total
    34,394       34,928       5.91 %
                         
Other
                       
Due after one but within five years
    19       19       4.88 %
Total
    19       19       4.88 %
                         
Total securities held to maturity
                       
Due within one year
    1,006       1,014       6.44 %
Due after one but within five years
    1,820       1,886       6.21 %
Due after five but within ten years
    10,571       10,866       5.86 %
Due after ten years
    21,016       21,181       5.89 %
Total
  $ 34,413       34,947       5.91 %

(1)
Yields on tax-exempt investments have been adjusted to a taxable equivalent basis using a 39% tax rate.
(2)
Mortgage-backed securities are shown maturing in the periods consistent with their estimated lives based on expected prepayment speeds.

 
Table 10  Loan Portfolio Composition

   
As of December 31,
   
2009
 
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
2005
($ in thousands)
 
 
Amount
   
% of
Total
Loans
 
 
Amount
   
% of
Total
Loans
 
 
Amount
   
% of
Total
Loans
 
 
Amount
   
% of
Total
Loans
 
 
Amount
   
% of
Total
Loans
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
  $ 173,611       7 %   $ 190,428       9 %   $ 166,925       9 %   $ 159,458       9 %   $ 137,923       9 %
Real estate – construction, land development & other land loans
    551,714       21 %     481,849       22 %     446,437       23 %     274,030       16 %     168,516       11 %
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages
    849,875       32 %     576,884       26 %     456,102       24 %     507,975       29 %     494,833       33 %
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans / lines of credit
    270,054       10 %     249,764       11 %     209,852       11 %     205,284       12 %     169,964       12 %
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other
    718,723       27 %     620,444       28 %     523,008       28 %     511,039       29 %     440,337       30 %
Installment loans to individuals
    88,514       3 %     91,711       4 %     91,825       5 %     82,583       5 %     70,854       5 %
   Loans, gross
    2,652,491       100 %     2,211,080       100 %     1,894,149       100 %     1,740,369       100 %     1,482,427       100 %
Unamortized net deferred loan costs/ (fees)
    374               235               146               27               184          
Total loans, net
  $ 2,652,865             $ 2,211,315             $ 1,894,295             $ 1,740,396             $ 1,482,611          

Table 10a  Loan Portfolio Composition – Covered versus Non-covered

   
As of December 31, 2009
   
Covered Loans (Carrying Value)
 
Non-covered Loans
 
Total Loans
 
Unpaid Principal Balance of Covered Loans
   
Carrying Value of Covered Loans as a Percent of the Unpaid Balance
($ in thousands)
 
Amount
   
% of
Covered
Loans
 
Amount
   
% of
Non-covered
Loans
 
Amount
   
% of
Total
Loans
 
Amount
   
Percentage
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
  $ 9,386       2 %   $ 164,225       8 %   $ 173,611       7 %   12,406       76 %
Real estate – construction, land development & other land loans
    143,256       28 %     408,458       19 %     551,714       21 %     254,897       56 %
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages
    255,405       49 %     594,470       28 %     849,875       32 %     329,141       78 %
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans / lines of credit
    22,059       4 %     247,995       11 %     270,054       10 %     24,504       90 %
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other
    85,738       16 %     632,985       30 %     718,723       27 %     108,908       79 %
Installment loans to individuals
    4,178       1 %     84,336       4 %     88,514       3 %     4,673       89 %
Loans, gross
    520,022       100 %     2,132,469       100 %     2,652,491       100 %   734,529       71 %
Unamortized net deferred loan costs/ (fees)
                  374               374                          
Total loans, net
  $ 520,022             $ 2,132,843             $ 2,652,865                          
 
 
Table 11  Loan Maturities

   
As of December 31, 2009
 
   
Due within
one year
   
Due after one year but
within five years
   
Due after five
years
   
Total
 
($ in thousands)
 
Amount
   
Yield
   
Amount
   
Yield
   
Amount
   
Yield
   
Amount
   
Yield
 
Variable Rate Loans:
                                               
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
  $ 62,767       5.27 %   $ 19,662       4.54 %   $ 1,336       3.93 %   $ 83,765       5.08 %
Real estate – construction only
    130,802       5.02 %     4,970       4.75 %     922       4.99 %     136,694       5.01 %
Real estate – all other mortgage
    276,296       4.88 %     205,101       4.89 %     494,140       5.05 %     975,537       4.97 %
Installment loans to individuals
    403       5.67 %     8,753       9.31 %     15,880       5.30 %     25,036       6.71 %
Total at variable rates
    470,268       4.97 %     238,486       5.02 %     512,278       5.05 %     1,221,032       5.02 %
                                                                 
Fixed Rate Loans:
                                                               
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
    28,190       6.99 %     56,210       6.98 %     9,199       6.18 %     93,599       6.90 %
Real estate – construction only
    11,162       5.82 %     6,653       6.49 %     1,286       5.92 %     19,101       6.06 %
Real estate – all other mortgage
    219,678       6.80 %     730,437       6.76 %     136,219       6.47 %     1,086,334       6.73 %
Installment loans to individuals
    11,144       7.67 %     40,452       9.51 %     1,081       7.48 %     52,677       9.08 %
Total at fixed rates
    270,174       6.82 %     833,752       6.91 %     147,785       6.45 %     1,251,711       6.83 %
                                                                 
Subtotal
    740,442       5.64 %     1,072,238       6.49 %     660,063       5.36 %     2,472,743       5.94 %
Nonaccrual loans
    180,122            
           
              180,122          
Total loans
  $ 920,564             $ 1,072,238             $ 660,063             $ 2,652,865          
 
The above table is based on contractual scheduled maturities.  Early repayment of loans or renewals at maturity are not considered in this table.
 

Table 12  Nonperforming Assets

   
As of December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
                               
Nonaccrual loans – non-covered
  $ 62,206       26,600       7,807       6,852       1,640  
Nonaccrual loans – covered by FDIC loss share (1)
    117,916       -       -       -       -  
Troubled debt restructurings – non-covered
    21,283       3,995       6       10       13  
Accruing loans >90 days past due
    -       -       -       -       -  
Total nonperforming loans
    201,405       30,595       7,813       6,862       1,653  
Other real estate – non-covered
    8,793       4,832       3,042       1,539       1,421  
Other real estate – covered by FDIC loss share
    47,430       -       -       -       -  
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 257,628       35,427       10,855       8,401       3,074  
Total nonperforming assets – non-covered
  $ 92,282       35,427       10,855       8,401       3,074  
                                         
Asset Quality Ratios – All Assets
                                       
Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans
    7.59 %     1.38 %     0.41 %     0.39 %     0.11 %
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans and other real estate
    9.51 %     1.60 %     0.57 %     0.48 %     0.21 %
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets
    7.27 %     1.29 %     0.47 %     0.39 %     0.17 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans
    18.54 %     95.62 %     272.93 %     276.11 %     950.76 %
                                         
Asset Quality Ratios – Based on Non-covered Assets only
                                       
Non-covered nonperforming loans as a percentage of non-covered loans
    3.91 %     1.38 %     0.41 %     0.39 %     0.11 %
Non-covered nonperforming assets as a percentage  of non-covered  loans and non-covered other real estate
    4.31 %     1.60 %     0.57 %     0.48 %     0.21 %
Non-covered nonperforming assets as a percentage of total non-covered assets
    3.10 %     1.29 %     0.47 %     0.39 %     0.17 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-covered nonperforming loans
    44.73 %     95.62 %     272.93 %     276.11 %     950.76 %
                                         
(1) At December 31, 2009, the contractual balance of the nonaccrual loans covered by the FDIC loss share agreement was $192.1 million.
 

 
Table 12a  Nonperforming Assets by Geographical Region
 
   
As of December 31, 2009
 
($ in thousands)
 
Covered
   
Non-covered
   
Total
   
Total Loans
   
Nonperforming Loans to Total Loans
 
                               
Nonaccrual loans and Troubled Debt Restructurings (1)
                             
Eastern Region (NC)
  $ 116,442       23,126       139,568     $ 765,000       18.2 %
Triangle Region (NC)
          21,875       21,875       764,000       2.9 %
Triad Region (NC)
          11,847       11,847       415,000       2.9 %
Charlotte Region (NC)
          5,212       5,212       111,000       4.7 %
Southern Piedmont Region (NC)
          3,382       3,382       242,000       1.4 %
South Carolina Region
    1,474       13,995       15,469       189,000       8.2 %
Virginia Region
          2,555       2,555       159,000       1.6 %
Other
          1,497       1,497       8,000       18.7 %
Total nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructurings
  $ 117,916       83,489       201,405     $ 2,653,000       7.6 %
                                         
Other Real Estate (1)
                                       
Eastern Region (NC)
  $ 47,166       1,712       48,878                  
Triangle Region (NC)
          1,525       1,525                  
Triad Region (NC)
          2,732       2,732                  
Charlotte Region (NC)
          719       719                  
Southern Piedmont Region (NC)
          306       306                  
South Carolina Region
    264       696       960                  
Virginia Region
                                 
Other
          1,103       1,103                  
Total other real estate
  $ 47,430       8,793       56,223                  
                                         
(1) See the counties that comprise each region in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
 
Table 13  Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses
 
   
As of December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
                               
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
  $ 6,210       4,913       3,516       3,548       2,686  
Real estate – construction
    3,974       1,977       1,827       1,182       798  
Real estate – mortgage
    24,689       19,543       13,477       12,186       10,445  
Installment loans to individuals
    2,460       2,815       2,486       2,026       1,763  
Total allocated
    37,333       29,248       21,306       18,942       15,692  
Unallocated
    10       8       18       5       24  
Total
  $ 37,343       29,256       21,324       18,947       15,716  

 
Table 14 Loan Loss and Recovery Experience
 
   
As of December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
                               
Loans outstanding at end of year
  $ 2,652,865       2,211,315       1,894,295       1,740,396       1,482,611  
Non-covered loans outstanding at end of year
  $ 2,132,843       2,211,315       1,894,295       1,740,396       1,482,611  
Covered loans outstanding at end of year
  $ 520,022                          
Average amount of non-covered loans outstanding
  $ 2,160,225       2,117,028       1,808,219       1,623,188       1,422,419  
                                         
Allowance for loan losses, at beginning of year
  $ 29,256       21,324       18,947       15,716       14,717  
Provision for loan losses
    20,186       9,880       5,217       4,923       3,040  
Additions related to loans assumed in corporate acquisitions
          3,158             52        
      49,442       34,362       24,164       20,691       17,757  
Loans charged off:
                                       
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
    (2,143 )     (992 )     (982 )     (486 )     (756 )
Real estate – construction, land development & other land loans
    (1,716 )     (309 )     (180 )     (104 )     (50 )
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages
    (4,617 )     (1,333 )     (305 )     (382 )     (378 )
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans / lines of credit
    (1,824 )     (613 )           (24 )     (138 )
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other
    (516 )     (677 )     (497 )           (554 )
Installment loans to individuals
    (1,973 )     (1,714 )     (1,213 )     (1,021 )     (487 )
Total charge-offs
    (12,789 )     (5,638 )     (3,177 )     (2,017 )     (2,363 )
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
                                       
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
    18       31       49       36       99  
Real estate – construction, land development & other land loans
    9                          
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages
    184       86             44       112  
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans / lines of credit
    66       42       43       13        
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other
    129       136       23       4       3  
Installment loans to individuals
    284       237       222       176       108  
Total recoveries
    690       532       337       273       322  
Net charge-offs
    (12,099 )     (5,106 )     (2,840 )     (1,744 )     (2,041 )
Allowance for loan losses, at end of year
  $ 37,343       29,256       21,324       18,947       15,716  
                                         
Ratios:
                                       
Net charge-offs as a percent of average non-covered loans
    0.56 %     0.24 %     0.16 %     0.11 %     0.14 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of non-covered loans at end of year
    1.75 %     1.32 %     1.13 %     1.09 %     1.06 %
Allowance for loan losses as a multiple of net charge-offs
    3.09 x     5.73 x     7.51 x     10.86 x     7.70 x
Provision for loan losses as a percent of net charge-offs
    166.84 %     193.50 %     183.70 %     282.28 %     148.95 %
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off as a percent of loans charged-off
    5.40 %     9.44 %     10.61 %     13.53 %     13.63 %

 
Table 15  Average Deposits
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
($ in thousands)
 
Average
Amount
   
Average
Rate
   
Average
Amount
   
Average
Rate
   
Average
Amount
   
Average
Rate
 
                                     
NOW accounts
  $ 244,863       0.29 %   $ 197,459       0.19 %   $ 192,407       0.37 %
Money market accounts
    429,068       1.52 %     309,917       2.36 %     239,258       3.31 %
Savings accounts
    137,142       1.08 %     124,460       1.65 %     106,357       1.62 %
Time deposits >$100,000
    745,159       2.54 %     532,566       4.00 %     450,801       5.03 %
Other time deposits
    736,358       2.43 %     586,235       3.79 %     567,572       4.67 %
Total interest-bearing deposits
    2,292,590       1.99 %     1,750,637       3.04 %     1,556,395       3.83 %
Noninterest-bearing deposits
    257,119       -       234,695       -       223,870       -  
Total deposits
  $ 2,549,709       1.79 %   $ 1,985,332       2.68 %   $ 1,780,265       3.35 %
 
 
Table 16  Maturities of Time Deposits of $100,000 or More
 
   
As of December 31, 2009
 
($ in thousands)
 
3 Months
or Less
   
Over 3 to 6
Months
   
Over 6 to 12
Months
   
Over 12
Months
   
Total
 
                               
Time deposits of $100,000 or more
  $ 247,573       227,452       277,191       64,324       816,540  

 
Table 17   Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis
 
   
Repricing schedule for interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
 liabilities held as of December 31, 2009
 
($ in thousands)
 
3 Months
or Less
   
Over 3 to 12
Months
   
Total Within
12 Months
   
Over 12
Months
   
Total
 
                               
Earning assets:
                             
Loans, net of deferred fees (1)
  $ 1,105,788       238,518       1,344,306       1,308,559       2,652,865  
Securities available for sale
    22,664       34,044       56,708       123,047       179,755  
Securities held to maturity
    1,997       1,247       3,244       31,169       34,413  
Short-term investments
    294,768    
      294,768    
      294,768  
Total earning assets
  $ 1,425,217       273,809       1,699,026       1,462,775       3,161,801  
                                         
Percent of total earning assets
    45.08 %     8.66 %     53.74 %     46.26 %     100.00 %
Cumulative percent of total earning assets
    45.08 %     53.74 %     53.74 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
                                         
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                       
NOW deposits
  $ 362,366    
      362,366    
      362,366  
Money market deposits
    496,940    
      496,940    
      496,940  
Savings deposits
    149,338    
      149,338    
      149,338  
Time deposits of $100,000 or more
    247,573       504,643       752,216       64,324       816,540  
Other time deposits
    262,660       489,392       752,052       83,450       835,502  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    64,058    
      64,058    
      64,058  
Borrowings
    146,394       17,600       163,994       12,817       176,811  
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 1,729,329       1,011,635       2,740,964       160,591       2,901,555  
                                         
Percent of total interest-bearing liabilities
    59.60 %     34.87 %     94.47 %     5.53 %     100.00 %
Cumulative percent of total interest- bearing liabilities
    59.60 %     94.47 %     94.47 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
                                         
Interest sensitivity gap
  $ (304,112 )     (737,826 )     (1,041,938 )     1,302,184       260,246  
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap
    (304,112 )     (1,041,938 )     (1,041,938 )     260,246       260,246  
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap as a percent of total earning assets
    (9.62 %)     (32.95 %)     (32.95 %)     8.23 %     8.23 %
Cumulative ratio of interest-sensitive assets to interest-sensitive liabilities
    82.41 %     61.99 %     61.99 %     108.97 %     108.97 %


(1)  The three months or less category for loans includes $651,494 in adjustable rate loans that have reached their contractual rate floors.

 
Table 18  Contractual Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments
 
   
Payments Due by Period ($ in thousands )
 
Contractual
Obligations
As of December 31, 2009
 
 
Total
   
On Demand or Less
than 1 Year
   
 
1-3 Years
   
4-5 Years
   
After 5 Years
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
  $ 64,058       64,058    
   
   
 
Borrowings
    176,811       117,600       12,817    
      46,394  
Operating leases
    5,394       786       1,275       937       2,396  
Total contractual cash obligations, excluding deposits
    246,263       182,444       14,092       937       48,790  
                                         
Deposits
    2,933,108       2,785,334       133,699       14,028       47  
Total contractual cash obligations, including deposits
  $ 3,179,371       2,967,778       147,791       14,965       48,837  


   
Amount of Commitment Expiration Per Period ($ in thousands )
 
Other Commercial
Commitments
As of December 31, 2009
 
Total
Amounts
Committed
   
Less
than 1 Year
   
1-3 Years
   
4-5 Years
   
After 5 Years
 
Credit cards
  $ 26,958       13,479       13,479    
   
 
Lines of credit and loan commitments
    288,765       111,704       12,640       10,983       153,438  
Standby letters of credit
    7,646       7,386       151       109    
 
Total commercial commitments
  $ 323,369       132,569       26,270       11,092       153,438  

 
Table 19  Market Risk Sensitive Instruments
 
   
Expected Maturities of Market Sensitive Instruments Held
at December 31, 2009 Occurring in Indicated Year
             
($ in thousands)
 
2010
   
2011
   
2012
   
2013
   
2014
   
Beyond
   
Total
   
Average Interest Rate
   
Estimated
Fair
Value
 
                                                       
Due from banks, interest-bearing
  $ 283,175       -       -       -       -       -       283,175       0.24 %   $ 283,175  
Federal funds sold
    7,626       -       -       -       -       -       7,626       0.24 %     7,626  
Presold mortgages in process of settlement
    3,967       -       -       -       -       -       3,967       5.00 %     3,967  
Debt Securities- at amortized cost (1) (2)
    59,963       27,356       23,632       22,464       17,154       45,149       195,718       4.29 %     197,698  
Loans – fixed (3) (4)
    270,776       185,082       274,990       268,817       104,292       148,255       1,252,212       6.83 %     1,258,315  
Loans – adjustable (3) (4)
    476,466       62,841       78,673       58,939       44,224       499,553       1,220,696       5.02 %     1,182,360  
Total
  $ 1,101,973       275,279       377,295       350,220       165,670       692,957       2,963,394       5.27 %   $ 2,933,141  
                                                                         
NOW deposits
  $ 362,366       -       -       -       -       -       362,366       0.28 %   $ 362,366  
Money market deposits
    496,940       -       -       -       -       -       496,940       1.18 %     496,940  
Savings deposits
    149,338       -       -       -       -       -       149,338       0.99 %     149,338  
Time deposits
    1,504,268       108,812       24,887       8,945       5,083       47       1,652,042       2.13 %     1,661,473  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    64,058       -       -       -       -       -       64,058       0.86 %     64,058  
Borrowings – fixed (2)
    17,600       1,800       7,500       -       -       -       26,900       4.35 %     27,984  
Borrowings – adjustable
    100,000       3,000                         46,911       149,911       0.93 %     113,192  
Total
  $ 2,694,570       113,612       32,387       8,945       5,083       46,958       2,901,555       1.90 %   $ 2,875,351  

(1)
Tax-exempt securities are reflected at a tax-equivalent basis using a 39% tax rate.
(2)
Securities and borrowings with call dates within 12 months of December 31, 2009 that have above market interest rates are assumed to mature at their call date for purposes of this table.  Mortgage securities are assumed to mature in the period of their expected repayment based on estimated prepayment speeds.
(3)
Excludes nonaccrual loans.
(4)
Loans are shown in the period of their contractual maturity, except for home equity lines of credit loans which are assumed to repay on a straight-line basis over five years.
 
Table 20  Return on Assets and Common Equity
 
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Return on assets
    1.82 %     0.89 %     1.02 %
Return on common equity
    22.55 %     10.44 %     12.77 %
Dividend payout ratio
    9.47 %     55.07 %     50.00 %
Average shareholders’ equity to average assets
    10.11 %     8.49 %     7.99 %
                         

 
Table 21  Risk-Based and Leverage Capital Ratios
 
   
As of December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Risk-Based and Leverage Capital
                 
Tier I capital:
                 
Common shareholders’ equity
  $ 342,383       219,868       174,070  
Trust preferred securities eligible for Tier I capital treatment
    45,000       45,000       45,000  
Intangible assets
    (70,948 )     (67,780 )     (51,020 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income adjustments
    4,427       8,156       4,334  
Total Tier I leverage capital
    320,862       205,244       172,384  
                         
Tier II capital:
                       
Remaining trust preferred securities
                 
Allowable allowance for loan losses
    28,996       27,285       21,324  
Tier II capital additions
    28,996       27,285       21,324  
Total risk-based capital
  $ 349,858       232,529       193,708  
                         
Total risk weighted assets
  $ 2,311,297       2,182,831       1,880,480  
                         
Adjusted fourth quarter average assets
    3,449,684       2,534,425       2,154,407  
                         
Risk-based capital ratios:
                       
Tier I capital to Tier I risk adjusted assets
    13.88 %     9.40 %     9.17 %
Minimum required Tier I capital
    4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %
                         
Total risk-based capital to Tier II risk-adjusted assets
    15.14 %     10.65 %     10.30 %
Minimum required total risk-based capital
    8.00 %     8.00 %     8.00 %
                         
Leverage capital ratios:
                       
Tier I leverage capital to adjusted fourth quarter average assets
    9.30 %     8.10 %     8.00 %
Minimum required Tier I leverage capital
    4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %

 
Table 22  Quarterly Financial Summary (Unaudited)
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
($ in thousands except per share data)
 
Fourth
Quarter
   
Third
Quarter
   
Second
Quarter
   
First
Quarter
   
Fourth
Quarter
   
Third
Quarter
   
Second
Quarter
   
First
Quarter
 
Income Statement Data
                                               
Interest income, taxable equivalent
  $ 42,661       43,695       35,767       34,686       36,799       37,954       37,296       36,471  
Interest expense
    11,381       12,964       12,137       12,413       14,124       15,004       15,632       16,543  
Net interest income, taxable equivalent
    31,280       30,731       23,630       22,273       22,675       22,950       21,664       19,928  
Taxable equivalent, adjustment
    247       221       187       163       166       165       163       164  
Net interest income
    31,033       30,510       23,443       22,110       22,509       22,785       21,501       19,764  
Provision for loan losses
    6,575       5,200       3,926       4,485       3,437       2,851       2,059       1,533  
Net interest income after provision for losses
    24,458       25,310       19,517       17,625       19,072       19,934       19,442       18,231  
Noninterest income
    6,255       5,741       72,776       4,746       4,952       5,360       5,150       5,195  
Noninterest expense
    22,458       20,953       19,203       15,937       16,067       15,396       16,157       14,591  
Income before income taxes
    8,255       10,098       73,090       6,434       7,957       9,898       8,435       8,835  
Income taxes
    2,987       3,716       28,562       2,353       2,956       3,701       3,157       3,306  
Net income
    5,268       6,382       44,528       4,081       5,001       6,197       5,278       5,529  
Preferred stock dividends and accretion
    (1,014     (995     (1,022     (941)                          
Net income available to common shareholders
    4,254       5,387       43,506       3,140       5,001       6,197       5,278       5,529  
                                                                 
                                                                 
Per Common Share Data
                                                               
Earnings per common share - basic
  $ 0.25       0.32       2.62       0.19       0.30       0.38       0.32       0.38  
Earnings per common share - diluted
    0.25       0.32       2.61       0.19       0.30       0.37       0.32       0.38  
Cash dividends declared
    0.08       0.08       0.08       0.08       0.19       0.19       0.19       0.19  
Market Price
                                                               
High
    18.33       19.00       15.99       18.16       18.47       20.48       20.80       20.86  
Low
    11.94       15.21       10.81       6.87       12.00       11.25       12.63       16.65  
Close
    13.97       18.05       15.68       11.97       18.35       17.10       12.64       19.93  
Stated book value - common
    16.59       16.28       15.92       13.53       13.27       13.28       13.14       12.37  
Tangible book value - common
    12.35       12.01       11.63       9.46       9.18       9.17       9.02       8.83  
                                                                 
                                                                 
Selected Average Balances
                                                               
Assets
  $ 3,520,632       3,525,812       2,725,214       2,616,890       2,602,205       2,570,067       2,510,491       2,254,422  
Loans
    2,685,090       2,763,178       2,249,130       2,202,782       2,212,119       2,195,971       2,144,694       1,915,328  
Earning assets
    3,162,966       3,180,200       2,537,023       2,452,479       2,440,535       2,412,037       2,350,134       2,113,394  
Deposits
    2,913,738       2,923,300       2,255,374       2,106,424       2,031,877       2,018,313       2,032,901       1,858,237  
Interest-bearing liabilities
    2,859,989       2,912,269       2,136,201       2,080,757       2,126,035       2,092,329       2,031,497       1,827,163  
Shareholders’ equity
    339,321       336,963       293,893       282,515       224,703       222,237       217,704       178,597  
                                                                 
                                                                 
Ratios (annualized where applicable)
                                                         
Return on average assets
    0.48 %     0.61 %     6.40 %     0.49 %     0.76 %     0.96 %     0.85 %     0.99 %
Return on average common equity
    6.15 %     7.86 %     76.25 %     5.60 %     8.85 %     11.09 %     9.75 %     12.45 %
Equity to assets at end of period
    9.66 %     9.54 %     9.14 %     10.61 %     7.99 %     8.12 %     8.27 %     7.48 %
Tangible equity to tangible assets at end of period
    7.81 %     7.68 %     7.48 %     8.30 %     5.67 %     5.75 %     5.82 %     5.45 %
Tangible common equity to tangible assets at end of period
    5.94 %     5.80 %     5.60 %     5.82 %     5.67 %     5.75 %     5.82 %     5.45 %
Average loans to average deposits
    92.15 %     94.52 %     99.72 %     104.57 %     108.87 %     108.80 %     105.50 %     103.07 %
Average earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities
    110.59 %     109.20 %     118.76 %     117.86 %     114.79 %     115.28 %     115.68 %     115.67 %
Net interest margin
    3.92 %     3.83 %     3.74 %     3.68 %     3.70 %     3.79 %     3.71 %     3.79 %
Allowance for loan losses to gross loans
    1.41 %     1.28 %     1.21 %     1.46 %     1.32 %     1.26 %     1.20 %     1.14 %
Nonperforming loans as a percent of total loans
    7.59 %     6.68 %     4.58 %     1.80 %     1.38 %     1.06 %     1.00 %     0.46 %
Non-covered nonperforming loans as a percent of total non-covered loans
    3.91 %     2.70 %     2.17 %     1.80 %     1.38 %     1.06 %     1.00 %     0.46 %
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets
    7.27 %     5.63 %     4.09 %     1.66 %     1.29 %     1.04 %     0.94 %     0.51 %
Non-covered nonperforming assets as a percent of total non-covered assets
    3.10 %     2.21 %     1.81 %     1.66 %     1.29 %     1.04 %     0.94 %     0.51 %
Net charge-offs as a percent of average total loans
    0.54 %     0.57 %     0.47 %     0.34 %     0.38 %     0.18 %     0.22 %     0.18 %
Net charge-offs as a percent of average non-covered loans
    0.69 %     0.72 %     0.49 %     0.34 %     0.38 %     0.18 %     0.22 %     0.18 %


Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


First Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2009 and 2008
 
 
 
($ in thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
 
             
Assets
           
Cash and due from banks, noninterest-bearing
  $ 60,071       88,015  
Due from banks, interest-bearing
    283,175       105,191  
Federal funds sold
    7,626       31,574  
Total cash and cash equivalents
    350,872       224,780  
                 
Securities available for sale
    179,755       171,193  
                 
Securities held to maturity (fair values of $34,947 in 2009 and $15,811 in 2008)
    34,413       15,990  
                 
Presold mortgages in process of settlement
    3,967       423  
                 
Loans – non-covered
    2,132,843       2,211,315  
Loans – covered by FDIC loss share agreement
    520,022    
 
Total loans
    2,652,865       2,211,315  
Less:  Allowance for loan losses
    (37,343 )     (29,256 )
Net loans
    2,615,522       2,182,059  
                 
Premises and equipment
    54,159       52,259  
Accrued interest receivable
    14,783       12,653  
FDIC loss share receivable
    143,221    
 
Goodwill
    65,835       65,835  
Other intangible assets
    5,113       1,945  
Other assets
    77,716       23,430  
Total assets
  $ 3,545,356       2,750,567  
                 
Liabilities
               
Deposits:   Demand – noninterest-bearing
  $ 272,422       229,478  
NOW accounts
    362,366       198,775  
Money market accounts
    496,940       340,739  
Savings accounts
    149,338       125,240  
Time deposits of $100,000 or more
    816,540       592,192  
Other time deposits
    835,502       588,367  
Total deposits
    2,933,108       2,074,791  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    64,058       61,140  
Borrowings
    176,811       367,275  
Accrued interest payable
    3,054       5,077  
Other liabilities
    25,942       22,416  
Total liabilities
    3,202,973       2,530,699  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 12)
 
   
 
                 
Shareholders’ Equity
               
Preferred stock, no par value per share.  Authorized: 5,000,000 shares, Issued and outstanding:  65,000 in 2009 and none in 2008
    65,000    
 
Discount on preferred stock
    (3,789 )  
 
Common stock, no par value per share.  Authorized: 20,000,000 shares, Issued and outstanding:  16,722,423 shares in 2009 and 16,573,826 shares in 2008
    98,099       96,072  
Common stock warrants
    4,592    
 
Retained earnings
    182,908       131,952  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (4,427 )     (8,156 )
Total shareholders’ equity
    342,383       219,868  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 3,545,356       2,750,567  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


First Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
 

($ in thousands, except per share data)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Interest Income
                 
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 148,007       138,878       139,323  
Interest on investment securities:
                       
Taxable interest income
    6,580       7,333       6,453  
Tax-exempt interest income
    859       640       561  
Other, principally overnight investments
    545       1,011       2,605  
Total interest income
    155,991       147,862       148,942  
                         
Interest Expense
                       
Savings, NOW and money market
    8,744       9,736       10,368  
Time deposits of $100,000 or more
    18,908       21,308       22,687  
Other time deposits
    17,866       22,197       26,498  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    736       903       1,476  
Borrowings
    2,641       7,159       8,629  
Total interest expense
    48,895       61,303       69,658  
                         
Net interest income
    107,096       86,559       79,284  
Provision for loan losses
    20,186       9,880       5,217  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    86,910       76,679       74,067  
                         
Noninterest Income
                       
Service charges on deposit accounts
    13,854       13,535       9,988  
Other service charges, commissions and fees
    4,848       4,392       3,902  
Fees from presold mortgage loans
    1,505       869       1,135  
Commissions from sales of insurance and financial products
    1,524       1,552       1,511  
Data processing fees
    139       167       204  
Gain from acquisition
    67,894    
   
 
Securities gains (losses)
    (104 )     (14 )     487  
Other gains (losses)
    (142 )     156       (10 )
Total noninterest income
    89,518       20,657       17,217  
                         
Noninterest Expenses
                       
Salaries
    30,745       28,127       26,227  
Employee benefits
    10,843       7,319       7,443  
Total personnel expense
    41,588       35,446       33,670  
Occupancy expense
    6,071       4,175       3,795  
Equipment related expenses
    4,334       4,105       3,809  
Intangibles amortization
    630       416       374  
Acquisition expenses
    1,343    
   
 
Other operating expenses
    24,585       18,069       14,676  
Total noninterest expenses
    78,551       62,211       56,324  
                         
Income before income taxes
    97,877       35,125       34,960  
Income taxes
    37,618       13,120       13,150  
                         
Net income
    60,259       22,005       21,810  
                         
Preferred stock dividends and accretion
    (3,972 )  
   
 
                         
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 56,287       22,005       21,810  
                         
Earnings per common share:
                       
Basic
  $ 3.38       1.38       1.52  
Diluted
    3.37       1.37       1.51  
                         
Dividends declared per common share
  $ 0.32       0.76       0.76  
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
    16,648,822       15,980,533       14,378,279  
Diluted
    16,686,880       16,027,144       14,468,974  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


First Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007


             
($ in thousands )
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Net income
  $ 60,259       22,005       21,810  
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                       
Unrealized gains/losses on securities available for sale:
                       
Unrealized holding gains arising during the period, pretax
    1,455       173       1,432  
Tax expense
    (567 )     (67 )     (559 )
Reclassification to realized (gains) losses
    104       14       (487 )
Tax expense (benefit)
    (41 )     (5 )     190  
Postretirement Plans:
                       
Net gain (loss) arising during period
    3,623       (6,795 )     (1,098 )
Tax (expense) benefit
    (1,397 )     2,650       428  
Amortization of unrecognized net actuarial loss
    869       308       467  
Tax expense
    (339 )     (120 )     (182 )
Amortization of prior service cost and transition obligation
    36       34       40  
Tax expense
    (14 )     (14 )     (15 )
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    3,729       (3,822 )     216  
Comprehensive income
  $ 63,988       18,183       22,026  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


First Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
 
 
   
Preferred
   
Preferred Stock
   
Common Stock
   
Common Stock
   
Retained
   
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
   
Total
Share-
holders’
 
(In thousands, except share data )
 
Stock
   
Discount
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Warrants
   
Earnings
   
Income (Loss)
   
Equity
 
                                                 
                                                 
Balances, January 1, 2007
  $             14,353     $ 56,035             111,220       (4,550 )     162,705  
                                                                 
Net income
                                            21,810               21,810  
Cash dividends declared ($0.76 per share)
                                            (10,928 )             (10,928 )
Common stock issued under stock option plans
                    52       568                               568  
Purchases and retirement of common stock
                    (27 )     (532 )                             (532 )
Tax benefit realized from exercise of nonqualified stock options
                 
      41                               41  
Stock-based compensation
                 
      190                               190  
Other comprehensive income
                                                    216       216  
                                                                 
Balances, December 31, 2007
                14,378       56,302             122,102       (4,334 )     174,070  
                                                                 
Net income
                                            22,005               22,005  
Cash dividends declared ($0.76 per share)
                                            (12,155 )             (12,155 )
Common stock issued under stock option plans
                    57       705                               705  
Common stock issued into dividend reinvestment plan
                    80       1,252                               1,252  
Common stock issued in acquisition
                    2,059       37,605                               37,605  
Tax benefit realized from exercise of nonqualified stock options
                          65                               65  
Stock-based compensation
                          143                               143  
Other comprehensive income
                                                    (3,822 )     (3,822 )
                                                                 
Balances, December 31, 2008
                16,574       96,072             131,952       (8,156 )     219,868  
                                                                 
Net income
                                            60,259               60,259  
Preferred stock issued
    65,000       (4,592 )                                             60,408  
Common stock warrants issued
                                    4,592                       4,592  
Common stock issued under stock option plans
                    42       393                               393  
Common stock issued into dividend reinvestment plan
                    77       1,112                               1,112  
Cash dividends declared ($0.32 per share)
                                            (5,331 )             (5,331 )
Preferred dividends
                                            (3,169 )             (3,169 )
Accretion of preferred stock discount
            803                               (803 )             ––  
Tax benefit realized from exercise of nonqualified stock options
                          73                               73  
Stock-based compensation
                    29       449                               449  
Other comprehensive income
                                                    3,729       3,729  
                                                                 
Balances, December 31, 2009
  $ 65,000       (3,789 )     16,693     $ 98,099       4,592       182,908       (4,427 )     342,383  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


First Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007


($ in thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
                 
Net income
  $ 60,259       22,005       21,810  
Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Provision for loan losses
    20,186       9,880       5,217  
Net security premium amortization (discount accretion)
    1,279       (70 )     67  
Net purchase accounting adjustments
    (5,648 )     (1,099 )      
Gain from acquisition
    (67,894 )            
Loss (gain) on securities available for sale
    104       14       (487 )
Other losses (gains), primarily gain from acquisition
    142       (156 )     10  
Increase in net deferred loan costs
    (139 )     (89 )     (118 )
Depreciation of premises and equipment
    3,624       3,459       3,286  
Stock-based compensation expense
    449       143       190  
Amortization of intangible assets
    630       416       374  
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
    20,061       (1,365 )     (422 )
Originations of presold mortgages in process of settlement
    (93,893 )     (56,088 )     (68,325 )
Proceeds from sales of presold mortgages in process of settlement
    93,598       57,333       71,423  
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable
    1,096       1,289       (803 )
Decrease (increase) in other assets
    (17,755 )     1,474       1,075  
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable
    (3,706 )     (1,236 )     361  
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
    2,640       (1,617 )     (3,095 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
    15,033       34,293       30,563  
                         
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
                       
Purchases of securities available for sale
    (102,899 )     (159,602 )     (90,046 )
Purchases of securities held to maturity
    (20,300 )     (1,318 )     (5,117 )
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
    44       503       4,185  
Proceeds from maturities/issuer calls of securities available for sale
    134,736       138,306       82,013  
Proceeds from maturities/issuer calls of securities held to maturity
    1,799       2,291       1,577  
Net decrease (increase) in loans
    105,007       (142,365 )     (159,531 )
Proceeds from FDIC loss share agreements
    41,891              
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed real estate
    4,094       2,991       1,522  
Purchases of premises and equipment
    (5,299 )     (5,376 )     (5,786 )
Net cash received in acquisition
    91,696       2,461    
 
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities
    250,769       (162,109 )     (171,183 )
                         
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
                       
Net increase in deposits and repurchase agreements
    153,085       111,148       139,017  
Proceeds from (repayments of) borrowings, net
    (349,465 )     84,564       32,381  
Cash dividends paid – common stock
    (7,145 )     (11,738 )     (10,923 )
Cash dividends paid – preferred stock
    (2,763 )            
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrants
    65,000              
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    1,505       1,957       568  
Purchases and retirement of common stock
                (532 )
Tax benefit from exercise of nonqualified stock options
    73       65       41  
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    (139,710 )     185,996       160,552  
                         
Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    126,092       58,180       19,932  
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year
    224,780       166,600       146,668  
                         
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year
  $ 350,872       224,780       166,600  
                         
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
                       
Cash paid during the period for:
                       
Interest
  $ 52,601       62,539       69,297  
Income taxes
    16,474       15,316       17,077  
Non-cash investing and financing transactions:
                       
Foreclosed loans transferred to other real estate
    43,860       4,802       2,915  
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale, net of taxes
    951       115       577  
Common stock issued in acquisition
 
      37,605    
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


First Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009


Note 1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Basis of Presentation - The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of First Bancorp (the Company) and its wholly owned subsidiaries - First Bank (the Bank) and Montgomery Data Services, Inc. (Montgomery Data).  The Bank has two wholly owned subsidiaries - First Bank Insurance Services, Inc. (First Bank Insurance) and First Troy, SPE LLC.  All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

The Company is a bank holding company.  The principal activity of the Company is the ownership and operation of the Bank, a state chartered bank with its main office in Troy, North Carolina.  Montgomery Data, another subsidiary, is a data processing company headquartered in Troy, whose primary client is the Bank.  The Company is also the parent company for a series of statutory trusts that were formed at various times since 2002 for the purpose of issuing trust preferred debt securities.  The trusts are not consolidated for financial reporting purposes; however, notes issued by the Company to the trusts in return for the proceeds from the issuance of the trust preferred securities are included in the consolidated financial statements and have terms that are substantially the same as the corresponding trust preferred securities.  The trust preferred securities qualify as capital for regulatory capital adequacy requirements.  First Bank Insurance is a provider of non-FDIC insured investment and insurance products.  First Troy, SPE LLC was formed in order to hold and dispose of certain real estate foreclosed upon by the Bank.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  The most significant estimates made by the Company in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements are the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of other real estate, and fair value estimates for financial instruments.

(b) Cash and Cash Equivalents - The Company considers all highly liquid assets such as cash on hand, noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing amounts due from banks and federal funds sold to be “cash equivalents.”

(c) Securities - Debt securities that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and carried at amortized cost.  Securities not classified as held to maturity are classified as “available for sale” and carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses being reported as other comprehensive income and reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity.

A decline in the market value of any available for sale or held to maturity security below cost that is deemed to be other than temporary results in a reduction in carrying amount to fair value.  The impairment is charged to earnings and a new cost basis for the security is established.  Any equity security that is in an unrealized loss position for twelve consecutive months is presumed to be other than temporarily impaired and an impairment charge is recorded unless the amount of the charge is insignificant.

Gains and losses on sales of securities are recognized at the time of sale based upon the specific identification method.  Premiums and discounts are amortized into income on a level yield basis, with premiums being amortized to the earliest call date and discounts being accreted to the stated maturity date.


(d) Premises and Equipment - Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation, computed by the straight-line method, is charged to operations over the estimated useful lives of the properties, which range from 2 to 40 years or, in the case of leasehold improvements, over the term of the lease, if shorter.  Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations in the year incurred.  Gains and losses on dispositions are included in current operations.

(e) Loans – Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding plus deferred origination costs, net of nonrefundable loan fees.  Interest on loans is accrued on the unpaid principal balance outstanding.  Net deferred loan origination costs/fees are capitalized and recognized as a yield adjustment over the life of the related loan.

Purchased loans acquired in a business combination, which include loans purchased in the Cooperative Bank acquisition, are recorded at estimated fair value on their purchase date; the purchaser cannot carry over the related allowance for loan losses.  Purchased loans are accounted for under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standard Codification (“FASB ASC”) 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities with Deteriorated Credit Quality (formerly American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Statement of Position 03-3), when the loans have evidence of credit deterioration since origination and it is probable at the date of acquisition that the Company will not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments.  Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of the purchase date may include statistics such as past due and nonaccural status.  Generally, acquired loans that meet the Company’s definition for nonaccrual status fall within the scope of FASB ASC 310-30.  The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable difference which is included in the carrying amount of the loans.  Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses.  Subsequent increases in cash flows result in a reversal of the provision for loan losses to the extent of prior charges, or a reclassification of the difference from nonaccretable to accretable, with a positive impact on interest income.  Any excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan when there is a reasonable expectation about the amount and timing of such cash flows.  Further, the Company elected to analogize to FASB ASC 310-30 and account for all other acquired loans not within the scope of FASB ASC 310-30 using the same methodology.

A loan is placed on nonaccrual status when, in management’s judgment, the collection of interest appears doubtful.  The accrual of interest is discontinued on all loans that become 90 days or more past due with respect to principal or interest.  The past due status of loans is based on the contractual payment terms.  While a loan is on nonaccrual status, the Company’s policy is that all cash receipts are applied to principal.  Once the recorded principal balance has been reduced to zero, future cash receipts are applied to recoveries of any amounts previously charged off.  Further cash receipts are recorded as interest income to the extent that any interest has been foregone.  Loans are removed from nonaccrual status when they become current as to both principal and interest and when concern no longer exists as to the collectibility of principal or interest.  In some cases, where borrowers are experiencing financial difficulties, loans may be restructured to provide terms significantly different from the originally contracted terms.

Commercial loans greater than $250,000 that are on nonaccrual status are evaluated regularly for impairment.  A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Impaired loans are measured using either 1) an estimate of the cash flows that the Company expects to receive from the borrower discounted at the loan’s effective rate, or 2) in the case of a collateral-dependent loan, the fair value of the collateral.  While a loan is considered to be impaired, the Company’s policy is that interest accrual is discontinued and all cash receipts are applied to principal.  Once the recorded principal balance has been reduced to zero, future cash receipts are applied to recoveries of any amounts previously charged off.  Further cash receipts are recorded as interest income to the extent that any interest has been foregone.

(f) Presold Mortgages in Process of Settlement and Loans Held for Sale - As a part of normal business


operations, the Company originates residential mortgage loans that have been pre-approved by secondary investors to be sold on a best efforts basis.  The terms of the loans are set by the secondary investors, and the purchase price that the investor will pay for the loan is agreed to prior to the funding of the loan by the Company.  Generally within three weeks after funding, the loans are transferred to the investor in accordance with the agreed-upon terms.  The Company records gains from the sale of these loans on the settlement date of the sale equal to the difference between the proceeds received and the carrying amount of the loan.  The gain generally represents the portion of the proceeds attributed to service release premiums received from the investors and the realization of origination fees received from borrowers that were deferred as part of the carrying amount of the loan.  Between the initial funding of the loans by the Company and the subsequent reimbursement by the investors, the Company carries the loans on its balance sheet at the lower of cost or market.

Periodically, the Company originates commercial loans that are intended for resale.  The Company carries these loans at the lower of cost or fair value at each reporting date.  There were no such loans held for sale as of December 31, 2009 or 2008.

(g) Allowance for Loan Losses - The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense.  Loans are charged-off against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that the collectibility of the principal is unlikely.  The provision for loan losses charged to operations is an amount sufficient to bring the allowance for loan losses to an estimated balance considered adequate to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio.  Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on an evaluation of the portfolio, current economic conditions, historical loan loss experience and other risk factors.  While management uses the best information available to make evaluations, future adjustments may be necessary if economic and other conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used.

For loans covered under loss share agreements, subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in additional provisions for loan losses.  Subsequent increases in expected cash flows will result in a reversal of the allowance for loan losses to the extent of prior allowance recognition.

In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses.  Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance based on the examiners’ judgment about information available to them at the time of their examinations.

(h) Other Real Estate - Other real estate owned consists primarily of real estate acquired by the Company through legal foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure.  The property is initially carried at the lower of cost (generally the loan balance plus additional costs incurred for improvements to the property) or the estimated fair value of the property less estimated selling costs.  If there are subsequent declines in fair value, the property is written down to its fair value through a charge to expense.  Capital expenditures made to improve the property are capitalized.  Costs of holding real estate, such as property taxes, insurance and maintenance, less related revenues during the holding period, are recorded as expense.

(i) FDIC Loss Share Receivable – The FDIC loss share receivable relates to agreements with the FDIC, whereby the FDIC has agreed to reimburse to the Company a percentage of the losses related to loans and other real estate that the Company assumed in the acquisition of a failed bank.  This loss share receivable is measured separately from the loan portfolio and other real estate because it is not contractually embedded in the loans and is not transferable with the loans should the Company choose to dispose of them.  The carrying value of this receivable is determined at each period end by multiplying the estimated amount of loan and other real estate losses covered by the agreements by the FDIC reimbursement percentage.

(j) Income Taxes - Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and


tax credit carryforwards.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.  Deferred tax assets are reduced, if necessary, by the amount of such benefits that are not expected to be realized based upon available evidence.  The Company’s investment tax credits, which are low income housing tax credits and state historic tax credits, are recorded in the period that they are reflected in the Company’s tax returns.

(k) Intangible Assets - Business combinations are accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.  Identifiable intangible assets are recognized separately and are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which for the Company has generally been seven to ten years and at an accelerated rate.  Goodwill is recognized in business combinations to the extent that the price paid exceeds the fair value of the net assets acquired, including any identifiable intangible assets.  Goodwill is not amortized, but as discussed in Note 1(p), is subject to fair value impairment tests on at least an annual basis.

(l) Other Investments – The Company accounts for investments in limited partnerships, limited liability companies (“LLCs”), and other privately held companies using either the cost or the equity method of accounting.  The accounting treatment depends upon the Company’s percentage ownership and degree of management influence.

Under the cost method of accounting, the Company records an investment in stock at cost and generally recognizes cash dividends received as income.  If cash dividends received exceed the investee’s earnings since the investment date, these payments are considered a return of investment and reduce the cost of the investment.

Under the equity method of accounting, the Company records its initial investment at cost.  Subsequently, the carrying amount of the investment is increased or decreased to reflect the Company’s share of income or loss of the investee.  The Company’s recognition of earnings or losses from an equity method investment is based on the Company’s ownership percentage in the investee and the investee’s earnings on a quarterly basis.  The investees generally provide their financial information during the quarter following the end of a given period.  The Company’s policy is to record its share of earnings or losses on equity method investments in the quarter the financial information is received.

All of the Company’s investments in limited partnerships, LLCs, and other companies are privately held, and their market values are not readily available.  The Company’s management evaluates its investments in investees for impairment based on the investee’s ability to generate cash through its operations or obtain alternative financing, and other subjective factors.  There are inherent risks associated with the Company’s investments in such companies, which may result in income statement volatility in future periods.

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s investments in limited partnerships, LLCs and other privately held companies totaled $2.0 million and $2.3 million, respectively, and were included in other assets.

(m) Stock Option Plan - At December 31, 2009, the Company had four equity-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 14.  The Company accounts for these plans under the recognition and measurement principles of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 718, “Stock Compensation.”

(n) Per Share Amounts - Basic Earnings Per Common Share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted Earnings Per Common Share is computed by assuming the issuance of common shares for all potentially dilutive common shares outstanding during the reporting period.  Currently, the Company’s potential dilutive common stock issuances relate to grants under the Company’s equity-based plans, including 1) stock options, 2) performance units, and 3) restricted stock grants, as well as the issuance of stock warrants to the Treasury in


connection with the Company’s participation in the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Plan.  In computing Diluted Earnings Per Common Share, it is assumed that all dilutive stock options and warrants are exercised during the reporting period at their respective exercise prices, with the proceeds from the exercises used by the Company to buy back stock in the open market at the average market price in effect during the reporting period.  The difference between the number of shares assumed to be exercised and the number of shares bought back is included in the calculation of dilutive securities.  Performance units vest if certain financial goals are met and also have service conditions and one performance unit, once vested, is equal to one share of common stock.  Performance units are included in the calculation of dilutive securities if the financial goals for a measurement period have been met, even if service requirements have not been met.  Restricted stock grants issued by the Company vest solely on service conditions, and thus these shares are included in the calculation of dilutive securities.

The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used in computing Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Common Share:

   
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
($ in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Income
(Numer-ator)
   
Shares
(Denom-inator)
   
Per
Share
Amount
   
Income
(Numer-ator)
   
Shares
(Denom-inator)
   
Per
Share
Amount
   
Income
(Numer-ator)
   
Shares
(Denom-inator)
   
Per
Share
Amount
 
                                                       
                                                       
Basic EPS
                                                     
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 56,287       16,648,822     $ 3.38     $ 22,005       15,980,533     $ 1.38     $ 21,810       14,378,279     $ 1.52  
                                                                         
Effect of dilutive securities
    -       38,058               -       46,611               -       90,695          
                                                                         
Diluted EPS per common share
  $ 56,287       16,686,880     $ 3.37     $ 22,005       16,027,144     $ 1.37     $ 21,810       14,468,974     $ 1.51  

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, there were 704,018 options, 297,230 options and 214,980 options, respectively, that were anti-dilutive because the exercise price exceeded the average market price for the year, and thus are not included in the calculation to determine the effect of dilutive securities.  In addition, the warrant for 616,308 shares issued to the Treasury (see Note 18) was anti-dilutive for the year ended December 31, 2009.

(o) Fair Value of Financial Instruments - ASC 825-10-65-1, “Financial Instruments,” requires that the Company disclose estimated fair values for its financial instruments.  Fair value methods and assumptions are set forth below for the Company’s financial instruments.

Cash and Amounts Due from Banks, Federal Funds Sold, Presold Mortgages in Process of Settlement, Accrued Interest Receivable, and Accrued Interest Payable - The carrying amounts approximate their fair value because of the short maturity of these financial instruments.

Available for Sale and Held to Maturity Securities - Fair values are based on quoted market prices, where available.  If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

Loans - Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics.  Loans are segregated by type such as commercial, financial and agricultural, real estate construction, real estate mortgages and installment loans to individuals.  Each loan category is further segmented into fixed and variable interest rate terms.  The fair value for each category is determined by discounting scheduled future cash flows using current interest rates offered on loans with similar risk characteristics.  Fair values for impaired loans are estimated based on discounted cash flows or underlying collateral values, where applicable.


FDIC Loss Share Receivable – Fair value is equal to the FDIC reimbursement rate of the expected losses to be incurred and reimbursed by the FDIC and then discounted over the estimated period of receipt.

Deposits and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase - The fair value of securities sold under agreements to repurchase and deposits with no stated maturity, such as non-interest-bearing demand deposits, savings, NOW, and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand as of the valuation date.  The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows.  The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Borrowings - The fair value of borrowings is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows.  The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered by the Company’s lenders for debt of similar remaining maturities.

Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit - At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s off-balance sheet financial instruments had no carrying value.  The large majority of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are at variable rates and/or have relatively short terms to maturity.  Therefore, the fair value for these financial instruments is considered to be immaterial.

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument.  These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument.  Because no highly liquid market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors.  These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision.  Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Fair value estimates are based on existing on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments.  Significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial assets or liabilities include net premises and equipment, intangible and other assets such as foreclosed properties, deferred income taxes, prepaid expense accounts, income taxes currently payable and other various accrued expenses.  In addition, the income tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of the estimates.

(p) Impairment - Goodwill is evaluated for impairment on at least an annual basis by comparing the fair value of its reporting units to their related carrying value.  If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company determines whether the implied fair value of the goodwill, using a discounted cash flow analysis, exceeds the carrying value of the goodwill.  If the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss is recorded in an amount equal to that excess.

The Company reviews all other long-lived assets, including identifiable intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.  The Company’s policy is that an impairment loss is recognized if the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset.  Any long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell.

To date, the Company has not recorded any impairment write-downs of its long-lived assets or goodwill.


(q) Comprehensive Income -   Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity during a period for non-owner transactions and is divided into net income and other comprehensive income.  Other comprehensive income includes revenues, expenses, gains, and losses that are excluded from earnings under current accounting
standards.  The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the Company are as follows:


   
December 31, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
   
December 31, 2007
 
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale
  $ 1,832       273       86  
Deferred tax liability
    (715 )     (106 )     (34 )
Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale
    1,117       167       52  
                         
Additional pension liability
    (9,164 )     (13,693 )     (7,240 )
Deferred tax asset
    3,620       5,370       2,854  
Net additional pension liability
    (5,544 )     (8,323 )     (4,386 )
                         
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (4,427 )     (8,156 )     (4,334 )


(r) Segment Reporting - Accounting standards require management to report selected financial and descriptive information about reportable operating segments.  The standards also require related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas, and major customers.  Generally, disclosures are required for segments internally identified to evaluate performance and resource allocation.  The Company’s operations are primarily within the banking segment, and the financial statements presented herein reflect the results of that segment.  The Company has no foreign operations or customers.

(s) Reclassifications - Certain amounts for prior years have been reclassified to conform to the 2009 presentation.  The reclassifications had no effect on net income or shareholders’ equity as previously presented, nor did they materially impact trends in financial information.

(t) Recent Accounting Pronouncements - On July 1, 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (FASB) Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) Accounting Standards Codification (the Codification) became effective as the sole authoritative source of US GAAP.  This Codification was issued under FASB Statement No. 168, “The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles—a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162.”  This Codification reorganizes current GAAP for non-governmental entities into a topical index to facilitate accounting research and to provide users additional assurance that they have referenced all related literature pertaining to a given topic.  Existing GAAP prior to the Codification was not altered in compilation of the Codification.  The Codification encompasses all FASB Statements of Financial Accounting Standards, Emerging Issues Task Force statements, FASB Staff Positions, FASB Interpretations, FASB Derivative Implementation Guides, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Positions, Accounting Principles Board Opinions and Accounting Research Bulletins, along with the remaining body of GAAP effective as of June 30, 2009.  Financial statements issued for all interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009 must reference accounting guidance embodied in the Codification as opposed to referencing the prior authoritative pronouncements.  Citing particular content in the Codification involves specifying the unique numeric path to the content through the Topic, Subtopic, Section and Paragraph structure. FASB suggests that all citations begin with “FASB ASC,” where ASC stands for Accounting Standards Codification .  Changes to the ASC subsequent to June 30, 2009 are referred to as Accounting Standards Updates (ASU).

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB ASC 740, “Income Taxes,” which


includes clarification for the accounting and reporting of uncertainties in income tax law.  ASC 740 prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns.  The cumulative effect of applying the provisions of this interpretation is required to be reported separately as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the year of adoption.  The Company’s adoption of ASC 740 in the first quarter of 2007 did not impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  See additional disclosures related to ASC 740 in Note 7.

In September 2006, the FASB issued FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.”  This standard provides enhanced guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities and also requires expanded disclosures about the extent to which companies measure assets and liabilities at fair value, the information used to measure fair value, and the effect of fair value measurements on earnings.  As it relates to financial assets and liabilities, FASB ASC 820 became effective for the Company as of January 1, 2008.  For nonfinancial assets and liabilities, ASC 820 became effective for the Company as of January 1, 2009.  The Company’s adoption of ASC 820 on January 1, 2008 and January 1, 2009 had no impact on the Company’s financial statements.  See Note 13 for the disclosures required by FASB ASC 820.

In February 2007, the FASB issued FASB ASC 825, “Financial Instruments,” which permits, but does not require, entities to measure many financial instruments at fair value.  The objective is to provide entities with an opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions.  Entities electing this option will apply it when the entity first recognizes an eligible instrument and will report unrealized gains and losses on such instruments in current earnings.  This guidance 1) applies to all entities, 2) specifies certain election dates, 3) can be applied on an instrument-by-instrument basis with some exceptions, 4) is irrevocable and 5) applies only to entire instruments.  One exception is demand deposit liabilities, which are explicitly excluded from qualifying for the fair value option.  With respect to FASB (ASC) 320, “Investments – Debt and Equity Securities,” available for sale and held to maturity securities held at the effective date of ASC 825 are eligible for the fair value option at that date.  If the fair value option is elected for those securities at the effective date, cumulative unrealized gains and losses at that date will be included in the cumulative-effect adjustment and, thereafter, such securities will be accounted for as trading securities.  ASC 825 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2008.  Upon adoption, the Company elected not to expand its use of fair value accounting.

In December 2007, the FASB issued FASB ASC 805, “Business Combinations,” which retains the fundamental requirement that the acquisition method of accounting (formerly referred to as purchase method) be used for all business combinations and that an acquirer be identified for each business combination.  ASC 805 defines the acquirer as the entity that obtains control of one or more businesses in the business combination and establishes the acquisition date as the date that the acquirer achieves control.  ASC 805 requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date, measured at their fair values.  The provisions require the acquirer to recognize acquisition-related costs and restructuring costs separately from the business combination as period expense.  The Company adopted ASC 805 on January 1, 2009 and applied its provisions to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed related to Cooperative Bank.  See Note 2 for additional discussion.

In December 2008, the FASB issued FASB ASC 715-20, “Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans,” which provides guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan to provide the users of financial statements with an understanding of (a) how investment allocation decisions are made, including the factors that are pertinent to an understanding of investment policies and strategies; (b) the major categories of plan assets; (c) the inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of plan assets; (d) the effect of fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) on changes in plan assets for the period; and (e) significant concentrations of risk within plan assets.  ASC 715-20 became effective for fiscal years ending after


December 15, 2009.  The Company has adopted this standard and included the required disclosures at Note 11.

In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB ASC 350-30-50, “Intangibles Other than Goodwill,” which amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset.  The intent of ASC 350-30-50 is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under ASC 805, “Business Combinations,”   and other U.S. GAAP.  ASC 350-30-50 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption was prohibited.  Accordingly, this provision became effective for the Company on January 1, 2009.  The adoption of ASC 350-30-50 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued three provisions related to fair value which are discussed in the following three paragraphs.  Each of the provisions became effective as of and for the period ended June 30, 2009.

FASB ASC 320-10-65-1, “Investments – Debt and Equity Securities,” categorizes losses on debt securities available-for-sale or held-to-maturity determined by management to be other-than-temporarily impaired as losses due to credit issues and losses related to all other factors.  Other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) exists when it is more likely than not that the security will mature or be sold before its amortized cost basis can be recovered.  An OTTI related to credit losses should be recognized through earnings.  An OTTI related to other factors should be recognized in other comprehensive income.  ASC 320-10-65-1 does not amend existing recognition and measurement guidance related to OTTI impairments of equity securities.  Other than the required disclosures that are presented in Note 3, the adoption of this guidance did not impact the Company, but its provisions could impact the Company in future periods.

FASB ASC 820-10-65-4, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” recognizes that quoted prices may not be determinative of fair value when the volume and level of trading activity has significantly decreased. The evaluation of certain factors may necessitate that fair value be determined using a different valuation technique.  Fair value should be the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction, not a forced liquidation or distressed sale.  If a transaction is considered not to be orderly, little, if any, weight should be placed on the transaction price.  If there is not sufficient information to conclude as to whether or not the transaction is orderly, the transaction price should be considered when estimating fair value.  An entity’s intention to hold an asset or liability is not relevant in determining fair value.  Quoted prices provided by pricing services may still be used when estimating fair value in accordance with ASC 820; however, the entity should evaluate whether the quoted prices are based on current information and orderly transactions.  Inputs and valuation techniques are required to be disclosed in addition to any changes in valuation techniques.  The Company applied the provisions of this guidance in determining the fair market value of loans assumed in the Cooperative Bank acquisition.  See Note 4 for additional discussion.

FASB ASC 825-10-65-1, “Financial Instruments,” requires disclosures about the fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual financial statements.  A publicly traded company includes any company whose securities trade in a public market on either a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market, or any company that is a conduit bond obligor. Additionally, when a company makes a filing with a regulatory agency in preparation for sale of its securities in a public market, it is considered a publicly traded company for this purpose.  The Company has presented the fair value disclosures required by this guidance in Note 13.

In June 2009, the FASB issued FASB ASU No. 2009-16, which removes the concept of a special purpose entity (SPE) from ASC 860, “Transfers and Servicing.”  The guidance limits the circumstances in which a financial asset should be derecognized when the transferor has not transferred the entire financial asset by taking into consideration the transferor’s continuing involvement.  The standard requires that a transferor recognize and initially measure at fair value all assets obtained (including a transferor’s beneficial interest) and liabilities incurred as a result of a transfer of financial assets accounted for as a sale.  The concept of


a qualifying SPE is no longer applicable.  The guidance is effective for all interim and annual periods beginning after November 15, 2009.  The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2009, the FASB issued FASB ASU No. 2009-17, which requires a company to analyze whether its interest in a variable interest entity (VIE) gives it a controlling financial interest that should be included in consolidated financial statements.  A company must assess whether it has an implicit financial responsibility to ensure that the VIE operates as designed when determining whether it has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that significantly impact its economic performance, making it the primary beneficiary.  Ongoing reassessments of whether a company is the primary beneficiary are also required by the standard.  This guidance amends the criteria to qualify as a primary beneficiary as well as how to determine the existence of a VIE.  The guidance also eliminates certain exceptions that were previously available.  The guidance is effective for all interim and annual periods beginning after November 15, 2009.  The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In August 2009, the FASB issued FASB ASU No. 2009-05, which updates ASC 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” by providing guidance when estimating the fair value of a liability.  When a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, fair value should be measured using (a) the quoted price of an identical liability when traded as an asset; (b) quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when traded as assets; or (c) another valuation technique consistent with the principles of ASC 820, such as an income approach or a market approach.  If a restriction exists that prevents the transfer of the liability, a separate adjustment related to the restriction is not required when estimating fair value.  This guidance was effective October 1, 2009 for the Company.  Its adoption had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In January 2010, the FASB issued FASB ASU 2010-02 to clarify the scope of subsidiaries for consolidation purposes.  The amendment provides that the decrease in ownership guidance applies to (1) a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business or nonprofit activity, (2) a subsidiary that is a business or nonprofit activity that is transferred to an equity method investee or joint venture, and (3) an exchange of a group of assets that constitutes a business or nonprofit activity for a noncontrolling interest in an entity.  The guidance does not apply to a decrease in ownership in transactions related to sales of in substance real estate or conveyances of oil and gas mineral rights.  The update became effective for the interim or annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2009.  Its adoption had no impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In January 2010, the FASB issued FASB ASU 2010-06, which amends ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” to require more robust disclosures about (1) the different classes of assets and liabilities measured at fair value, (2) the valuation techniques and inputs used, (3) the activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, and (4) the transfers between Levels 1, 2, and 3.  The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures are effective for the interim or annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the rollforward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, which are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those fiscal years.  The Company is evaluating whether any new disclosures will be required.

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


Note 2.  Acquisitions

The Company did not complete any acquisitions during 2007.  The Company completed the acquisitions described below during 2008 and 2009.  The results of each acquired company/branch are included in the Company’s results beginning on its respective acquisition date.

(a)  On April 1, 2008, the Company completed the acquisition of Great Pee Dee Bancorp, Inc. (Great Pee Dee).  The results of Great Pee Dee are included in the Company’s results for the year ended December 31, 2008 beginning on the April 1, 2008 acquisition date.

Great Pee Dee was the parent company of Sentry Bank and Trust (Sentry), a South Carolina community bank with one branch in Florence, South Carolina and two branches in Cheraw, South Carolina.  Great Pee Dee had $211 million in total assets as of the date of acquisition.  This acquisition represented a natural extension of the Company’s market area, with Sentry’s Cheraw offices being in close proximity to the Company’s Rockingham, North Carolina branch and Sentry’s Florence office being in close proximity to existing branches in Dillon and Latta, South Carolina.  The Company’s primary reason for the acquisition was to expand into a contiguous market with facilities, operations and experienced staff in place.  The Company agreed to a purchase price that resulted in recognition of goodwill primarily due to this reason, as well as the generally positive earnings of Great Pee Dee.  The terms of the merger agreement called for shareholders of Great Pee Dee to receive 1.15 shares of Company stock for each share of Great Pee Dee stock they owned.  The transaction was completed on April 1, 2008 with the Company issuing 2,059,091 shares of common stock that were valued at approximately $37.0 million and assuming employee stock options with a fair market value of approximately $0.6 million.  The value of the stock issued was determined using a Company stock price of $17.98, which was the average of the daily closing price of the Company’s stock for the five trading days closest to the July 12, 2007 announcement of the execution of the definitive merger agreement.   The value of the employee stock options assumed was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

This acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations, and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of Great Pee Dee were recorded based on estimates of fair values as of April 1, 2008.  The table below is a condensed balance sheet disclosing the amount assigned to each major asset and liability category of Great Pee Dee on April 1, 2008, and the related fair value adjustments recorded by the Company to reflect the acquisition.  The $16.3 million in goodwill that resulted from this transaction is non-deductible for tax purposes.


($ in thousands)
 
As
Recorded by
Great Pee Dee
   
Fair
Value
Adjustments
   
As
Recorded by
the Company
 
Assets
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 3,242             3,242  
Securities
    15,364             15,364  
Loans, gross
    187,309       1,226 (a)     183,840  
              (4,695 ) (b)        
Allowance for loan losses
    (2,353 )     (805 ) (c)     (3,158 )
Premises and equipment
    5,060       (708 ) (d)     4,352  
Core deposit intangible
    355       492 (e)     847  
Other
    4,285       2,690 (f)     6,975  
Total
    213,262       (1,800 )     211,462  
                         
Liabilities
                       
Deposits
  $ 146,611       1,098 (g)     147,709  
Borrowings
    39,337       1,328 (h)     40,665  
Other
    1,058             1,058  
Total
    187,006       2,426       189,432  
                         
Net identifiable assets acquired
                    22,030  
                         
Total cost of acquisition
                       
Value of stock issued
          $ 37,022          
Value of assumed options
            587          
Direct costs of acquisition
            751          
Total cost of acquisition
                    38,360  
                         
Goodwill recorded related to acquisition of Great Pee Dee Bancorp
                  $ 16,330  


Explanation of Fair Value Adjustments

 
(a)
This fair value adjustment was recorded because the yields on the loans purchased from Great Pee Dee exceeded the market rates as of the acquisition date.  This amount is being amortized to reduce interest income over the remaining lives of the related loans, which had a weighted average life of approximately 6.3 years on the acquisition date.

 
(b)
This fair value adjustment was recorded to write-down impaired loans assumed in the acquisition to their estimated fair market value.

 
(c)
This fair value adjustment was the estimated amount of additional inherent loan losses associated with non-impaired loans.

 
(d)
This fair value adjustment represents the amount necessary to reduce premises and equipment from its book value on the date of acquisition to its estimated fair market value.

 
(e)
This fair value adjustment represents the value of the core deposit base assumed in the acquisition based on a study performed by an independent consulting firm.  This amount was recorded by the Company as an identifiable intangible asset and is being amortized as expense on a straight-line basis over the weighted average life of the core deposit base, which was estimated to be 7.4 years on the acquisition date.

 
(f)
This fair value adjustment represents the net deferred tax asset associated with the other fair value adjustments made to record the transaction.

 
(g)
This fair value adjustment was recorded because the weighted average interest rate of Great Pee Dee’s time deposits exceeded the cost of similar wholesale funding at the time of the acquisition.  This amount


is being amortized to reduce interest expense over the remaining lives of the related time deposits, which had a weighted average life of approximately 11 months on the acquisition date.

 
(h)
This fair value adjustment was recorded because the interest rates of Great Pee Dee’s fixed rate borrowings exceeded market interest rates on similar borrowings as of the acquisition date.  This amount is being amortized to reduce interest expense over the remaining lives of the related borrowings, which ranged from 28 months to 48 months on the acquisition date.

The following is a summary of the effect of the non-cash purchase accounting adjustments on income related to the Great Pee Dee acquisition recorded during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:

($ in thousands)
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2009
   
Year Ended
December 31, 2008
 
Interest income – reduced by premium amortization on loans
  $ (196 )   $ (147 )
Interest expense – reduced by premium amortization of deposits
    (200 )     (898 )
Interest expense – reduced by premium amortization of borrowings
    (464 )     (347 )
Impact on net interest income
    468       1,098  
Amortization of core deposit intangible
    114       86  
Total effect on income before income taxes
    354       1,012  
Income taxes
    138       395  
Total effect on net income of Great Pee Dee purchase accounting adjustments
  $ 216     $ 617  

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined results of the Company and Great Pee Dee as if the acquisition had occurred as of January 1, 2007, after giving effect to certain adjustments, including amortization of the core deposit intangible, and related income tax effects.  The pro forma financial information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have occurred had the Company and Great Pee Dee constituted a single entity during such period.

($ in thousands, except share data)
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2008
   
Year Ended
December 31, 2007
 
Net interest income
  $ 88,487       87,317  
Noninterest income
    21,336       19,612  
Total revenue
    109,823       106,929  
Provision for loan losses
    10,230       5,444  
Noninterest expense
    66,646       62,966  
Income before income taxes
    32,947       38,519  
Income tax expense
    12,545       14,660  
Net income
    20,402       23,859  
Earnings per share
               
Basic
    1.24       1.45  
Diluted
    1.23       1.44  

The above pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 2008 include merger-related expenses and charges recorded by Great Pee Dee prior to the merger that are nonrecurring in nature and amounted to $2.9 million pretax, or $2.0 million after-tax ($0.12 per share).  The pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 2007 include nonrecurring merger-related expenses of Great Pee Dee of $361,000 (pretax and after-tax), or $0.02 per share.

(b)   On June 19, 2009, the Company announced that the Bank had entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC, as receiver for Cooperative Bank, in Wilmington, North Carolina.  Earlier that day, the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks issued an order requiring the closure of Cooperative Bank and appointing the FDIC as receiver.  According to the terms of the agreement, the Bank acquired all deposits (except certain brokered deposits) and borrowings, and substantially all of the assets of Cooperative Bank and its subsidiary, Lumina Mortgage.  All deposits were assumed by the Bank with no losses to any depositor.


Cooperative Bank operated through twenty-one branches in North Carolina and three branches in South Carolina, with assets totaling approximately $959 million and approximately 200 employees.

The loans and foreclosed real estate purchased are covered by two loss share agreements between the FDIC and the Bank, which affords the Bank significant loss protection.  Under the loss share agreements, the FDIC will cover 80% of covered loan and foreclosed real estate losses up to $303 million and 95% of losses in excess of that amount.  The term for loss sharing on residential real estate loans is ten years, while the term for loss sharing on non-residential real estate loans is five years in respect to losses and eight years in respect to loss recoveries.   The reimbursable losses from the FDIC are based on the book value of the relevant loan as determined by the FDIC at the date of the transaction.  New loans made after that date are not covered by the loss share agreements.

The Bank received a $123 million discount on the assets acquired and paid no deposit premium.  The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC 805, “Business Combinations.”  The purchased assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values, and identifiable intangible assets were recorded at fair value.  Fair values are preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as information relative to closing date fair values becomes available.  The Company recorded an estimated receivable from the FDIC in the amount of $185.1 million as of June 30, 2009, which represents the FDIC’s portion of the losses that are expected to be incurred and reimbursed to the Company.

An acquisition gain totaling $67.9 million resulted from the acquisition and is included as a component of noninterest income on the Company’s statement of income.  In the Company’s filings for the second quarter 2009, this gain was reported as being $53.8 million.  During the third and fourth quarters of 2009, the Company obtained third-party appraisals for the majority of Cooperative Bank’s collateral dependent problem loans.  Overall, the appraised values were higher than the Company’s original estimates made as of the acquisition date.  In addition, during the third and fourth quarters of 2009, the Company received payoffs related to certain loans for which losses had been anticipated.   Accordingly, as required by ASC 805, “Business Combinations,” the Company retrospectively adjusted the fair value of the loans acquired for these factors, which resulted in a higher gain being reflected in the second quarter of 2009.

The statement of net assets acquired as of June 19, 2009 and the resulting gain (as adjusted) are presented in the following table.


($ in thousands)
 
As
Recorded by
Cooperative Bank
   
Fair
Value
Adjustments
   
As
Recorded by
the Company
 
Assets
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 66,096             66,096  
Securities
    40,189             40,189  
Presold mortgages
    3,249             3,249  
Loans
    828,958       (227,854 ) (a)     601,104  
Core deposit intangible
          3,798 (b)     3,798  
FDIC loss share receivable
          185,112 (c)     185,112  
Foreclosed properties
    15,993       (3,534 ) (d)     12,459  
Other assets
    4,178       (137 ) (e)     4,041  
Total
    958,663       (42,615 )     916,048  
                         
Liabilities
                       
Deposits
  $ 706,139       5,922 (f)     712,061  
Borrowings
    153,056       6,409 (g)     159,465  
Other
    2,227       160 (e)     2,387  
Total
    861,422       12,491       873,913  
                         
Excess of assets received over liabilities
    97,241       (55,106 )     42,135  
Less:  Asset discount
    (123,000 )                
Cash received from FDIC at closing
    25,759               25,759  
                         
Total gain recorded
                  $ 67,894  


Explanation of Fair Value Adjustments
 
(a)
This estimated fair value adjustment is necessary as of the acquisition date to write down Cooperative Bank’s book value of loans to the estimated fair value as a result of future expected loan losses.

 
(b)
This estimated fair value adjustment represents the value of the core deposit base assumed in the acquisition based on a study performed by an independent consulting firm.  This amount was recorded by the Company as an identifiable intangible asset and will be amortized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the average life of the core deposit base, which is estimated to be 8 years.

 
(c)
This estimated fair value adjustment represents the amount that the Company will receive from the FDIC under its loss share agreements as a result of future loan losses.

 
(d)
This estimated fair value adjustment is necessary to write down Cooperative Bank’s book value of foreclosed real estate properties to their estimated fair value as of the acquisition date.

 
(e)
These estimated fair value adjustments are other immaterial adjustments made to acquired assets and assumed liabilities to reflect fair value.

 
(f)
This estimated fair value adjustment was recorded because the weighted average interest rate of Cooperative Bank’s time deposits exceeded the cost of similar wholesale funding at the time of the acquisition.  This amount will be amortized to reduce interest expense on a declining basis over the average life of the portfolio of approximately 15 months.

 
(g)
This estimated fair value adjustment was recorded because the interest rates of Cooperative Bank’s fixed rate borrowings exceeded current interest rates on similar borrowings.  This amount was realized shortly after the acquisition by prepaying the borrowings at a premium, and thus there will be no future amortization related to this adjustment.


The following is a summary of the effect of the non-cash purchase accounting adjustments on income related to the Cooperative Bank acquisition recorded during the year ended December 31, 2009:

($ in thousands)
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2009
 
Interest income – increased by accretion of loan discount
  $ 1,469  
Interest expense – reduced by premium amortization of deposits
    (3,711 )
Impact on net interest income
    5,180  
Amortization of core deposit intangible
    237  
Total effect on income before income taxes
    4,943  
Income taxes
    1,952  
Total effect on net income of Cooperative Bank purchase accounting adjustments
  $ 2,991  


The operating results of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2009 include the operating results of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities since the acquisition date of June 19, 2009.  Due primarily to the significant amount of fair value adjustments and the FDIC loss share agreements now in place, historical results of Cooperative Bank are not believed to be relevant to the Company’s results, and thus no pro forma information is presented.

Note 3.  Securities

The book values and approximate fair values of investment securities at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are summarized as follows:

   
2009
   
2008
 
   
Amortized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
   
Amortized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
 
(In thousands)
 
Cost
   
Value
   
Gains
   
(Losses)
   
Cost
   
Value
   
Gains
   
(Losses)
 
                                                 
Securities available for sale:
                                               
Government-sponsored enterprise securities
  $ 36,106       36,518       412    
      88,951       90,424       1,473    
 
Mortgage-backed securities
    109,430       111,797       2,423       (56 )     46,340       46,962       779       (157 )
Corporate bonds
    15,769       14,436    
      (1,333 )     18,885       16,848       380       (2,417 )
Equity securities
    16,618       17,004       417       (31 )     16,744       16,959       280       (65 )
Total available for sale
  $ 177,923       179,755       3,252       (1,420 )   $ 170,920       171,193       2,912       (2,639 )
                                                                 
Securities held to maturity:
                                                               
State and local governments
  $ 34,394       34,928       612       (78 )     15,967       15,788       109       (288 )
Other
    19       19    
   
      23       23    
   
 
Total held to maturity
  $ 34,413       34,947       612       (78 )     15,990       15,811       109       (288 )

Included in mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2009 were collateralized mortgage obligations with an amortized cost of $5,413,000 and a fair value of $5,601,000.  Included in mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2008 were collateralized mortgage obligations with an amortized cost of $7,853,000 and a fair value of $7,773,000.

The Company owned Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock with a cost and fair value of $16,519,000 at December 31, 2009 and $16,491,000 at December 31, 2008, which is included in equity securities above and serves as part of the collateral for the Company’s line of credit with the FHLB (see Note 9 for additional discussion).  The investment in this stock is a requirement for membership in the FHLB system.


The following table presents information regarding securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2009:

   
Securities in an Unrealized Loss Position for
Less than 12 Months
   
Securities in an Unrealized Loss Position for
More than 12 Months
   
Total
 
(in thousands)
 
Fair Value
   
Unrealized
Losses
   
Fair Value
   
Unrealized Losses
   
Fair Value
   
Unrealized Losses
 
Government-sponsored enterprise securities
  $                                
Mortgage-backed securities
    9,575       56                   9,575       56  
Corporate bonds
    1,609       224       12,827       1,109       14,436       1,333  
Equity securities
    17       10       27       21       44       31  
State and local governments
    5,821       77       230       1       6,051       78  
Total temporarily impaired securities
  $ 17,022       367       13,084       1,131       30,106       1,498  


The following table presents information regarding securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2008:

(in thousands)
 
Securities in an Unrealized Loss Position for
Less than 12 Months
   
Securities in an Unrealized Loss Position for
More than 12 Months
   
Total
 
   
Fair Value
   
Unrealized
Losses
   
Fair Value
   
Unrealized Losses
   
Fair Value
   
Unrealized Losses
 
Government-sponsored enterprise securities
  $                                
Mortgage-backed securities
    3,468       27       5,430       130       8,898       157  
Corporate bonds
    8,543       2,165       2,847       252       11,390       2,417  
Equity securities
    29       14       49       51       78       65  
State and local governments
    8,737       288                   8,737       288  
Total temporarily impaired securities
  $ 20,777       2,494       8,326       433       29,103       2,927  

In the above tables, all of the non-equity securities that were in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are bonds that the Company has determined are in a loss position due to interest rate factors, the overall economic downturn in the financial sector, and the broader economy in general.  The Company has evaluated the collectability of each of these bonds and has concluded that there is no other-than-temporary impairment.  The Company does not intend to sell these securities, and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell these securities before recovery of the amortized cost.

At December 31, 2009, the Company’s $14 million investment in corporate bonds was comprised of the following:

($ in thousands )
 
S&P Issuer
 
Maturity
 
Amortized
       
Issuer
 
Ratings (1)
 
Date
 
Cost
   
Market Value
 
First Citizens Bancorp (South Carolina) Bond
 
BB
 
4/1/15
  $ 2,994       2,859  
Bank of America Trust Preferred Security
 
BB
 
12/11/26
    2,053       1,918  
Wells Fargo Trust Preferred Security
  A-  
1/15/27
    2,567       2,428  
Bank of America Trust Preferred Security
 
BB
 
4/15/27
    5,063       4,831  
First Citizens Bancorp (North Carolina) Trust Preferred Security
 
BB
 
3/1/28
    2,092       1,811  
First Citizens Bancorp (South Carolina) Trust Preferred Security
 
Not Rated
 
6/15/34
    1,000       589  
Total investment in corporate bonds
            $ 15,769       14,436  
(1)  The ratings are as of January 26, 2010.

The Company has concluded that each of the equity securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was in such a position due to temporary fluctuations in the market prices of the securities.  The Company’s policy is to record an impairment charge for any of these equity securities that remains in an unrealized loss position for twelve consecutive months unless the amount is insignificant.


The aggregate carrying amount of cost-method investments was $16,538,000 and $16,564,000 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, which included the Federal Home Loan Bank stock discussed above.  The Company determined that none of its cost-method investments were impaired at either year end.

The book values and approximate fair values of investment securities at December 31, 2009, by contractual maturity, are summarized in the table below.  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

   
Securities Available for Sale
   
Securities Held to Maturity
 
(In thousands)
 
Amortized
Cost
   
Fair
Value
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Fair
Value
 
                         
Debt securities
                       
Due within one year
  $ 33,068       33,263     $ 3,244       3,267  
Due after one year but within five years
    3,038       3,255       3,168       3,261  
Due after five years but within ten years
    2,994       2,859       24,469       24,936  
Due after ten years
    12,775       11,577       3,532       3,483  
Mortgage-backed securities
    109,430       111,797    
   
 
Total debt securities
    161,305       162,751       34,413       34,947  
                                 
Equity securities
    16,618       17,004    
   
 
Total securities
  $ 177,923       179,755     $ 34,413       34,947  

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, investment securities with book values of $85,438,000 and $135,285,000, respectively, were pledged as collateral for public and private deposits and securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

Sales of securities available for sale with aggregate proceeds of $44,000 in 2009, $503,000 in 2008, and $4,185,000 in 2007, resulted in gross gains of $9,000 and no gross losses in 2009, no gains or losses in 2008, and gross gains of $487,000 and no gross losses in 2007.  The Company recorded losses of $113,000, $14,000 and $0 related to write-downs of the Company’s equity portfolio in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.


Note 4.  Loans and Asset Quality Information

As discussed in Note 2 above, on June 19, 2009 the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and liabilities of Cooperative Bank.  The loans and foreclosed real estate that were acquired in this transaction are covered by loss share agreements between the FDIC and the Bank, which afford the Bank significant loss protection.  Under the loss share agreements, the FDIC will cover 80% of covered loan and foreclosed real estate losses up to $303 million and 95% of losses that exceed that amount.  Because of the loss protection provided by the FDIC, the risk of the Cooperative Bank loans and foreclosed real estate are significantly different from those assets not covered under the loss share agreements.  Accordingly, the Company presents separately loans subject to the loss share agreements as “covered loans” in the information below and loans that are not subject to the loss share agreements as “non-covered loans.”


The following is a summary of the major categories of total loans outstanding:

($ in thousands)
 
December 31, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
Amount
   
Percentage
   
Amount
   
Percentage
 
All  loans (non-covered and covered):
                       
                         
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
  $ 173,611       7 %     190,428       9 %
Real estate – construction, land development & other land loans
    551,714       21 %     481,849       22 %
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages
    849,875       32 %     576,884       26 %
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans / lines of credit
    270,054       10 %     249,764       11 %
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other
    718,723       27 %     620,444       28 %
Installment loans to individuals
    88,514       3 %     91,711       4 %
Subtotal
    2,652,491       100 %     2,211,080       100 %
Unamortized net deferred loan costs
    374               235          
Total loans
  $ 2,652,865               2,211,315          

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, net loans include an unamortized premium of $883,000 and $1,079,000, respectively, on loans acquired from Great Pee Dee.  The originally recorded premium was $1,226,000, of which $196,000 and $147,000 was amortized in 2009 and 2008, respectively, as a reduction of interest income.  See Note 2 for additional discussion.

Loans in the amounts of $1,761,222,000 and $1,665,730,000 as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, are pledged as collateral for certain borrowings (see Note 9).  The loans above also include loans to executive officers and directors serving the Company at December 31, 2009 and to their associates, totaling approximately $5,389,000 and $6,170,000 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  During 2009, additions to such loans were approximately $1,539,000 and repayments totaled approximately $2,320,000.  These loans were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other non-related borrowers.  Management does not believe these loans involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.

The following is a summary of the major categories of non-covered loans outstanding:

($ in thousands)
 
December 31, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
Amount
   
Percentage
   
Amount
   
Percentage
 
Non-covered loans:
                       
                         
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
  $ 164,225       8 %     190,428       9 %
Real estate – construction, land development & other land loans
    408,458       19 %     481,849       22 %
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages
    594,470       28 %     576,884       26 %
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans / lines of credit
    247,995       11 %     249,764       11 %
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other
    632,985       30 %     620,444       28 %
Installment loans to individuals
    84,336       4 %     91,711       4 %
Subtotal
    2,132,469       100 %     2,211,080       100 %
Unamortized net deferred loan costs
    374               235          
Total non-covered loans
  $ 2,132,843               2,211,315          


The carrying amount of the covered loans at December 31, 2009 consisted of impaired and nonimpaired purchased loans.

($ in thousands)
 
Impaired
Purchased
Loans
   
Nonimpaired Purchased
Loans
   
Total Covered
Loans
   
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Covered loans:
                       
                         
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
  $       9,386       9,386       12,406  
Real estate – construction, land development & other land loans
    29,479       113,777       143,256       254,897  
Real estate – mortgage – residential (1-4 family) first mortgages
          255,405       255,405       329,141  
Real estate – mortgage – home equity loans / lines of credit
          22,059       22,059       24,504  
Real estate – mortgage – commercial and other
    4,971       80,767       85,738       108,908  
Installment loans to individuals
          4,178       4,178       4,673  
Total
  $ 34,450       485,572       520,022       734,529  

The following table presents information regarding purchased nonimpaired loans at the acquisition date of June 19, 2009 and changes from that date to December 31, 2009.  The amounts include principal only and do not reflect accrued interest as of the date of the acquisition or beyond.

($ in thousands)
     
Contractual loan principal payments receivable
  $ 738,182  
Estimate of contractual principal not expected to be collected – loan discount
    (194,460 )
Fair value of purchased nonimpaired loans at June 19, 2009
    543,722  
Principal repayments
    (45,670 )
Transfers to foreclosed real estate
    (13,949 )
Accretion of loan discount
    1,469  
Carrying amount of nonimpaired Cooperative Bank loans at December 31, 2009    $ 485,572  

As reflected in the table above, from June 19, 2009 to December 31, 2009, the Company accreted $1,469,000 of the loan discount on purchased nonimpaired loans into interest income in order to recognize the difference between the initial recorded investment and the loans’ expected principal and interest cash flows using a method that approximates the interest method.

The following table presents information regarding purchased impaired loans at the acquisition date of June 19, 2009 and changes from that date to December 31, 2009.  The Company has initially applied the cost recovery method to all purchased impaired loans at the acquisition date of June 19, 2009 due to the uncertainty as to the timing of expected cash flows as reflected in the following table.

($ in thousands)
     
Contractually required principal payments receivable
  $ 90,776  
Nonaccretable difference
    (33,394 )
Present value of cash flows expected to be collected
    57,382  
Accretable difference
     
Fair value of purchased impaired loans at June 19, 2009
    57,382  
Transfer to foreclosed real estate
    (22,932 )
Carrying amount of impaired Cooperative Bank loans at December 31, 2009
  $ 34,450  


The following table presents information regarding all purchased impaired loans accounted for under ASC 310-30, which includes the Company’s acquisition of Great Pee Dee on April 1, 2008, and the Company’s acquisition of certain assets and liabilities of Cooperative Bank on June 19, 2009:

($ in thousands)
 
 
ASC 310-30 Loans
 
Contractual Principal Receivable
   
Fair Market Value Adjustment – Write Down (Nonaccretable Difference)
   
Carrying
Amount
 
As of April 1, 2008 Great Pee Dee acquisition date
  $ 7,663       4,695       2,968  
Additions due to borrower advances
    663             663  
Change due to payments received
    (510 )           (510 )
Change due to legal discharge of debt
    (102 )     (102 )      
Balance at December 31, 2008
    7,714       4,593       3,121  
Additions due to acquisition of Cooperative Bank
    90,776       33,394       57,382  
Change due to payments received
    (822 )     (150 )     (672 )
Transfer to foreclosed real estate
    (31,102 )     (7,817 )     (23,285 )
Change due to loan charge-off
    (27,273 )     (26,778 )     (495 )
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 39,293       3,242       36,051  


Each of the purchased impaired loans are on nonaccrual status and considered to be impaired.  Because of the uncertainty of the expected cash flows, the Company is accounting for each purchased impaired loan under the cost recovery method, in which all cash payments are applied to principal.  Thus, there is no accretable yield associated with the above loans.  During 2009, the Company received $179,000 in payments that exceeded the initial carrying amount of the purchased impaired loans.  These payments were recorded as interest income.  There were no such amounts recorded in 2007 or 2008.

Nonperforming assets are defined as nonaccrual loans, restructured loans, loans past due 90 or more days and still accruing interest, and other real estate.  Nonperforming assets are summarized as follows:

 
ASSET QUALITY DATA ($ in thousands )
 
December 31, 2009
   
December 31,
2008
 
             
Nonaccrual loans – non-covered
  $ 62,206       26,600  
Nonaccrual loans – covered by FDIC loss share (1)
    117,916        
Restructured loans – non-covered
    21,283       3,995  
Accruing loans > 90 days past due
           
Total nonperforming loans
    201,405       30,595  
Other real estate – non-covered
    8,793       4,832  
Other real estate – covered by FDIC loss share
    47,430        
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 257,628       35,427  
Total nonperforming assets – non-covered
  $ 92,282       35,427  
 
(1)  At  December 31, 2009, the contractual balance of the nonaccrual loans covered by FDIC loss share agreements was $192.1 million.
 
If the nonaccrual and restructured loans as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 had been current in accordance with their original terms and had been outstanding throughout the period (or since origination if held for part of the period), gross interest income in the amounts of approximately $9,800,000, $1,930,000 and $610,000 for nonaccrual loans and $1,200,000, $310,000 and $1,000 for restructured loans would have been recorded for 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.  Interest income on such loans that was actually collected and included in net income in 2009, 2008 and 2007 amounted to approximately $2,147,000, $826,000 and $252,000 for nonaccrual loans (prior to their being placed on nonaccrual status), and $866,000, $155,000, and $1,000 for restructured loans, respectively.  At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had no commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose loans were nonperforming.


Activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 was as follows:

(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 29,256       21,324       18,947  
Provision for loan losses
    20,186       9,880       5,217  
Recoveries of loans charged-off
    690       532       337  
Loans charged-off
    (12,789 )     (5,638 )     (3,177 )
Allowance recorded related to loans assumed in corporate acquisitions
          3,158    
 
Balance, end of year
  $ 37,343       29,256       21,324  


In accordance with the Company’s policy for reviewing nonaccrual loans for impairment, as described in Note 1(e), the following table presents information related to impaired loans, as defined by relevant accounting standards.

($ in thousands)
 
As of /for the year ended December 31,
2009
   
As of /for the year ended
December 31,
2008
   
As of /for the year ended
December 31,
2007
 
Impaired loans at period end
                 
Non-covered (1)
  $ 55,574       22,146       3,883  
Covered
    94,746              
Total impaired loans at period end
  $ 150,320       22,146       3,883  
                         
Average amount of impaired loans for period
                       
Non-covered
  $ 36,171       12,547       3,161  
Covered
    34,161              
Average amount of impaired loans for period – total
  $ 70,332       12,547       3,161  
                         
Allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans at period end (2)
  $ 9,717       2,869       751  
                         
Amount of impaired loans with no related allowance at period end
                       
Non-covered
  $ 30,236       14,609       1,982  
Covered
    94,746              
Total impaired loans with no related allowance at period end
  $ 124,982       14,609       1,982  
                         
(1)  Effective March 31, 2009, the Company increased the threshold from $100,000 to $250,000 for loans that are exempt from ASC 310-10-35 as a result of being part of a smaller-balance homogeneous group of loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment.
(2)  Relates entirely to non-covered loans.

All of the impaired loans noted in the table above were on nonaccrual status at each respective period end except for those classified as restructured loans (see table on previous page for balances).  For each of the years in the three year-period ended December 31, 2009, the amount of interest income recorded on the impaired loans during the period that they were considered to be impaired was insignificant.


Note 5.  Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment at December 31, 2009 and 2008 consisted of the following:


(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
 
             
Land
  $ 15,747       14,747  
Buildings
    41,185       39,344  
Furniture and equipment
    28,435       25,878  
Leasehold improvements
    1,305       1,352  
Total cost
    86,672       81,321  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (32,513 )     (29,062 )
Net book value of premises and equipment
  $ 54,159       52,259  


Note 6.  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The following is a summary of the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of amortized intangible assets as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and the carrying amount of unamortized intangible assets as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008.  In 2009, the Company recorded a core deposit premium intangible of $3,798,000 in connection with the acquisition of Cooperative Bank, which will be amortized on a straight line basis over the estimated life of the related deposits of eight years.


   
December 31, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
(In thousands)
 
Gross Carrying Amount
   
Accumulated Amortization
   
Gross Carrying Amount
   
Accumulated Amortization
 
Amortized intangible assets:
                       
Customer lists
  $ 394       241       394       210  
Core deposit premiums
    7,590       2,630       3,792       2,031  
Total
  $ 7,984       2,871       4,186       2,241  
                                 
Unamortized intangible assets:
                               
Goodwill
  $ 65,835               65,835          


Amortization expense totaled $630,000, $416,000 and $374,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The following table presents the estimated amortization expense for intangible assets for each of the five calendar years ending December 31, 2014 and the estimated amount amortizable thereafter.  These estimates are subject to change in future periods to the extent management determines it is necessary to make adjustments to the carrying value or estimated useful lives of amortized intangible assets.


(In thousands)
 
Estimated
Amortization Expense
 
2010
  $ 851  
2011
    836  
2012
    824  
2013
    714  
2014
    610  
Thereafter
    1,278  
Total
  $ 5,113  

 

Note 7.  Income Taxes

Total income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were allocated as follows:

(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Allocated to net income
  $ 37,618       13,120       13,150  
Allocated to stockholders’ equity, for unrealized holding gain/loss on
   debt and equity securities for financial reporting purposes
    610       72       369  
Allocated to stockholders’ equity, for tax benefit of pension liabilities
    1,750       (2,516 )     (231 )
    Total income taxes
  $ 39,978       10,676       13,288  
 
The components of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:

(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Current    - Federal
  $ 11,190       11,978       11,625  
                         - State
    1,830       1,962       1,938  
Deferred  - Federal
    20,545       (703 )     (348 )
                         - State
    4,053       (117 )     (65 )
     Total
  $ 37,618       13,120       13,150  
 
The sources and tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are presented below:

(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
 
             
Deferred tax assets:
           
     Allowance for loan losses
  $ 15,518       13,304  
     Estimated loss on acquired assets
    59,724      
 
     Excess book over tax SERP retirement plan cost
    1,844       1,525  
     Deferred compensation
    234       327  
     State net operating loss carryforwards
    213       219  
     Accruals, book versus tax
    414       258  
     Pension liability adjustments
    3,620       5,370  
     All other
    2,251       730  
        Gross deferred tax assets
    83,818       21,733  
         Less: Valuation allowance
    (230 )     (219 )
              Net deferred tax assets
    83,588       21,514  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
     Loan fees
    (857 )     (1,150 )
     Excess tax over book pension cost
 
      (502 )
     Depreciable basis of fixed assets
    (1,733 )     (1,561 )
     Amortizable basis of intangible assets
    (7,938 )     (5,656 )
     Unrealized gain on securities available for sale
    (716 )     (106 )
     FHLB stock dividends
    (436 )     (436 )
     Section 597 deferred gain
    (10,038 )  
 
     Loan basis differences
    (20,391 )  
 
     FDIC Loss Share Receivable
    (56,165 )  
 
     All other
    (173 )     (4 )
          Gross deferred tax liabilities
    (98,447 )     (9,415 )
          Net deferred tax asset (liability) - included in other assets
  $ (14,859 )     12,099  
A portion of the annual change in the net deferred tax liability relates to unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale.  The related 2009 and 2008 deferred tax expense (benefit) of approximately $610,000 and $72,000 respectively, has been recorded directly to shareholders’ equity.  Additionally, a portion of the annual change in the net deferred tax liability relates to pension adjustments.  The related 2009 and 2008 deferred tax expense (benefit) of $1,750,000 and ($2,516,000), respectively, has been recorded directly to shareholders’ equity.  The balance of the 2009 decrease in the net deferred tax asset of ($24,598,000) is reflected as a deferred income tax expense, and the balance of the 2008 increase in the net deferred tax asset of $820,000 is reflected as a deferred income tax benefit in the consolidated statement of income.

 

A portion of the annual change in the net deferred tax liability relates to unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale.  The related 2009 and 2008 deferred tax expense (benefit) of approximately $610,000 and $72,000 respectively, has been recorded directly to shareholders’ equity.  Additionally, a portion of the annual change in the net deferred tax liability relates to pension adjustments.  The related 2009 and 2008 deferred tax expense (benefit) of $1,750,000 and ($2,516,000), respectively, has been recorded directly to shareholders’ equity.  The balance of the 2009 decrease in the net deferred tax asset of ($24,598,000) is reflected as a deferred income tax expense, and the balance of the 2008 increase in the net deferred tax asset of $820,000 is reflected as a deferred income tax benefit in the consolidated statement of income.

The valuation allowances for 2009 and 2008 relate primarily to state net operating loss carryforwards.  It is management’s belief that the realization of the remaining net deferred tax assets is more likely than not.

As discussed in Note 1(t), the Company adopted ASC 740 in 2007.  In connection with the adoption, the Company assessed whether it had any significant uncertain tax positions and determined that there were none.  Accordingly, no reserve for uncertain tax position was recorded.  Additionally, the Company determined that it had no material unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would affect the effective tax rate.  The Company’s general policy is to record tax penalties and interest as a component of “other operating expenses.”

The Company’s tax returns are subject to income tax audit by federal and state agencies beginning with the year 2006.  The Company’s 2007 and 2008 tax returns are currently being audited by the Internal Revenue Service.

Retained earnings at December 31, 2009 and 2008 includes approximately $6,869,000 representing pre-1988 tax bad debt reserve base year amounts for which no deferred income tax liability has been provided since these reserves are not expected to reverse or may never reverse.  Circumstances that would require an accrual of a portion or all of this unrecorded tax liability are a reduction in qualifying loan levels relative to the end of 1987, failure to meet the definition of a bank, dividend payments in excess of accumulated tax earnings and profits, or other distributions in dissolution, liquidation or redemption of the Bank’s stock.

The following is a reconcilement of federal income tax expense at the statutory rate of 35% to the income tax provision reported in the financial statements.

(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Tax provision at statutory rate
  $ 34,257       12,294       12,235  
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:
                       
   Tax-exempt interest income
    (459 )     (376 )     (321 )
   Low income housing tax credits
    (114 )     (114 )     (114 )
   Non-deductible interest expense
    38       42       45  
   State income taxes, net of federal benefit
    3,824       1,199       1,218  
   Change in valuation allowance
    3       3       (15 )
   Other, net
    69       72       102  
     Total
  $ 37,618       13,120       13,150  
 

Note 8.  Time Deposits, Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase, and Related Party Deposits

At December 31, 2009, the scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows:

   
(In thousands)
 
2010
  $ 1,504,268  
2011
    108,812  
2012
    24,887  
2013
    8,945  
2014
    5,083  
Thereafter
    47  
    $ 1,652,042  

On December 31, 2009, time deposits included a $2,211,000 unamortized premium on deposits acquired from Cooperative Bank.  The originally recorded premium was $5,922,000, of which $3,711,000 was amortized in 2009 as a reduction of interest expense.  On December 31, 2008, time deposits included a $200,000 unamortized premium on deposits acquired from Great Pee Dee.  The originally recorded premium was


$1,098,000, of which $200,000 and $898,000 was amortized in 2009 and 2008, respectively, as a reduction of interest expense.  See Note 2 for additional discussion.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase represent short-term borrowings by the Company with maturities less than one year and are collateralized by a portion of the Company’s securities portfolio, which have been delivered to a third-party custodian for safekeeping.  At December 31, 2009, securities with an amortized cost of $54,389,000 and a market value of $56,131,000 were pledged to secure securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

The following table presents certain information for securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

($ in thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
 
Balance at December 31
  $ 64,058     $ 61,140  
Weighted average interest rate at December 31
    0.86 %     1.82 %
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year
  $ 64,058     $ 61,140  
Average daily balance outstanding during the year
  $ 53,537     $ 42,097  
Average annual interest rate paid during the year
    1.38 %     2.15 %

Deposits received from executive officers and directors and their associates totaled approximately $23,657,000 and $34,764,000 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  These deposit accounts have substantially the same terms, including interest rates, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other non-related depositors.


Note 9.  Borrowings and Borrowings Availability
 
 
The following table presents information regarding the Company’s outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2009 and 2008:


Description - 2009
 
Due date
 
Call Feature
 
2009
Amount
 
Interest  Rate
                 
FHLB Overnight Borrowings
 
1/1/10, renewable daily
 
None
  $ 100,000,000  
0.36% subject to
 change daily
                   
FHLB Term Note
 
8/10/10
 
Quarterly by FHLB, beginning 8/11/08
    5,600,000  
4.46% fixed
                   
FHLB Term Note
 
8/16/10
 
Quarterly by FHLB, beginning 8/18/08
    5,000,000  
4.41% fixed
                   
FHLB Term Note
 
9/13/10
 
Quarterly by FHLB, beginning 9/15/08
    7,000,000  
4.07% fixed
                   
FHLB Term Note
 
8/1/11
 
None
    3,000,000  
0.28% at 12/31/09
Adjustable rate based on 3 month LIBOR
                   
FHLB Term Note
 
12/12/11
 
Quarterly by FHLB, beginning 6/12/08
    1,800,000  
4.21% fixed
                   
FHLB Term Note
 
4/20/12
 
Quarterly by FHLB, beginning 4/20/09
    7,500,000  
4.51% fixed
                   
Trust Preferred Securities
 
1/23/34
 
Quarterly by Company
beginning 1/23/09
    20,620,000  
2.98% at 12/31/09
adjustable rate
3 month LIBOR + 2.70%
                   
Trust Preferred Securities
 
6/15/36
 
Quarterly by Company
beginning 6/15/11
    25,774,000  
1.64% at 12/31/09
adjustable rate
3 month LIBOR + 1.39%
Total borrowings/ weighted average rate
            176,294,000  
1.46% (2.90% excluding overnight borrowings)
Unamortized fair market value adjustment recorded in acquisition of Great Pee Dee
    517,000    
Total borrowings as of December 31, 2009
  $ 176,811,000    


Description - 2008
 
Due date
 
Call Feature
 
2008
Amount
 
Interest  Rate
                 
FHLB Overnight Borrowings
 
1/1/09, renewable daily
None
  $ 230,000,000  
0.46% subject to
 change daily
                   
Federal Funds Purchased
 
1/1/09, renewable daily
 
None
    35,000,000  
0.45% subject to
 change daily
                   
FHLB Term Note
 
4/21/09
 
None remaining
    5,000,000  
5.26% fixed
                   
FHLB Term Note
 
8/10/10
 
Quarterly by FHLB, beginning 8/11/08
    5,600,000  
4.46% fixed
                   
FHLB Term Note
 
8/16/10
 
Quarterly by FHLB, beginning 8/18/08
    5,000,000  
4.41% fixed
                   
FHLB Term Note
 
9/13/10
 
Quarterly by FHLB, beginning 9/15/08
    7,000,000  
4.07% fixed
                   
FHLB Term Note
 
8/1/11
 
None
    3,000,000  
3.19% at 12/31/08
Adjustable rate based on 3 month LIBOR
                   
FHLB Term Note
 
12/12/11
 
Quarterly by FHLB, beginning 6/12/08
    1,800,000  
4.21% fixed
                   
FHLB Term Note
 
4/20/12
 
Quarterly by FHLB, beginning 4/20/09
    7,500,000  
4.51% fixed
                   
Line of Credit with Commercial Bank
 
10/31/09
 
Payable anytime by Company
without penalty
    20,000,000  
2.25% at 12/31/08 adjustable rate
Prime minus 1%
                   
Trust Preferred Securities
 
1/23/34
 
Quarterly by Company
beginning 1/23/09
    20,620,000  
6.17% at 12/31/08
adjustable rate
3 month LIBOR + 2.70%
                   
Trust Preferred Securities
 
6/15/36
 
Quarterly by Company
beginning 6/15/11
    25,774,000  
3.39% at 12/31/08
adjustable rate
3 month LIBOR + 1.39%
Total borrowings/ weighted average rate
            366,294,000  
1.46% (4.07% excluding overnight borrowings)
Unamortized fair market value adjustment recorded in acquisition of Great Pee Dee
    981,000    
Total borrowings as of December 31, 2008
  $ 367,275,000    


As noted in the table above, at December 31, 2009 and 2008, borrowings outstanding included $517,000 and $981,000, respectively, in unamortized premium on borrowings acquired from Great Pee Dee.  The originally recorded premium was $1,328,000, of which $464,000 and $347,000 was amortized in 2009 and 2008, respectively, as a reduction of interest expense.  See Note 2 for additional discussion.

All outstanding FHLB borrowings may be accelerated immediately by the FHLB in certain circumstances, including material adverse changes in the condition of the Company or if the Company’s qualifying collateral amounts to less than that required under the terms of the FHLB borrowing agreement.

In the above tables, the $20.6 million in borrowings due on January 23, 2034 relate to borrowings structured as trust preferred capital securities that were issued by First Bancorp Capital Trusts II and III ($10.3 million by each trust), which are unconsolidated subsidiaries of the Company, on December 19, 2003 and qualify as capital for regulatory capital adequacy requirements.  These unsecured debt securities are callable by the Company at par on any quarterly interest payment date beginning on January 23, 2009.  The interest rate on these debt securities adjusts on a quarterly basis at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.70%.  The Company incurred approximately $580,000 of debt issuance costs related to the issuance that were recorded as prepaid expenses and are included in the “Other Assets” line item of the consolidated balance sheet.  These debt issuance costs were amortized as interest expense until the earliest possible call date of January 23, 2009.


In the above tables, the $25.8 million in borrowings due on June 15, 2036 relate to borrowings structured as trust preferred capital securities that were issued by First Bancorp Capital Trust IV, an unconsolidated subsidiary of the Company, on April 13, 2006 and qualify as capital for regulatory capital adequacy requirements.  These unsecured debt securities are callable by the Company at par on any quarterly interest payment date beginning on June 15, 2011.  The interest rate on these debt securities adjusts on a quarterly basis at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.39%.  The Company incurred no debt issuance costs related to the issuance.

At December 31, 2009, the Company had four sources of readily available borrowing capacity – 1) an approximately $687 million line of credit with the FHLB, of which $130 million was outstanding at December 31, 2009 and $265 million was outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2) a $50 million overnight federal funds line of credit with a correspondent bank, of which none was outstanding at December 31, 2009 and $35 million was outstanding at December 31, 2008, 3) an approximately $84 million line of credit through the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond’s (FRB) discount window, none of which was outstanding at December 31, 2009 or 2008, and 4) a $20 million holding company line of credit with a commercial bank, of which none was outstanding at December 31, 2009 and $20 million was outstanding on December 31, 2008.

The Company’s line of credit with the FHLB totaling approximately $687 million can be structured as either short-term or long-term borrowings, depending on the particular funding or liquidity needs and is secured by the Company’s FHLB stock and a blanket lien on most of its real estate loan portfolio.  In addition to the outstanding borrowings from the FHLB that reduce the available borrowing capacity of the line of credit, the borrowing capacity was further reduced by $170 million and $75 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, as a result of the Company pledging letters of credit for public deposits at each of those dates.  Accordingly, the Company’s unused FHLB line of credit was $387 million at December 31, 2009.

The Company’s correspondent bank relationship allows the Company to purchase up to $50 million in federal funds on an overnight, unsecured basis (federal funds purchased).  The Company had no borrowings outstanding under this line at December 31, 2009, and $35 million in borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2008.

The Company has a line of credit with the FRB discount window.  This line is secured by a blanket lien on a portion of the Company’s commercial and consumer loan portfolio (excluding real estate).  Based on the collateral owned by the Company as of December 31, 2009, the available line of credit was approximately $84 million.  The Company had no borrowings outstanding under this line of credit at December 31, 2009 or 2008.

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had a $20 million line of credit with a correspondent bank that was secured by 100% of the common stock of the Bank.  This line of credit expires and is subject to renewal in February of each year.  The line of credit was not drawn at December 31, 2009, while at December 31, 2008, it was fully drawn.

See Note 19 – Subsequent Events for changes in the Company’s borrowing lines that occurred subsequent to December 31, 2009.


Note 10.  Leases

Certain bank premises are leased under operating lease agreements.  Generally, operating leases contain renewal options on substantially the same basis as current rental terms.  Rent expense charged to operations under all operating lease agreements was $1,978,000 in 2009, $544,000 in 2008, and $541,000 in 2007.

Future obligations for minimum rentals under noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 2009 are as follows:

(In thousands)
 
Year ending December 31:
     
2010
  $ 786  
2011
    677  
2012
    598  
2013
    496  
2014
    441  
Later years
    2,396  
Total
  $ 5,394  


Note 11.  Employee Benefit Plans

401(k) Plan .  The Company sponsors a retirement savings plan pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.  Employees who have completed one year of service are eligible to participate in the plan.  New employees hired after January 1, 2008, and who have met the service requirement, are automatically enrolled in the plan at a 2% deferral rate, which can be modified by the employee at any time.  An eligible employee may contribute up to 15% of annual salary to the plan.  The Company contributes an amount equal to 75% of the first 6% of the employee’s salary contributed.  Participants vest in Company contributions at the rate of 20% after one year of service, and 20% for each additional year of service, with 100% vesting after five years of service.  The Company’s matching contribution expense was $933,000, $841,000, and $777,000, for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.  Additionally, the Company made additional discretionary matching contributions to the plan of $200,000 in 2009, $162,000 in 2008, and $231,000 in 2007.  The Company’s matching and discretionary contributions are made in the form of Company stock, which can be transferred by the employee into other investment options offered by the plan at any time.  Employees are not permitted to invest their own contributions in Company stock.

Pension Plan .  The Company sponsors a noncontributory defined benefit retirement plan (the “Pension Plan”), which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.  Employees who have attained age 21 and completed one year of service are eligible to participate in the Pension Plan.  The Pension Plan provides for a monthly payment, at normal retirement age of 65, equal to one-twelfth of the sum of (i) 0.75% of Final Average Annual Compensation (5 highest consecutive calendar years’ earnings out of the last 10 years of employment) multiplied by the employee’s years of service not in excess of 40 years, and (ii) 0.65% of Final Average Annual Compensation in excess of “covered compensation” multiplied by years of service not in excess of 35 years.  “Covered compensation” means the average of the social security taxable wage base during the 35 year period ending with the year the employee attains social security retirement age.  Early retirement, with reduced monthly benefits, is available at age 55 after 15 years of service.  The Pension Plan provides for 100% vesting after 5 years of service, and provides for a death benefit to a vested participant’s surviving spouse.  The costs of benefits under the Pension Plan, which are borne by the Company, are computed actuarially and defrayed by earnings from the Pension Plan’s investments.  The compensation covered by the Pension Plan includes total earnings before reduction for contributions to a cash or deferred profit-sharing plan (such as the 401(k) plan described above) and amounts used to pay group health insurance premiums and includes bonuses (such as amounts paid under the incentive compensation plan).  Compensation for the purposes of the Pension Plan may not exceed statutory limits; such limits were $235,000 in 2009, $230,000 in 2008 and $225,000 in 2007.


During the second quarter of 2009, the Company amended the Pension Plan to prohibit new entrants into the plan.

The Company’s contributions to the Pension Plan are based on computations by independent actuarial consultants and are intended to provide the Company with the maximum deduction for income tax purposes.  The contributions are invested to provide for benefits under the Pension Plan.  The Company expects that it will contribute $1,500,000 to the Pension Plan in 2010.

The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balances of the Pension Plan’s benefit obligation, as computed by the Company’s independent actuarial consultants, and its plan assets, with the difference between the two amounts representing the funded status of the Pension Plan as of the end of the respective year.

(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Change in benefit obligation
                 
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 24,039       20,953       17,774  
Service cost
    1,687       1,453       1,490  
Interest cost
    1,360       1,231       1,117  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    (1,309 )     765       855  
Benefits paid
    (382 )     (363 )     (283 )
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
    25,395       24,039       20,953  
Change in plan assets
                       
Plan assets at beginning of year
    13,065       16,697       14,209  
Actual return on plan assets
    3,610       (4,669 )     1,070  
Employer contributions
    1,500       1,400       1,700  
Benefits paid
    (382 )     (363 )     (283 )
Other
                1  
Plan assets at end of year
    17,793       13,065       16,697  
                         
Funded status at end of year
  $ (7,602 )     (10,974 )     (4,256 )

The accumulated benefit obligation related to the Pension Plan was $18,413,000, $16,672,000, and $14,220,000 at December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.


The following table presents information regarding the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2009 and 2008 as it relates to the Pension Plan, excluding the related deferred tax assets.

(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
 
             
Other assets – prepaid pension asset
  $ 65       1,394  
Other liabilities
    (7,667 )     (12,368 )
    $ (7,602 )     (10,974 )


The following table presents information regarding the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) at December 31, 2009 and 2008, as it relates to the Pension Plan.
 
 
(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
 
             
Net (gain)/loss
  $ 7,562       12,247  
Net transition obligation
    36       39  
Prior service cost
    69       82  
Amount recognized in AOCI before tax effect
    7,667       12,368  
Tax benefit
    (3,028 )     (4,850 )
Net amount recognized as reduction to AOCI
  $ 4,639       7,518  


The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balances of the prepaid pension cost related to the Pension Plan:

(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
 
             
Prepaid pension cost as of beginning of fiscal year
  $ 1,394       1,502  
Net periodic pension cost for fiscal year
    (2,829 )     (1,508 )
Actual employer contributions
    1,500       1,400  
Prepaid pension asset as of end of fiscal year
  $ 65       1,394  


Net pension cost for the Pension Plan included the following components for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007:

(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Service cost – benefits earned during the period
  $ 1,687       1,453       1,490  
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation
    1,360       1,231       1,117  
Expected return on plan assets
    (998 )     (1,446 )     (1,304 )
Net amortization and deferral
    780       270       392  
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 2,829       1,508       1,695  

The estimated net loss, transition obligation, and prior service cost that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic pension cost over the next fiscal year are $397,000, $2,000, and $13,000, respectively.


The following table is an estimate of the benefits that will be paid in accordance with the Pension Plan during the indicated time periods:

   
(In thousands)
 
Estimated benefit payments
 
Year ending December 31, 2010
  $ 422  
Year ending December 31, 2011
    510  
Year ending December 31, 2012
    629  
Year ending December 31, 2013
    798  
Year ending December 31, 2014
    1,001  
Years ending December 31, 2015-2019
    7,511  

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, the Company used an expected long-term rate-of-return-on-assets assumption of 7.75%, 7.75%, and 8.75%, respectively.  The Company arrived at this rate based primarily on a third-party investment consulting firm’s historical analysis of investment returns, which indicated that the mix of the Pension Plan’s assets (generally 75% equities and 25% fixed income) can be expected to return approximately 7.75% on a long term basis.

Funds in the Pension Plan are invested in a mix of investment types in accordance with the Pension Plan’s investment policy, which is intended to provide an average annual rate of return of 8% to 10%, while maintaining proper diversification.  Except for Company stock, all of the Pension Plan’s assets are invested in an unaffiliated bank money market account or mutual funds.  The investment policy of the Pension Plan does not permit the use of derivatives, except to the extent that derivatives are used by any of the mutual funds invested in by the Pension Plan.  The following table presents the targeted mix of the Pension Plan’s assets as of December 31, 2009, as set out by the Plan’s investment policy:

Investment type
 
Targeted %
of Total Assets
   
Acceptable Range % of Total Assets
 
             
Fixed income investments
           
Cash/money market account
    2 %     1%-5 %
US government bond fund
    10 %     10%-20 %
US corporate bond fund
    10 %     5%-15 %
US corporate high yield bond fund
    5 %     0%-10 %
Equity investments
               
Large cap value fund
    20 %     20%-30 %
Large cap growth fund
    20 %     20%-30 %
Mid/small cap growth fund
    18 %     15%-25 %
Foreign equity fund
    10 %     5%-15 %
Company stock
    5 %     0%-10 %


The Pension Plan’s investment strategy contains certain investment objectives and risks for each permitted investment category.   To ensure that risk and return characteristics are consistently followed, the Pension Plan’s investments are reviewed at least semi-annually and rebalanced within the acceptable range.  Performance measurement of the investments employs the use of certain investment category and peer group benchmarks.  The investment category benchmarks as of December 31, 2009 are as follows:

Investment Category
Investment Category Benchmark
Range of Acceptable Deviation from Investment Category Benchmark
     
Fixed income investments
   
Cash/money market account
Citigroup Treasury Bill Index – 3 month
0-50 basis points
US government bond fund
Barclays Capital Government Bond Index (Intermediate)
0-200 basis points
US corporate bond fund
Barclays Capital Intermediate Credit Bond Index
0-200 basis points
US corporate high yield bond fund
CSFB High Yield Index
0-200 basis points
Equity investments
   
Large cap value fund
Russell 1000 Value Index
0-300 basis points
Large cap growth fund
Russell 1000 Growth Index
0-300 basis points
Mid/small cap growth fund
Russell Midcap Growth Index/Russell 2000 Growth Index
0-50 basis points
Foreign equity fund
MSCI EAFE Index
0-300 basis points
Company stock
Russell 2000 Index
0-300 basis points

Each of the investment fund’s average annualized return over a three-year period should be within the range of acceptable deviation from the benchmarked index shown above.  In addition to the investment category benchmarks, the Pension Plan also utilizes certain Peer Group benchmarks, based on Morningstar percentile rankings for each investment category.  Funds are generally considered to be underperformers if their category ranking is below the 75 th percentile for the trailing one-year period; the 50 th percentile for the trailing three-year period; and the 25 th percentile for the trailing five-year period.

The Pension Plan invests in various investment securities which are exposed to various risks such as interest rate, market, and credit risks.  All of these risks are monitored and managed by the Company.  No significant concentration of risk exists within the plan assets at December 31, 2009.

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2009, by asset category, are as follows:

($ in thousands)
           
   
Total Fair Value at December 31, 2009
   
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 
                         
Fixed income investments
                       
Money market funds
  $ 1,597     $     $ 1,597     $  
US government bond fund
    1,399       1,399                  
US corporate bond fund
    1,503       1,503                  
US corporate high yield bond fund
    867       867                  
                                 
Equity investments
                               
Large cap value fund
    3,452       3,452                  
Large cap growth fund
    3,419       3,419                  
Small cap growth fund
    3,249       3,249                  
Foreign equity fund
    1,794       1,794                  
Company stock
    513       513                  
Total
  $ 17,793     $ 16,196     $ 1,597     $  


The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2008, by asset category, are as follows:

($ in thousands)
           
   
Total Fair Value at December 31, 2008
   
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 
                         
Fixed income investments
                       
Money market funds
  $ 1,464     $     $ 1,464     $  
US government bond fund
    1,685       1,685                  
US corporate bond fund
    1,806       1,806                  
US corporate high yield bond fund
    613       613                  
                                 
Equity investments
                               
Large cap value fund
    2,076       2,076                  
Large cap growth fund
    1,944       1,944                  
Mid-small cap growth fund
    1,800       1,800                  
Foreign equity fund
    1,003       1,003                  
Company stock
    674       674                  
Total
  $ 13,065     $ 11,601     $ 1,464     $  


The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value.  There have been no changes in the methodologies used at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

 
-
Money market fund:  valued on the active market on which it is traded; at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.
 
-
Mutual funds, common stocks:  valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the individual securities are traded.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan .  The Company sponsors a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “SERP”) for the benefit of certain senior management executives of the Company.  The purpose of the SERP is to provide additional monthly pension benefits to ensure that each such senior management executive would receive lifetime monthly pension benefits equal to 3% of his or her final average compensation multiplied by his or her years of service (maximum of 20 years) to the Company or its subsidiaries, subject to a maximum of 60% of his or her final average compensation.  The amount of a participant’s monthly SERP benefit is reduced by (i) the amount payable under the Company’s qualified Pension Plan (described above), and (ii) 50% of the participant’s primary social security benefit.  Final average compensation means the average of the 5 highest consecutive calendar years of earnings during the last 10 years of service prior to termination of employment.  The SERP is an unfunded plan.  Payments are made from the general assets of the Company.

The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balances of the SERP’s benefit obligation, as computed by the Company’s independent actuarial consultants:

(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Change in benefit obligation
                 
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 5,239       4,711       4,133  
Service cost
    464       454       431  
Interest cost
    328       264       242  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    296       (85 )     10  
Benefits paid
    (105 )     (105 )     (105 )
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
    6,222       5,239       4,711  
Plan assets
 
   
   
 
Funded status at end of year
  $ (6,222 )     (5,239 )     (4,711 )


The accumulated benefit obligation related to the SERP was $4,882,000, $4,185,000, and $3,482,000 at December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

The following table presents information regarding the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2009 and 2008 as it relates to the SERP, excluding the related deferred tax assets.

(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
 
             
Other assets – prepaid pension asset (liability)
  $ (4,726 )     (3,914 )
Other liabilities
    (1,496 )     (1,325 )
    $ (6,222 )     (5,239 )


The following table presents information regarding the amounts recognized in AOCI at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
 
             
Net (gain)/loss
  $ 1,357       1,167  
Prior service cost
    139       158  
Amount recognized in AOCI before tax effect
    1,496       1,325  
Tax benefit
    (590 )     (520 )
Net amount recognized as reduction to AOCI
  $ 906       805  


The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balances of the prepaid pension cost related to the SERP:

(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
 
             
Prepaid pension cost (liability) as of beginning of fiscal year
  $ (3,914 )     (3,229 )
Net periodic pension cost for fiscal year
    (917 )     (790 )
Benefits paid
    105       105  
Prepaid pension cost (liability) as of end of fiscal year
  $ (4,726 )     (3,914 )

Net pension cost for the SERP included the following components for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007:

(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Service cost – benefits earned during the period
  $ 464       454       431  
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation
    328       264       242  
Net amortization and deferral
    125       72       115  
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 917       790       788  

The estimated net loss and prior service cost that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic pension cost over the next fiscal year are $71,000 and $19,000, respectively.


The following table is an estimate of the benefits that will be paid in accordance with the SERP during the indicated time periods:

   
(In thousands)
 
Estimated benefit payments
 
Year ending December 31, 2010
  $ 136  
Year ending December 31, 2011
    192  
Year ending December 31, 2012
    223  
Year ending December 31, 2013
    319  
Year ending December 31, 2014
    314  
Years ending December 31, 2015-2019
    2,515  


The following assumptions were used in determining the actuarial information for the Pension Plan and the SERP for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007:

   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
Pension
Plan
   
SERP
   
Pension
Plan
   
SERP
   
Pension
Plan
   
SERP
 
Discount rate used to determine net periodic pension cost
    5.75 %     5.75 %     6.00 %     6.00 %     5.75 %     5.75 %
Discount rate used to calculate end of year liability disclosures
    6.00 %     6.00 %     5.75 %     5.75 %     6.00 %     6.00 %
Expected long-term rate of return on assets
    7.75 %     n/a       7.75 %     n/a       8.75 %     n/a  
Rate of compensation increase
    5.00 %     5.00 %     5.00 %     5.00 %     5.00 %     5.00 %

Until 2009, the Company’s policy was that the year end discount rate would be a rate no greater than the Moody’s Aa corporate bond rate as of December 31 of each year, rounded up to the nearest quarter point.  In 2009, based upon a recommendation from the Company’s actuarial firm, the Company’s discount rate policy was changed to be based on a calculation of the Company’s expected pension payments, with those payments discounted using the Citigroup Pension Index yield curve.  The revised policy is believed to be preferable to the former policy because the Moody’s Aa corporate bond rate is based on a duration of approximately 20 years, whereas the duration of the Company’s pension plan is in excess of 30 years.


Note 12.  Commitments, Contingencies, and Concentrations of Credit Risk

See Note 10 with respect to future obligations under noncancelable operating leases.

In the normal course of the Company’s business, there are various outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities such as commitments to extend credit, that are not reflected in the financial statements.  At December 31, 2009, the Company had outstanding loan commitments of $315,723,000, of which $274,817,000 were at variable rates and $40,906,000 were at fixed rates.  Included in outstanding loan commitments were unfunded commitments of $214,249,000 on revolving credit plans, of which $183,410,000 were at variable rates and $30,839,000 were at fixed rates.

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had $7,646,000 and $8,297,000, respectively, in standby letters of credit outstanding.  The Company has no carrying amount for these standby letters of credit at either of those dates.  The nature of the standby letters of credit is a guarantee made on behalf of the Company’s customers to suppliers of the customers to guarantee payments owed to the supplier by the customer.  The standby letters of credit are generally for terms for one year, at which time they may be renewed for another year if both parties agree.  The payment of the guarantees would generally be triggered by a continued nonpayment of


an obligation owed by the customer to the supplier.  The maximum potential amount of future payments (undiscounted) the Company could be required to make under the guarantees in the event of nonperformance by the parties to whom credit or financial guarantees have been extended is represented by the contractual amount of the standby letter of credit.  In the event that the Company is required to honor a standby letter of credit, a note, already executed with the customer, is triggered which provides repayment terms and any collateral.  Over the past ten years, the Company has had to honor one standby letter of credit, which was repaid by the borrower without any loss to the Company.  Management expects any draws under existing commitments to be funded through normal operations.

The Company is not involved in any legal proceedings which, in management’s opinion, could have a material effect on the consolidated financial position of the Company.

The Bank grants primarily commercial and installment loans to customers throughout its market area, which consists of Anson, Beaufort, Bladen, Brunswick, Cabarrus, Carteret, Chatham, Columbus, Dare, Davidson, Duplin, Guilford, Harnett, Iredell, Lee, Montgomery, Moore, New Hanover, Onslow, Randolph, Richmond, Robeson, Rockingham, Rowan, Scotland, Stanly and Wake Counties in North Carolina, Chesterfield, Dillon, Florence and Horry Counties in South Carolina, and Montgomery, Pulaski, Washington and Wythe Counties in Virginia.  The real estate loan portfolio can be affected by the condition of the local real estate market.  The commercial and installment loan portfolios can be affected by local economic conditions.  The following table presents the Company’s loans outstanding at December 31, 2009 by general geographic region.

Region, with counties included in parenthesis
 
Loans
(in millions)
 
Eastern North Carolina Region (New Hanover, Brunswick, Duplin, Dare, Beaufort, Onslow, Carteret)
  $ 765  
Triangle North Carolina Region (Moore, Lee, Harnett, Chatham, Wake)
     764  
Triad North Carolina Region (Montgomery, Randolph, Davidson, Rockingham, Guilford, Stanly)
    415  
Southern Piedmont North Carolina Region (Anson, Richmond, Scotland, Robeson, Bladen, Columbus)
    242  
South Carolina Region (Chesterfield, Dillon, Florence, Horry)
    189  
Virginia Region (Wythe, Washington, Montgomery, Pulaski)
    159  
Charlotte North Carolina Region (Iredell, Cabarrus, Rowan)
    111  
Other
    8  
Total loans
  $ 2,653  

The Company’s loan portfolio is not concentrated in loans to any single borrower or to a relatively small number of borrowers.  Additionally, management is not aware of any concentrations of loans to classes of borrowers or industries that would be similarly affected by economic conditions.

In addition to monitoring potential concentrations of loans to particular borrowers or groups of borrowers, industries and geographic regions, the Company monitors exposure to credit risk that could arise from potential concentrations of lending products and practices such as loans that subject borrowers to substantial payment increases (e.g. principal deferral periods, loans with initial interest-only periods, etc), and loans with high loan-to-value ratios.  Additionally, there are industry practices that could subject the Company to increased credit risk should economic conditions change over the course of a loan’s life.  For example, the Company makes variable rate loans and fixed rate principal-amortizing loans with maturities prior to the loan being fully paid (i.e. balloon payment loans).  These loans are underwritten and monitored to manage the associated risks.  The Company has determined that there is no concentration of credit risk associated with its lending policies or practices.

The Company’s investment portfolio consists principally of obligations of government-sponsored enterprises,


mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by government-sponsored enterprises, corporate bonds, FHLB stock and general obligation municipal securities.  The following are the fair values at December 31, 2009 of available for sale and held to maturity securities to any one issuer/guarantor that exceed $1 million, with such amounts representing the maximum amount of credit risk that the Company would incur if the issuer did not repay the obligation.

( $ in thousands )
           
Issuer
 
Amortized Cost
   
Fair Value
 
Federal Home Loan Bank System - bonds
  $ 31,042       31,442  
Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta  - common stock
    16,519       16,519  
Freddie Mac - bonds
    5,064       5,077  
Freddie Mac - mortgage-backed securities
    7,313       7,628  
Fannie Mae - mortgage-backed securities
    18,120       18,993  
Ginnie Mae - mortgage-backed securities
    83,997       85,176  
Bank of America - trust preferred securities
    7,116       6,749  
First Citizens Bancorp (North Carolina) - trust preferred security
    2,092       1,811  
Wells Fargo - trust preferred security
    2,567       2,428  
First Citizens Bancorp (South Carolina) – bond / trust preferred securities
    3,994       3,448  

Until February 27, 2009, the FHLB redeemed their stock at par as borrowings were repaid.  On February 27, 2009, the FHLB announced that they would no longer automatically redeem their stock when loans are repaid.  Instead, they stated that they would evaluate whether they would repurchase stock on a quarterly basis.  Since that time the FHLB has not repurchased any excess stock.

The Company places its deposits and correspondent accounts with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, the Federal Reserve Bank, and Bank of America and sells its federal funds to Bank of America.  At December 31, 2009, the Company had deposits in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta totaling $4.8 million, deposits of $278.4 million in the Federal Reserve Bank, and deposits of $33.3 million in Bank of America and federal funds sold to Bank of America of $7.6 million.  None of the deposits held at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, the Federal Reserve Bank, or the federal funds sold to Bank of America are FDIC-insured, however the Federal Reserve Bank is a government entity and therefore risk of loss is minimal.  The deposits held at Bank of America were fully guaranteed by the FDIC under its Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program which guarantees, until December 31, 2013, an unlimited amount of non-interest bearing deposits.

In connection with the Company’s acquisition of Cooperative Bank in an FDIC-assisted transaction, the Company has committed to purchase from the FDIC 19 of Cooperative’s former branch buildings, including furniture and equipment therein, for approximately $15 million.


Note 13.  Fair Value of Financial Instruments

As discussed in Note 1(o), the Company is required to disclose estimated fair values for its financial instruments.  Fair value estimates as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and limitations thereon are set forth below for the Company’s financial instruments.  See Note 1(o) for a discussion of fair value methods and assumptions, as well as fair value information for off-balance sheet financial instruments.

   
December 31, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
(In thousands)
 
Carrying Amount
   
Estimated Fair Value
   
Carrying Amount
   
Estimated Fair Value
 
                         
Cash and due from banks, noninterest-bearing
  $ 60,071        60,071        88,015        88,015  
Due from banks, interest-bearing
    283,175       283,175       105,191       105,191  
Federal funds sold
    7,626       7,626       31,574       31,574  
Securities available for sale
    179,755       179,755       171,193       171,193  
Securities held to maturity
    34,413       34,947       15,990       15,811  
Presold mortgages in process of settlement
    3,967       3,967       423       423  
Loans - non-covered, net of allowance
    2,095,500       2,063,267       2,182,059       2,186,229  
Loans - covered, net of allowance
    520,022       520,022        −        −  
FDIC loss share receivable
    143,221       141,253              
Accrued interest receivable
    14,783       14,783       12,653       12,653  
                                 
Deposits
    2,933,108       2,942,539       2,074,791       2,082,691  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    64,058       64,058       61,140       61,140  
Borrowings
    176,811       141,176       367,275       339,139  
Accrued interest payable
    3,054       3,054       5,077       5,077  

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument.  These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument.  Because no highly liquid market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors.  These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision.  Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Fair value estimates are based on existing on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments.  Significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial assets or liabilities include net premises and equipment, intangible and other assets such as foreclosed properties, deferred income taxes, prepaid expense accounts, income taxes currently payable and other various accrued expenses.  In addition, the income tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of the estimates.

As discussed in Note 1(t), the Company adopted FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure,” on January 1, 2008, as it applies to financial assets and liabilities and on January 1, 2009 for non-financial assets and liabilities.  ASC 820 provides enhanced guidance for measuring assets and liabilities using fair value and applies to situations where other standards require or permit assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value.  ASC 820 also requires expanded disclosure of items that are measured at fair value, the information used to measure fair value and the effect of fair value measurements on earnings.

ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:


Level 1:  Quoted prices (unadjusted) of identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2:  Quoted prices for similar instruments in active or non-active markets and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets.

Level 3:  Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The following table summarizes the Company’s financial instruments that were measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2009.

($ in thousands)
           
Description of Financial Instruments
 
Fair Value at December 31, 2009
   
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Recurring
                       
Securities available for sale
  $ 179,755       485       179,270        
                                 
Nonrecurring
                               
Impaired loans - covered
    94,746             94,746        
Impaired loans - non-covered
    45,857             45,857        
Other real estate - covered
    47,430             47,430        
Other real estate - non-covered
    8,793             8,793        

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value.

Securities When quoted market prices are available in an active market, the securities are classified as Level 1 in the valuation hierarchy.  Level 1 securities for the Company include certain equity securities.  If quoted market prices are not available, but fair values can be estimated by observing quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, the securities are classified as Level 2 on the valuation hierarchy.  For the Company, Level 2 securities include mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, government-sponsored entity securities, and corporate bonds.   In cases where Level 1 or Level 2 inputs are not available, securities are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy.
 
Impaired loans FASB ASC 820 applies to loans that are measured for impairment using the practical expedients permitted by FASB ASC 310-10-35.  Fair values for impaired loans in the above table are collateral dependent and are estimated based on underlying collateral values, which are then adjusted for the cost related to liquidation of the collateral.

Other real estate – Other real estate, consisting of properties obtained through foreclosure or in satisfaction of loans, is reported at the lower of cost or fair value, determined on the basis of current appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates of value obtained principally from independent sources, adjusted for estimated selling costs.  At the time of foreclosure, any excess of the loan balance over the fair value of the real estate held as collateral is treated as a charge against the allowance for loan losses.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, the increase in the fair value of securities available for sale was $1,559,000, which is included in other comprehensive income (net of taxes of $608,000).  Fair value measurement methods at December 31, 2009 are consistent with those used in prior reporting periods .


Note 14.  Equity-Based Compensation Plans

At December 31, 2009, the Company had the following equity-based compensation plans:  the First Bancorp 2007 Equity Plan, the First Bancorp 2004 Stock Option Plan, the First Bancorp 1994 Stock Option Plan, and one plan that was assumed from an acquired entity.  The Company’s shareholders approved all equity-based compensation plans, except for those assumed from acquired companies.  The First Bancorp 2007 Equity Plan became effective upon the approval of shareholders on May 2, 2007.  As of December 31, 2009, the First Bancorp 2007 Equity Plan was the only plan that had shares available for future grants.

The First Bancorp 2007 Equity Plan and its predecessor plans, the First Bancorp 2004 Stock Option Plan and the First Bancorp 1994 Stock Option Plan (“Predecessor Plans”), are intended to serve as a means to attract, retain and motivate key employees and directors and to associate the interests of the plans’ participants with those of the Company and its shareholders.  The Predecessor Plans only provided for the ability to grant stock options, whereas the First Bancorp 2007 Equity Plan, in addition to providing for grants of stock options, also allows for grants of other types of equity-based compensation, including stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted performance stock, unrestricted stock, and performance units.  Since the First Bancorp 2007 Equity Plan became effective on May 2, 2007, the Company has granted the following stock-based compensation:  1) the grant of 2,250 stock options to each of the Company’s non-employee directors on June 1, 2007, 2008, and 2009, 2) the grant of 5,000 incentive stock options to an executive officer on April 1, 2008 in connection with a corporate acquisition, and 3) the grant of 262,599 stock options and 81,337 performance units to 19 senior officers on June 17, 2008 (each performance unit represents the right to acquire one share of the Company’s common stock upon satisfaction of the vesting conditions), and 4) the grant of 29,267 long-term restricted shares of common stock to certain senior executive officers on December 11, 2009.

Prior to the June 17, 2008 grant, stock option grants to employees generally had five-year vesting schedules (20% vesting each year) and had been irregular, usually falling into three categories - 1) to attract and retain new employees, 2) to recognize changes in responsibilities of existing employees, and 3) to periodically reward exemplary performance.  Compensation expense associated with these types of grants is recorded pro-ratably over the vesting period.  As it relates to directors, the Company has historically granted 2,250 vested stock options to each of the Company’s non-employee directors in June of each year, and expects to continue doing so for the foreseeable future.  Compensation expense associated with these director grants is recognized on the date of grant since there are no vesting conditions.

The June 17, 2008 grant of a combination of performance units and stock options have both performance conditions (earnings per share targets) and service conditions that must be met in order to vest.  The 262,599 stock options and 81,337 performance units represent the maximum number of options and performance units that could have vested if the Company were to achieve specified maximum goals for earnings per share during the three annual performance periods ending on December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010.  Up to one-third of the total number of options and performance units granted are subject to vesting annually as of December 31 of each year beginning in 2010, if (1) the Company achieves specific earnings per share (EPS) goals during the corresponding performance period and (2) the executive or key employee continues employment for a period of two years beyond the corresponding performance period.  Compensation expense for this grant is recorded over the various service periods based on the estimated number of options and performance units that are probable to vest.  If the awards do not vest, no compensation cost is recognized and any previously recognized compensation cost will be reversed.  The Company did not achieve the minimum earnings per share performance goal for 2008, and thus one-third of the above grant was permanently forfeited.  During June 2009, as a result of the significant gain realized related to the Cooperative Bank acquisition (see Note 2), the Company determined that it was probable that the EPS goal for 2009 would be met.  Accordingly, the Company recorded compensation expense of $149,000 in June 2009 and $75,000 in the third and fourth quarters of 2009.  Assuming no forfeitures, the Company will record compensation expense of approximately $300,000 in both 2010 and 2011 as a result of the vesting of the 2009 performance period awards.  The Company does not believe that the EPS goals for 2010 will


be met, and thus no compensation expense has been recorded related to that performance period.

The December 11, 2009 grant of 29,267 long-term restricted shares of common stock to senior executives vests in accordance with the minimum rules for long-term equity grants for companies participating in the TARP.  These rules require that the vesting of the stock be tied to repayment of the financial assistance.  For each 25% of total financial assistance repaid, 25% of the total long-term restricted stock may become transferrable.  The amount of compensation expense recorded by the Company in 2009 was insignificant.  The total compensation expense associated with this grant was $398,000 and is being initially amortized over a four year period.  See Note 18 for further information related to the Company’s participation in the TARP.

Under the terms of the Predecessor Plans and the 2007 Equity Plan, options can have a term of no longer than ten years, and all options granted thus far under these plans have had a term of ten years.  The Company’s options provide for immediate vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the plans).

At December 31, 2009, there were 743,828 options outstanding related to the three First Bancorp plans, with exercise prices ranging from $9.75 to $22.12.  At December 31, 2009, there were 864,941 shares remaining available for grant under the First Bancorp 2007 Equity Plan.  The Company also has a stock option plan as a result of a corporate acquisition.  At December 31, 2009, there were 9,288 stock options outstanding in connection with the acquired plan, with option prices ranging from $10.66 to $15.22.

The Company issues new shares of common stock when options are exercised.

The Company measures the fair value of each option award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.  The Company determines the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model as follows:  the risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant; the dividend yield is based on the Company’s dividend yield at the time of the grant (subject to adjustment if the dividend yield on the grant date is not expected to approximate the dividend yield over the expected life of the option); the volatility factor is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock (subject to adjustment if historical volatility is reasonably expected to differ from the past); and the weighted-average expected life is based on the historical behavior of employees related to exercises, forfeitures and cancellations.

The per share weighted-average fair value of options granted during 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $6.06, $5.09, and $5.80, respectively, on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Expected dividend yield
    2.23 %     4.58 %     3.88 %
Risk-free interest rate
    3.28 %     4.17 %     4.92 %
Expected life
 
7 years
   
9.7 years
   
7 years
 
Expected volatility
    46.32 %     34.65 %     32.91 %

The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $449,000, $143,000, and $190,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.  Of the $449,000 in expense that was recorded in 2009, approximately $299,000 related to the June 17, 2008 grants to 19 senior officers and is classified as “personnel expense” on the Consolidated Statements of Income, while $150,000 relates to the June 1, 2009 director grants and is classified as “other operating expenses.”  Substantially all of the expense recorded in 2008 and 2007 relates to the June 1 director grants and is classified as “other operating expenses.”  Stock-based compensation expense is reflected as an adjustment to cash flows from operating activities on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.  The Company recognized $58,000, $53,000, and $56,000 of income tax benefits related to stock-based compensation expense in the income statement for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

At December 31, 2009, the Company had $31,000 of unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested


stock options that have vesting requirements based solely on service conditions.  At December 31, 2008, the Company had $1.5 million in unrecognized compensation expense associated with the June 17, 2008 award grant that has both performance conditions and service conditions.  Based on the performance conditions, the Company believes that only $600,000 of this amount will ultimately vest, with approximately $300,000 to be recorded as expense in each of 2010 and 2011.
 
As noted above, certain of the Company’s stock option grants contain terms that provide for a graded vesting schedule whereby portions of the award vest in increments over the requisite service period.  As provided for under FASB ASC 718, “Stock Compensation,” the Company has elected to recognize compensation expense for awards with graded vesting schedules on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.  ASC 718 requires companies to recognize compensation expense based on the estimated number of stock options and awards that will ultimately vest.  Over the past five years, there have only been minimal amounts of forfeitures or expirations, and therefore the Company assumes that all options granted without performance conditions will become vested.

The following table presents information regarding the activity since December 31, 2006 related to all of the Company’s stock options outstanding:

   
Options Outstanding
 
   
 
Number of Shares
   
Weighted-Average Exercise Price
   
Weighted-Average
Contractual Term (years)
   
Aggregate Intrinsic
Value
 
                         
                         
Balance at December 31, 2006
    656,104     $ 16.94                
                               
Granted
    24,750       19.61                
Exercised
    (62,372 )     12.95             $ 535,000  
Forfeited
    (10,500 )     21.70                  
Expired
                           
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2007
    607,982       17.38                  
                                 
Granted
    296,849       16.63                  
Assumed in corporate acquisition
    88,409       14.39                  
Exercised
    (76,849 )     13.83             $ 304,330  
Forfeited
    (87,515 )     16.53                  
Expired
                           
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2008
    828,876       17.21                  
                                 
Granted
    27,000       14.35                  
Exercised
    (73,843 )     13.14             $ 251,000  
Forfeited
                           
Expired
    (28,917 )     11.52                  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
    753,116     $ 17.73       5.1     $  
                                 
Exercisable at December 31, 2009
    573,532     $ 18.06       4.0     $  


The Company received $393,000, $705,000, and $568,000 as a result of stock option exercises during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.  The Company recorded $73,000, $65,000, and $41,000 in associated tax benefits from the exercise of nonqualified stock options during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.


The following table summarizes information about the stock options outstanding at December 31, 2009:

   
Options Outstanding
   
Options Exercisable
 
Range of
Exercise Prices
 
Number
Outstanding
at 12/31/09
   
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life
   
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   
Number
Exercisable
at 12/31/09
   
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 
                               
$8.85 to $11.06
    22,098       1.1     $ 10.49       22,098     $ 10.49  
$11.06 to $13.27
                             
$13.27 to $15.48
    171,404       2.9       15.18       171,404       15.18  
$15.48 to $17.70
    293,884       6.7       16.51       118,800       16.47  
$17.70 to $19.91
    56,250       5.7       19.65       56,250       19.65  
$19.91 to $22.12
    209,480       4.9       21.76       204,980       21.78  
      753,116       5.1     $ 17.73       573,532     $ 18.06  

As discussed above, the Company granted 81,337 performance units to 19 senior officers on June 17, 2008.  Each performance unit represents the right to acquire one share of the Company’s common stock upon satisfaction of the vesting conditions.  The fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the grant date was $16.53 per share.  One-third of this grant was forfeited on December 31, 2008 because the Company failed to meet the minimum performance goal required for vesting.  Also as discussed above, the Company granted 29,267 long-term restricted shares of common stock to certain senior executives on December 11, 2009.

The following table presents information regarding the activity during 2008 and 2009 related to the Company’s outstanding performance units and restricted stock:

   
Nonvested Performance Units
   
Long-Term Restricted Stock
 
   
 
 
Number of Units
   
Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value
   
 
 
Number of Units
   
Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value
 
                         
                         
Nonvested at January 1, 2008
        $           $  
Granted during the period
    81,337       16.53              
Vested during the period
                       
Forfeited or expired during the period
    (27,112 )     16.53              
                                 
Nonvested at December 31, 2008
    54,225     $ 16.53           $  
                                 
Granted during the period
                29,267     $ 13.59  
Vested during the period
                       
Forfeited or expired during the period
                       
                                 
Nonvested at December 31, 2009
    54,225     $ 16.53       29,267     $ 13.59  


Note 15.  Regulatory Restrictions

The Company is regulated by the Federal Reserve Board and is subject to securities registration and public reporting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Bank is regulated by the FDIC and the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks.

The primary source of funds for the payment of dividends by the Company is dividends received from its


subsidiary, the Bank.  The Bank, as a North Carolina banking corporation, may pay dividends only out of undivided profits as determined pursuant to North Carolina General Statutes Section 53-87.  As of December 31, 2009, the Bank had undivided profits of approximately $206,478,000 which were available for the payment of dividends (subject to remaining in compliance with regulatory capital requirements).  As of December 31, 2009, approximately $181,680,000 of the Company’s investment in the Bank is restricted as to transfer to the Company without obtaining prior regulatory approval.

The average reserve balance maintained by the Bank under the requirements of the Federal Reserve Board was approximately $25,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009.

The Company and the Bank must comply with regulatory capital requirements established by the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The Company’s and Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.  These capital standards require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum ratios of “Tier 1” capital to total risk-weighted assets (“Tier I Capital Ratio”) and total capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.00% and 8.00% (“Total Capital Ratio”), respectively.  Tier 1 capital is comprised of total shareholders’ equity, excluding unrealized gains or losses from the securities available for sale, less intangible assets, and total capital is comprised of Tier 1 capital plus certain adjustments, the largest of which for the Company and the Bank is the allowance for loan losses.  Risk-weighted assets refer to the on- and off-balance sheet exposures of the Company and the Bank, adjusted for their related risk levels using formulas set forth in Federal Reserve Board and FDIC regulations.

In addition to the risk-based capital requirements described above, the Company and the Bank are subject to a leverage capital requirement, which calls for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital (as defined above) to quarterly average total assets (“Leverage Ratio) of 3.00% to 5.00%, depending upon the institution’s composite ratings as determined by its regulators.  The Federal Reserve Board has not advised the Company of any requirement specifically applicable to it.

In addition to the minimum capital requirements described above, the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action also contains specific capital guidelines applicable to banks for classification as “well capitalized,” which are presented with the minimum ratios, the Company’s ratios and the Bank’s ratios as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 in the following table.  Based on the most recent notification from its regulators, the Bank is well capitalized under the framework.  There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Company’s classification.


Also see Note 18 for discussion of the sale of $65 million in preferred stock in January 2009 that increased the Company’s capital ratios.

   
 
Actual
   
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
   
To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
($ in thousands)
 
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
 
               
(must equal or exceed)
   
(must equal or exceed)
 
As of December 31, 2009
                                   
Total Capital Ratio
                                   
Company
  $ 349,858       15.14 %   $ 184,904       8.00 %   $ N/A       N/A  
Bank
    346,178       14.99 %     184,732       8.00 %     230,915       10.00 %
Tier I Capital Ratio
                                               
Company
    320,862       13.88 %     92,452       4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank
    317,209       13.74 %     92,366       4.00 %     138,549       6.00 %
Leverage Ratio
                                               
Company
    320,862       9.30 %     137,987       4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank
    317,209       9.20 %     137,868       4.00 %     172,335       5.00 %
                                                 
As of December 31, 2008
                                               
Total Capital Ratio
                                               
Company
  $ 232,529       10.65 %   $ 174,626       8.00 %   $ N/A       N/A  
Bank
    252,914       11.60 %     174,462       8.00 %     218,077       10.00 %
Tier I Capital Ratio
                                               
Company
    205,244       9.40 %     87,313       4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank
    225,654       10.35 %     87,231       4.00 %     130,846       6.00 %
Leverage Ratio
                                               
Company
    205,244       8.10 %     101,377       4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Bank
    225,654       8.91 %     101,293       4.00 %     126,616       5.00 %


Note 16.  Supplementary Income Statement Information

Components of other noninterest income/expense exceeding 1% of total income for any of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 are as follows:

(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Other service charges, commissions, and fees – electronic payment processing revenue
  $ 3,061        2,544       2,258  
Other gains (losses) – acquisition gain – see Note 2
    67,894              
                         
Other operating expenses – electronic payment processing expense
    1,278       955       707  
Other operating expenses – stationery and supplies
    2,181       1,903       1,593  
Other operating expenses – FDIC insurance expense
    5,500       1,157       100  


Note 17.  Condensed Parent Company Information

Condensed financial data for First Bancorp (parent company only) follows:

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
 
As of December 31,
 
(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
 
Assets
           
Cash on deposit with bank subsidiary
  $ 4,322       1,767  
Investment in wholly-owned subsidiaries, at equity
    384,329       286,070  
Premises and Equipment
    183       194  
Other assets
    1,685       1,729  
Total assets
  $ 390,519       289,760  
                 
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
               
Trust preferred securities
  $ 46,394       66,394  
Other liabilities
    1,742       3,498  
Total liabilities
    48,136       69,892  
                 
Shareholders’ equity
    342,383       219,868  
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 390,519       289,760  


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Dividends from wholly-owned subsidiaries
  $ 13,250       8,500       18,200  
Undistributed earnings of wholly-owned subsidiaries
    49,024       16,694       7,959  
Interest expense
    (1,356 )     (3,312 )     (5,293 )
All other income and expenses, net
    (659 )     123       944  
Net income
  $ 60,259       22,005       21,810  
                         
Preferred stock dividends and accretion
    (3,972            
                         
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 56,287       22,005       21,810  


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
(In thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                   
Operating Activities:
                 
Net income
  $ 60,259       22,005       21,810  
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
    (49,024 )     (16,694 )     (7,959 )
Decrease in other assets
    72       132       953  
Decrease in other liabilities
    (349 )     (91 )     (76 )
Total – operating activities
    10,958       5,352       14,728  
Investing Activities:
                       
Downstream cash investment in subsidiary
    (45,000 )  
   
 
Cash proceeds from dissolution of subsidiary
 
   
      111  
Proceeds from sales of investments
 
      500    
 
Net cash received in acquisition of Great Pee Dee Bancorp, Inc.
 
      485    
 
Total – investing activities
    (45,000 )     985       111  
Financing Activities:
                       
Repayments of borrowings, net
    (20,000 )  
      (619 )
Payment of cash dividends
    (9,908 )     (11,738 )     (10,923 )
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrants
    65,000    
   
 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    1,505       1,957       568  
Purchases and retirement of common stock
 
   
      (532 )
          Total - financing activities
    36,597       (9,781 )     (11,506 )
Net increase (decrease) in cash
    2,555       (3,444 )     3,333  
Cash, beginning of year
    1,767       5,211       1,878  
Cash, end of year
  $ 4,322       1,767       5,211  


Note 18.  Participation in the U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program

On January 9, 2009, the Company completed the sale of $65 million of Series A preferred stock to the Treasury under the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program.  The program is designed to attract broad participation by healthy banking institutions to help stabilize the financial system and increase lending for the benefit of the U.S. economy.

Under the terms of the stock purchase agreement, the Treasury received (i) 65,000 shares of fixed rate cumulative perpetual preferred stock with a liquidation value of $1,000 per share and (ii) a warrant to purchase 616,308 shares of the Company’s common stock, no par value, in exchange for $65 million.

The preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and will pay cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% for the first five years, and 9% thereafter.  Subject to regulatory approval, the Company is generally permitted to redeem the preferred shares at par plus unpaid dividends.

The warrant has a 10-year term and was immediately exercisable upon its issuance with an exercise price equal to $15.82 per share.  The Treasury has agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to any shares of common stock issued upon exercise of the warrant.

The Company allocated the $65 million in proceeds to the preferred stock and the warrant based on their relative fair values.  To determine the fair value of the preferred stock, the Company used a discounted cash flow model that assumed redemption of the preferred stock at the end of year five.  The discount rate utilized was 13% and the estimated fair value was determined to be $36.2 million.  The fair value of the warrant was estimated to be $2.8 million using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:
 
 
Expected dividend yield
    4.83 %
Risk-free interest rate
    2.48 %
Expected life
 
10 years
 
Expected volatility
    35.00 %
Weighted average fair value
  $ 4.47  

The aggregate fair value result for both the preferred stock and the common stock warrant was determined to be $39.0 million, with 7% of this aggregate total attributable to the warrant and 93% attributable to the preferred stock.  Therefore, the $65 million issuance was allocated with $60.4 million being assigned to the preferred stock and $4.6 million being assigned to the warrant.

The $4.6 million difference between the $65 million face value of the preferred stock and the $60.4 million allocated to it upon issuance was recorded as a discount on the preferred stock.  The $4.6 million discount is being accreted, using the effective interest method, as a reduction in net income available to common shareholders over a five year period at approximately $0.8 million to $1.0 million per year.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company accrued approximately $3,169,000 in preferred dividend payments and accreted $803,000 of the discount on the preferred stock.  These amounts are deducted from net income in computing “Net income available to common shareholders.”

Note 19.  Subsequent Events

In January 2010, the Company received the results of a collateral audit from the FHLB.  Based primarily on a finding that the Company was not keeping certain original loan documents, but was instead imaging them and shredding the original documents, a significant portion of the Company’s collateral pledged to the FHLB was deemed to be ineligible for pledging purposes.  As a result, the Company’s borrowing availability was reduced from the $687 million disclosed in Note 9 to approximately $335 million.

In February 2010, the Company’s line of credit with a commercial bank was renewed for a one year period with a $10 million limit compared to the prior limit of $20 million.

 

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
First Bancorp
Troy, North Carolina


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of First Bancorp and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of First Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Notes 1 and 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2009, the Company changed its method of accounting and reporting for business combinations as a result of adopting new accounting guidance.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 15, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.


 
/s/ Elliott Davis


Greenville, South Carolina
March 15, 2010
 

 

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
First Bancorp
Troy, North Carolina

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of First Bancorp and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on the COSO criteria.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 and our report dated March 15, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.


 
/s/ Elliott Davis


Greenville, South Carolina
March 15, 2010
 
 

Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

None.

Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, which are our controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our periodic reports with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the required time periods.  Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed is communicated to our management to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  Based on the evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in allowing timely decisions regarding disclosure to be made about material information required to be included in our periodic reports with the SEC.

Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of First Bancorp and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting.  Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Based on this evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, management of the Company has concluded the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rules 13a-15(f), as of December 31, 2009.

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations.  Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting can also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting.  However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process.  Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.

Management is also responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements and other financial information contained in this report.  The accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and include, as necessary, best estimates and judgments by management.


Elliott Davis, PLLC, an independent, registered public accounting firm, has audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009, and audited the Company’s effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, as stated in their report, which is included in Item 8 hereof.

Changes in Internal Controls

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during, or subsequent to, the fourth quarter of 2009 that were reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B .  Other Information

Not applicable.

PART III

It em 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Incorporated herein by reference is the information under the captions “Directors, Nominees and Executive Officers,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Corporate Governance Policies and Practices” and “Board Committees, Attendance and Compensation” from the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.

Item 11 .  Executive Compensation

Incorporated herein by reference is the information under the captions “Executive Compensation” and “Board Committees, Attendance and Compensation” from the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

Incorporated herein by reference is the information under the captions “Principal Holders of First Bancorp Voting Securities” and “Directors, Nominees and Executive Officers” from the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.

See also “Additional Information Regarding the Registrant’s Equity Compensation Plans” in Item 5 of this report.

It em 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Incorporated herein by reference is the information under the caption “Certain Transactions” and “Corporate Governance Policies and Practices” from the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.

I tem 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Incorporated herein by reference is the information under the caption “Audit Committee Report” from the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.


PAR T IV

Item 15 .  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)
1.
Financial Statements - See Item 8 and the Cross Reference Index on page 3 for information concerning the Company’s consolidated financial statements and report of independent auditors.
     
 
2.
Financial Statement Schedules - not applicable
     
 
3.
Exhibits
     
   
The following exhibits are filed with this report or, as noted, are incorporated by reference.  Management contracts, compensatory plans and arrangements are marked with an asterisk (*).
     
3.a
 
Articles of Incorporation of the Company and amendments thereto were filed as Exhibits 3.a.i through 3.a.v to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2002, and are incorporated herein by reference.  Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation were filed as Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 13, 2009, and are incorporated herein by reference.
   
 
3.b
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company were filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 23, 2009, and are incorporated herein by reference.
     
4.a
 
Form of Common Stock Certificate was filed as Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999, and is incorporated herein by reference.
     
4.b
 
Form of Certificate for Series A Preferred Stock was filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 13, 2009, and is incorporated herein by reference.
     
4.c
 
Warrant for Purchase of Shares of Common Stock was filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 13, 2009, and is incorporated herein by reference.
     
10
 
Material Contracts
     
10.a
 
Data Processing Agreement dated October 1, 1984 by and between Bank of Montgomery (First Bank) and Montgomery Data Services, Inc. was filed as Exhibit 10(k) to the Registrant's Registration Statement Number 33-12692, and is incorporated herein by reference.
     
10.b
 
First Bancorp Annual Incentive Plan was filed as Exhibit 10(a) to the Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2007 and is incorporated herein by reference. (*)
     
10.c
 
Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its Directors and Officers was filed as Exhibit 10(t) to the Registrant's Registration Statement Number 33-12692, and is incorporated herein by reference.
     
10.d
 
First Bancorp Senior Management Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2006, and is incorporated herein by reference. (*)
     
10.e
 
First Bancorp 1994 Stock Option Plan was filed as Exhibit 10(f) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, and is incorporated herein by reference. (*)


10.f
 
First Bancorp 2004 Stock Option Plan was filed as Exhibit B to the Registrant's Form Def 14A filed on March 30, 2004 and is incorporated herein by reference. (*)
     
10.g
 
First Bancorp 2007 Equity Plan was filed as Appendix B to the Registrant's Form Def 14A filed on March 27, 2007 and is incorporated herein by reference. (*)
     
10.h
 
Employment Agreement between the Company and Anna G. Hollers dated August 17, 1998 was filed as Exhibit 10(m) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998, and is incorporated by reference (Commission File Number 000-15572). (*)
     
10.i
 
Employment Agreement between the Company and Teresa C. Nixon dated August 17, 1998 was filed as Exhibit 10(n) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998, and is incorporated by reference (Commission File Number 000-15572). (*)
     
10.j
 
Employment Agreement between the Company and Eric P. Credle dated August 17, 1998 was filed as Exhibit 10(p) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998, and is incorporated herein by reference (Commission File Number 333-71431).(*)
     
10.k
 
Employment Agreement between the Company and John F. Burns dated September 14, 2000 was filed as Exhibit 10.w to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000 and is incorporated herein by reference. (*)
     
10.l
 
Employment Agreement between the Company and R. Walton Brown dated January 15, 2003 was filed as Exhibit 10(b) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003 and is incorporated herein by reference. (*)
     
10.m
 
Amendment to the employment agreement between the Company and R. Walton Brown dated March 8, 2005 was filed as Exhibit 10.n to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 and is incorporated herein by reference. (*)
     
10.n
 
Employment Agreement between the Company and Jerry L. Ocheltree was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2006, and is incorporated herein by reference. (*)
     
10.o
 
First Bancorp Long Term Care Insurance Plan was filed as Exhibit 10(o) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, and is incorporated by reference. (*)
     
10.p
 
Advances and Security Agreement with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta dated February 15, 2005 was attached as Exhibit 99(a) to the Form 8-K filed on February 22, 2005, and is incorporated herein by reference.
     
10.q
 
Description of Director Compensation pursuant to Item 601(b)(10)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K was filed as Exhibit 10.q to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and is incorporated herein by reference.
     
10.r
 
Letter Agreement, dated January 9, 2009, including Securities Purchase Agreement—Standard Terms, between First Bancorp and the United States Department of the Treasury, is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on January 13, 2009.
     
10.s
 
Purchase and Assumption Agreement among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of  Cooperative Bank, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and First Bank dated as of June 19, 2009 was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 24, 2009.

 
     
     
10.t
 
Form of Waiver by Senior Officers (TARP Capital Purchase Program) was filed as Exhibit 10.a to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 and is incorporated herein by reference.
     
 
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the First Bancorp 2007 Equity Plan. (*)
     
 
First Bancorp Employees’ Pension Plan, including amendments. (*)
     
 
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
     
 
List of Subsidiaries of Registrant.
     
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Elliott Davis, PLLC
     
 
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
 
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
 
Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
 
Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     
 
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.
     
 
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.
     
(b)
 
Exhibits - see (a)(3) above
     
(c)
 
No financial statement schedules are filed herewith.
     
Copies of exhibits are available upon written request to:  First Bancorp, Anna G. Hollers, Executive Vice President, P.O. Box 508, Troy, NC  27371

 
137


SIGN ATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, FIRST BANCORP has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Troy, and State of North Carolina, on the 16 th day of March 2010.
 
First Bancorp

 
By:
/s/  Jerry L. Ocheltree
 
   
Jerry L. Ocheltree
 
   
President, Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer
 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed on behalf of the Company by the following persons and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Executive Officers

 
/s/ Jerry L. Ocheltree
 
 
Jerry L. Ocheltree
 
 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer
 

/s/ Anna G. Hollers
/s/ Eric P. Credle
Anna G. Hollers
Eric P. Credle
Executive Vice President
Executive Vice President
Chief Operating Officer / Secretary
Chief Financial Officer
March 16, 2010
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
March 16, 2010
   
Board of Directors
   
/s/ Thomas F. Phillips
/s/ Jerry L. Ocheltree
Thomas F. Phillips
Jerry L. Ocheltree
Chairman of the Board
Director
Director
March 16, 2010
March 16, 2010
 
   
/s/ Jack D. Briggs
/s/ George R. Perkins, Jr.
Jack D. Briggs
George R. Perkins, Jr.
Director
Director
March 16, 2010
March 16, 2010
   
/s/ R. Walton Brown
/s/ Frederick L. Taylor II
R. Walton Brown
Frederick L. Taylor II
Director
Director
March 16, 2010
March 16, 2010
   
/s/ David L. Burns
/s/ Virginia C. Thomasson
David L. Burns
Virginia C. Thomasson
Director
Director
March 16, 2010
March 16, 2010
   
/s/ John F. Burns
/s/ Goldie H. Wallace
John F. Burns
Goldie H. Wallace
Director
Director
March 16, 2010
March 16, 2010


/ s/ Mary Clara Capel
/s/ Dennis A. Wicker
Mary Clara Capel
Dennis A. Wicker
Director
Director
March 16, 2010
March 16, 2010
   
/s/ James C. Crawford, III
/s/ John C. Willis
James C. Crawford, III
John C. Willis
Director
Director
March 16, 2010
March 16, 2010
   
/s/ James G. Hudson, Jr.
 
James G. Hudson, Jr.
 
Director
 
March 16, 2010
 
 
 
139


Exhibit 10.u

FIRST BANCORP
2007 EQUITY PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT


THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), made effective as of ____________ , _____ (the “ Grant Date ”), is by and between _____________________ (the “ Participant ”) and First Bancorp (the “ Company ”).

BACKGROUND STATEMENT

The Company maintains the First Bancorp 2007 Equity Plan (the “ Plan ”), which is incorporated into and forms a part of this Agreement, and the Participant has been selected by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, which administers the Plan (the “ Committee ”), to receive the Awards specified in this Agreement pursuant to the Plan.  On the Grant Date, the Participant was granted the Awards described herein under the Plan and to be evidenced by this Agreement, which may be physically executed and delivered after the Grant Date.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED , by and between the Company and the Participant, as follows:

1.      Grant of Restricted Stock Award .  Pursuant to the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant, as of the Grant Date, a Restricted Stock Award (the “ Award ”) for ____________ Shares of Company Stock (the “ Shares ”), subject to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.  The Award and this Agreement are subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, which terms and conditions are hereby incorporated by reference, and, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, the capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Plan.

2.      Restriction Period .

(a)          Subject to earlier vesting or forfeiture as hereinafter provided, the Awards shall vest as follows:

[Vesting Schedule]

(b)          The Committee has sole authority to determine whether and to what degree the Award has vested.

3.   Forfeiture of Award .  Except as may be otherwise provided in the Plan, in the event of the Participant’s Termination, if the Participant has not yet earned all or part of the Award pursuant to Section 2, then the Award, to the extent not earned as of the date of Participant’s Termination, shall be forfeited immediately upon such Termination, and the Participant shall have no further rights with respect to the Award or the Shares underlying that portion of the Award that has not yet been earned and vested. The Participant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Participant’s Termination shall result in forfeiture of the Award and the Shares to the extent the Award has not been earned and vested as of the date of his or her Termination.

4.      Settlement of Award .  The Award shall be  payable in whole shares of Company Stock.

5.      Nontransferability of Award and Shares .  The Award shall not be transferable (including by sale, assignment, pledge or hypothecation) other than by will or the laws of intestate succession. The designation of a beneficiary does not constitute a transfer. The Participant shall not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber the Shares subject to the Award until the Restriction Period has expired and all conditions to vesting and transfer have been met.

6.      Beneficiary Designation .  Each Participant may name a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any vested Award that is unpaid at the Participant’s death.  Unless otherwise provided in the beneficiary designation, each designation will revoke all prior designations made by the same Participant, must be made on a form prescribed by the Committee and will be effective only when filed in writing with the Committee.  If a Participant has not made an effective beneficiary designation, the deceased Participant’s beneficiary will be the Participant’s surviving spouse or, if none, the deceased Participant’s estate.  The identity of a Participant’s designated beneficiary will be based only on the information included in the latest beneficiary designation form completed by the Participant and will not be inferred from any other evidence.

 
 

 

7.      Administration .  The authority to manage and control the operation and administration of this Agreement shall be vested in the Committee, which shall have all powers with respect to this Agreement as it has with respect to the Plan (to the fullest extent permitted by the Plan).  Any interpretation of the Agreement by the Committee and any decision made by it with respect to the Agreement is final and binding on all persons.

8.      Plan Governs .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the terms of this Agreement shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto.  This Agreement is subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee from time to time pursuant to the Plan.  If and to the extent of a conflict between this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan will govern.

9.      No Right to Employment .  None of the actions of the Company in establishing the Plan, the actions taken by the Company, the Board or the Committee under the Plan, or the granting of any Award pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed (a) to create any obligation on the part of the Company or any Subsidiary to retain the Participant in the employ of, or continue the provision of services to, the Company or any Subsidiary, or (b) to be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Participant has a right to continue as an employee for any period of time or at any particular rate of compensation.

10.     Certificates for Shares; Rights as Shareholder .  The Shares underlying the Award will be represented in a book entry account in the name of the Participant. The Participant shall be entitled to receive dividends during the Restriction Period and shall have the right to vote such Shares and shall have all other Shareholder rights, with the exception that (i) unless otherwise provided by the Committee, if any dividends are paid with respect to the Shares in shares of Company Stock, those shares will be subject to the same restrictions as the Shares, (ii) the Participant will not be entitled to delivery of any stock certificate evidencing the Shares underlying the Award during the Restriction Period, (iii) the Company will retain custody of the Shares underlying the Award during the Restriction Period, and (iv) a breach of a restriction or a breach of the terms and conditions of this Agreement or the Plan will cause a forfeiture of the Award.

11.     Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, the minimum statutory amount to satisfy federal, state and local taxes required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the grant of the Award and delivery of the Shares. With respect to withholding required upon any taxable event arising as a result of an Award granted hereunder, a Participant may elect, subject to the approval of the Committee, to satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold shares of Company Stock having a Fair Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax that could be imposed on the transaction. All such elections shall be irrevocable, made in writing and signed by the Participant, and shall be subject to any restrictions or limitations that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

12.     Notices .  Any written notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if either hand delivered or if sent by fax or overnight courier, or by postage paid first-class mail.  Notices sent by mail shall be deemed received three business days after mailing but in no event later than the date of actual receipt.  Notices shall be directed, if to the Participant, at the Participant’s address indicated by the Company’s records, or if to the Company, at the Company’s corporate headquarters.

13.     Amendment .  Subject to the terms of the Plan, this Agreement may be amended or modified by (i) unilateral action of the Committee or (ii) written agreement of the Participant and the Company, in each case without the consent of any other person.

14.     Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.

15.     Severability .  The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions may be determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

16.          Counterparts; Further Instruments . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The parties

 
 

 

hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

17.     EESA Limitations .  The Company has participated in the Capital Purchase Program (the “ Program ”) established by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “ Treasury ”) pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, as amended by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ EESA ”).  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Participant acknowledges and understands that this Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed and, if and where applicable, benefits provided hereunder, including where applicable vesting and/or transferability, shall be liited, deferred, forfeited and/or subject to repayment to the Company in accordance with EESA, as amended from time to time, to the extent legally applicable with respect to the participant, as determined by the Committee in its discretion, including without limitation the clawback, the bonus prohibition and the golden parachute prohibitions thereof.

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Participant has executed this Agreement, and the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name and on its behalf, effective as of the Grant Date.

 
Participant:
 
       
       
       
 
Print Name:
   
 
 
FIRST BANCORP
 
       
       
 
By:
   
 
Its:
   
 
 


Exhibit 10.v






 

FIRST BANCORP

EMPLOYEES’ PENSION PLAN


 
 

 




 
Amended and Restated:
 
Effective
 
January 1, 2001
 

 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Article
 
Page
     
1
DEFINITIONS
2
     
2
ELIGIBILITY
14
     
3
EARLY RETIREMENT
16
     
4
NORMAL RETIREMENT
17
     
5
DELAYED RETIREMENT
27
     
6
DISABILITY RETIREMENT
28
     
7
SURVIVOR BENEFITS
31
     
8
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT-VESTING
38
     
9
PAYMENT OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS
40
     
10
RE-EMPLOYMENT / RESTORATION OF SERVICE AND ACCRUED BENEFITS
45
     
11
TOP HEAVY RULES
49
     
12
RETIREMENT COMMITTEE
54
     
13
CLAIM PROCEDURE
56
     
14
CONTRIBUTIONS AND FUNDING
58
     
15
ADMINISTRATIVE AND FIDUCIARIES’ RESPONSIBILITIES
59
     
16
INCOME TAX REGULATIONS 1.401-4(C)(2)
62
     
17
SPENDTHRIFT
65
     
18
THE INSURER
66
     
19
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
67
     
20
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
72
     
21
DIRECT ROLLOVERS
74
     
APPENDIX A
COVERED COMPENSATION 35 YEAR AVERAGE TABLE (2001)
76
     
APPENDIX B
SOCIAL SECURITY INTEGRATION LIMIT ON EARLY OR DEFERRED COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS
77

 
 

 

FIRST BANCORP
 
EMPLOYEES’ PENSION PLAN


EFFECTIVE the 1 st day of January, 1993, the Employer established the First Bancorp Employees’ Pension Plan.

WHEREAS, Employees and Participants who have retired or terminated employment from the Employer prior to this restated Plan shall have all rights and benefits to which they are entitled determined under the terms of the Plan as it existed at the time such Employees or Participants retired or terminated employment, unless expressly stated otherwise herein.

WHEREAS, effective January 1, 2001, the Plan is amended in its entirety and restated.

WHEREAS, the Plan must comply with all qualification and operational provisions required by the Uruguay Round Agreements Act ("GATT"), the Uniformed Services Employment and Re-employment Rights Act of 1994 ("USERRA"), the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 ("SBJPA") and Tax Reform Act of 1997 ("TRA'97") (with all such legislation referred to collectively as "GUST") and any regulations, interpretations, rulings or procedures promulgated in relation to GUST;

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Employer and the Trustees to operate this Pension Plan in accordance with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code as amended by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), as interpreted by regulations prescribed by the Department of the Treasury and the Secretary of Labor; and

WHEREAS, this Plan embodied herein has been duly approved and authorized by the Board of Directors of said Company.


NOW, THEREFORE, THIS AGREEMENT,

CREATION AND NAME


This Pension Plan is amended and restated effective January 1, 2001.  The name of the Plan shall be designated as First Bancorp Employees’ Pension Plan, hereafter referred to as "Plan"(#002).

 
1

 

 
ARTICLE 1
 
DEFINITIONS


The following terms shall have the meaning indicated when capitalized throughout this document, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

1.1
Accrued Benefit   shall mean a Participant's benefit on any given date and will be the benefit to which he will be entitled at his Normal Retirement Date.  The Accrued Benefit is the Participant's Accrued Benefit at Normal Retirement Date, calculated under Section 4.2 herein, using actual Years of Benefit Service and Final Average Compensation as of the accrual date.  In no event shall the Accrued Benefit as of any accrual date subsequent to this amendment be less than the Accrued Benefit as of the adoption date of this amendment.
 
1.2
Actuarial (or Actuarially) Equivalent shall mean a benefit of equivalent value to the Normal Annuity Form determined by generally accepted actuarial principles.
 
 
(a)
For Benefits Not Paid As A Lump Sum - All alternate forms of distribution shall be Actuarially Equivalent to the Normal Annuity Form of distribution at the Normal Retirement Date.  The conversion to an alternate form shall be based upon the 1983 Group Annuity Male Mortality Table and an interest rate of 8%.  In no event shall the Actuarial Equivalent of a benefit to which Section 1.2(a) or (d) is applicable be less than the Actuarial Equivalent based on factors in effect immediately prior to the adoption of any amendment changing such factors, as applied to the Accrued Benefit determined immediately prior to the later of the adoption of or effective date of such amendment.
 
 
(b)
For Benefits Paid As A Lump Sum .  The determination of lump sum values shall be based upon (i) “the applicable interest rate” (under Code Section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(II)) which shall be the annual rate of interest on 30-year Treasury securities for the month one month prior to the beginning of the Plan Year during which such distribution is made, and (ii) the "applicable mortality table" under Rev. Rul. 95-6.
 
 
(c)
For Determination of Top Heavy Status - Pursuant to Section 11.3, "Present Value" shall be determined on the basis of a (5%) interest rate assumption and the 1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table.
 
 
(d)
For Determination of the Actuarial Reduction of Monthly Benefits For Commencement Prior To Age 55 - (and for determining reductions in the Excess Percentage referred to in Section 4.2) a five percent (5%) interest rate and the 1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table for males shall be used.  These factors shall be applied only after the Accrued Benefit has been reduced to age 55 by the other applicable reduction factors under Section 3.1, and such reduction shall apply only to the time period prior to age 55.

 
2

 
 
1.3
Adjustment Factor shall mean the cost of living adjustment factor prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury under Code Section 415(d) for years beginning after December 31, 1987, applied to such items and in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe.
 
1.4
Affiliated Employer shall mean the Employer and any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) which includes the Employer; any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)) with the Employer; any organization (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which includes the Employer; and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations under Code Section 414(o).
 
For purposes of this Section 1.4, the term "controlled group" means any two or more corporations, trades or businesses under common control of which the Employer is a member, or two or more "affiliated organizations" under Code Section 414(m).  The term "two or more corporations, trades or businesses under common control" will include any group of corporations, trades or businesses which is either:
 
 
(a)
a parent-subsidiary group, or
 
 
(b)
a brother-sister group, or
 
 
(c)
a combined group
 
within the meaning under Code Sections 414(b), 414(c), and 414(m) and their regulations.
 
All Employees of a controlled group will be treated as employed by a single Employer for purposes of applying the provisions of qualification of this Plan; of minimum participation standards of this Plan; of minimum vesting standards of this Plan; and of limitation of benefits and contributions under this Plan.
 
Refer to Section 1.17 for a list of Affiliated Employers.
 
1.5
Annuity Starting Date shall mean the first day of the first period for which a benefit under this Plan is payable in the form of an annuity.  In the case of a benefit not payable in the form of an annuity, the first day on which all events have occurred which entitle the Participant to such benefit.
 
The Annuity Starting Date for disability benefits shall be the date such benefits commence if the disability benefit is not an auxiliary benefit.  An auxiliary benefit is a disability benefit which does not reduce the benefit payable at Normal Retirement Age.
 
1.6
Beneficiary shall mean any person or legal entity designated by a Participant pursuant to Section 7.7 herein to receive benefits under this Plan.
 
1.7
Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Employer.
 
 
3

 

1.8
Break-In-Service   shall mean the failure of a Participant to complete more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service during a twelve (12) consecutive month Plan Year period.
 
1.9
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and amendments thereto.
 
1.10
Committee shall mean the Pension Retirement Committee as established under Article 12 of the Plan (also known as the Pension Committee or the Retirement Committee).
 
1.11
Compensation - An Employee's Compensation for any Plan Year shall be total annual compensation actually paid to the Employee by the Employer for the Plan Year concerned, including any amount of earnings deferred under any other qualified Employer sponsored plan under Code Sections 125, 401(k), 403(b), 408(k) for Plan Years beginning after January 1, 2001, Code Section 132(f), or any other qualified cash or deferred arrangement, but excluding any reimbursements for the use of an automobile, any reimbursements due to travel or moving expenses, travel or entertainment and the taxable value of any Employer paid group term life insurance, or other taxable fringe benefit provided by the Employer.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Compensation shall include all of the following types of elective contributions and all of the following types of deferred compensation:
 
 
(a)
elective contributions that are made by the Employer on behalf of a Participant that are not includible income under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b), and for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, 132(f)(4);
 
 
(b)
Compensation deferred under an eligible deferred compensation plan within the meaning of Code Section 457(b); and
 
 
(c)
Employee contributions (under governmental plans) described in Code Section 414(h)(2) that are picked up by the employing unit and thus are treated as Employer contributions.
 
For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989, and before January 1, 1994, the annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account for determining all benefits provided under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not exceed $200,000.  This limitation shall be adjusted by the Secretary of Treasury at the same time and in the same manner as under Code Section 415(d), except that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year is effective for Plan Years beginning in such calendar year and the first adjustment to the $200,000 limitation is effective on January 1, 1990. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, Compensation in excess of $150,000 (or such other amount provided in the Code) shall be disregarded for all purposes other than for purposes of salary deferral elections.  Such amount shall be adjusted by the Commissioner for increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B).  The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any determination period beginning in such calendar year.  If a determination period consists of fewer than twelve (12) months, the $150,000 annual Compensation limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the determination period, and the denominator of which is twelve (12).
 
If Compensation for any prior determination period is taken into account in determining a Participant's’ allocations for the current Plan Year, the Compensation for such prior
 
 
4

 

determination period is subject to the applicable annual Compensation limit in effect for that prior period.  For this purpose, in determining allocations in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989, the annual Compensation limit in effect for determination periods beginning before that date is $200,000.  In addition, in determining allocations in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual Compensation limit in effect for determination periods beginning before that date is $150,000.
 
For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1985 and prior to January 1, 1997, Compensation shall be subject to the family aggregation rules of Code Section 401(a)(17), and the regulations promulgated thereunder, in effect during these same Plan Years.  Effective January 1, 1997, the family aggregation provision as described in Code Section 401(a)(17)(A) that requires a Plan Participant, the spouse of such Participant, and any lineal descendants who have not attained age 19 before the close of the Plan Year, to be treated as a single Participant for purposes of applying the limitation on Compensation for a Plan Year is hereby deleted and shall no longer apply.
 
For any self-employed individual covered under the Plan, Compensation will mean Earned Income.  "Earned Income" means the net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with respect to which the plan is established, for which personal services of the individual are a material income-producing factor.  Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not included in gross income and the deductions allocable to such items.  Net earnings are reduced by contributions by the Employer to a qualified plan to the extent deductible under Code Section 404.
 
Net Earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction allowed to the taxpayer by Code Section 164(f) for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989.
 
Military Service .  Effective December 12, 1994, for the Participant who resumes Employment after a period of absence due to qualified military service (as defined in Code Section 414(u)), the Plan will impute Compensation in the amount he would have received if he had remained in active Employment, based on his rate of pay in effect when he began his absence and taking into account any promotion he would have received, or if that pay rate cannot be determined with certainty, the Plan will treat him as having Compensation equal to the amount he received during the 12-month period preceding his absence, or during the entire period of his Employment if shorter than 12 months.
 
1.12
Computation Periods :
 
 
(a)
Eligibility Computation Period - For purposes of determining Years of Service and Breaks in Service for purposes of eligibility, the initial Eligibility Computation Period is the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the date the Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer.  The succeeding 12-consecutive month period commences with the first Plan Year which commences prior to the first anniversary of the Employee's initial Eligibility Computation Period regardless of whether the Employee is entitled to be credited with 1,000 Hours of Service during the initial Eligibility Computation Period.  An Employee who is credited with 1,000 Hours of Service in both the initial Eligibility Computation Period and
 
 
5

 

such first Plan Year as referenced above will be credited with two Years of Service for purposes of eligibility to participate.
 
 
(b)
Vesting Computation Period - The 12 consecutive month period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year and ending with the last day of the Plan Year in which an Employee is credited with 1,000 or more Hours of Service.  Thus, if an Employee is not credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service during a Plan Year, he is not given credit for a Year of Vesting Service.
 
 
(c)
Accrual of Benefit Computation Period - The 12 consecutive month period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year and ending with the last day of the Plan Year during which an Employee is credited with at least 1,000 or more Hours of Service.  Thus, if an Employee is not credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service during a Plan Year, he is not given credit for a year of benefit accrual for that Plan Year.
 
1.13
Covered Compensation shall mean the average (without indexing) of the taxable wage bases in effect for each calendar year during the 35 year period ending with the last day of the calendar year in which the Participant attains (or will attain) his Social Security Retirement Age.  The Covered Compensation Table to be used under this Plan is the table rounded to the next lower multiple of $12.00.  As this Covered Compensation Table is updated each year for increases in the Social Security taxable wage base, the updated Table will be deemed a part of this Plan, and will be effective for the Plan Year beginning in such calendar year (See Appendix A for the 2001 35-Year Average Table).  In the event of termination of employment of a Participant, the Covered Compensation Table used in determining such Participant's Accrued Benefit shall be the Table in effect for the Plan Year in which the termination of employment occurs.
 
If the definition of Covered Compensation shall be changed by a subsequent statute or regulation, this Section 1.13 shall be deemed to reflect any such change.
 
1.14
Dates :
 
 
(a)
The original Effective Date of the Plan was January 1, 1993.  The Effective Date of this Amendment and Restatement is January 1, 2001.
 
 
(b)
Anniversary Date is January 1, 2001, and thereafter the Anniversary Date shall be the first day of each Plan Year.
 
 
(c)
Plan Year :  The Plan Year shall begin each January 1 and end the following December 31.
 
 
(d)
Entry Date shall mean the first day of the Plan Year (January 1) and the first day of the seventh month of the Plan Year (July 1).
 
 
(e)
Valuation Date is each January 1.  A Valuation Date is the annual date on which plan assets and liabilities are valued.
 
 
6

 

For purposes of the Top Heavy Test under Article 11, the Valuation Date is the same date as specified hereunder for computing plan costs for minimum funding under Code Section 412.
 
1.15
Eligible Spouse   shall mean one to whom a Participant is married throughout the one year period ending on the earlier of the Participant's Annuity Starting Date or the Participant's date of death, provided that a former spouse will be treated as the Eligible Spouse to the extent provided under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as described in section 414(p) of the Code.
 
1.16
Employee   shall mean any employee of the Employer maintaining the Plan or of any other employer required to be aggregated with such Employer under Code sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o).
 
A Leased Employee will be considered for purposes of testing under Code Section 410(b) unless the requirements of Code Section 414(n)(5) are satisfied.
 
1.17
Employer or Company   shall mean First Bancorp (EIN#56-1421916) or any other organization which has adopted the Plan with the consent of such establishing employer; and any successor of such employer.  The term Employer shall also apply to any subsidiary or affiliated corporations who adopt the Plan and who, at the time such reference applies, are included in the list of Affiliated Employers set forth below.  For the purpose of this Plan, First Bancorp, shall deal exclusively with the Funding Agent and shall be deemed the representative of each Employer, and any action taken by First Bancorp, shall be binding on all Employers.
 

List of Affiliated Employers
 
EIN#
 
Date of Plan Adoption
         
First Bank
 
56-0132230
 
1-1-93
First Bancorp Financial Services
 
56-1597887
 
1-1-93
First Montgomery Financial
       
Services Corporation
 
54-2061020
 
1-1-93
First Bank Insurance Services, Inc.
 
56-1659931
 
1-1-93
First Troy Realty Corporation
 
56-2140094
 
1-1-93

An Employer may be removed from the above list as of the date on which it ceases to be subsidiary to, affiliated with, or allied with First Bancorp, or such Employer loses its status as a legal entity by means of dissolution, merger, consolidation, bankruptcy, or otherwise.  An Employer shall also be removed from the list of Employers upon the termination of the Plan for that Employer.
 
If the adopting Employer is an unrelated entity and has adopted this Plan with the explicit permission of the Employer, the term Employer shall be deemed to apply to each Employer independently.  The requirement that any unrelated entity deal exclusively with the Funding Agent is for administrative convenience only.  In no event shall this Plan be interpreted to be a multi-employer plan as defined in Code Section 413(3).
 
 
7

 

1.18
Fund, Trust, or Trust Fund   shall be synonymous and shall mean the total of the contributions made by the Employer pursuant to the Plan and held by the Trustee in a Trust or any Group Annuity Contract created by the Employer under the Plan, increased by profits or income thereon and decreased by any benefit payments, or any loss or expense incurred in the administration of the Trust or Plan or payments therefrom.
 
1.19
Gender and Number - The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and the singular shall include the plural.
 
1.20
Hour of Service   shall mean each hour for which an Employee is either directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment by the Employer for the performance of duties during the applicable computation period.
 
 
(a)
Crediting Hours - Hours shall be credited to an Employee for the Computation Period or periods in which the duties were performed.  Each hour for which any back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to by the Employer, shall be credited to the Employee for the Computation Period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains (and not the Computation Period in which the award, agreement or payment is made).  Salaried and commissioned Employees employed by the Employer whose compensation is not determined on the basis of hours worked and whose hours are not required to be recorded by any other Federal law shall be credited with forty-five (45) Hours of Service per week during which the Employee is performing services on behalf of the Employer (and actually performs at least one Hour of Service); provided, however, that this alternative method for salaried and commissioned Employees may only be used if it results in crediting an Employee to whom it is applied with at least one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service for the respective computation period.
 
An Hour of Service shall be credited for each hour for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment by the Employer or Affiliated Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties were performed (regardless of whether his employment relationship has been terminated) due to vacations, holidays, illness, incapacity, including disability, layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence.
 
 
(b)
Leave of Absence Without Pay - A Leave of Absence not in excess of one (1) year granted as such by the Employer for reasons of illness, injury, pregnancy, reduction of work force, educational purposes or for periods of military service during which the Participant's re-employment rights are protected by law shall not be considered a termination of employment provided that the Participant shall return to the service of the Employer within ninety (90) days after such Leave of Absence.  If the Participant shall not so return, he shall be deemed to have terminated employment at the time the absence commenced.  No credit for Hours of Service shall be given for Leave of Absence without pay.  An Hour of Service required by Federal law to be credited to an Employee (such as for military duty) shall be credited as an Hour of Service under this Plan.
 
This definition of Hour of Service shall be construed so as to resolve any ambiguities in favor of crediting Employees with Hours of Service.
 
 
8

 

 
(c)
Department of Labor Regulations 2530-200b-2(b) and (c) are herein incorporated by reference.
 
 
(d)
Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Service (as defined in Section 1.8 for participation and vesting purposes), has occurred in a Computation Period, an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall receive credit for the Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for such absence. For this purpose, eight (8) Hours of Service per day of such absence shall be credited, subject to a maximum of 501 Hours of Service for maternity or paternity Leave of Absence.  For purposes of this paragraph, such an absence means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of a birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.  The Hours of Service credited under this paragraph shall be credited (1) in the Computation Period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a Break in Service in that period, or (2) in all other cases, in the following Computation Period.
 
1.21
Insurer - Any insurance company licensed to do business in any state where this Plan is located.
 
1.22
Leased Employee effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, means any person (other than an Employee of the recipient) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under the primary direction or control of recipient.  Contributions or benefits provided to a Leased Employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the recipient employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient employer.  A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the recipient:
 
 
(a)
if such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing:
 
 
(1)
a non-integrated contribution rate of at least 10% of compensation, as defined in Code Section 415 (c)(3), but including amounts which are contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which are not includible in the gross income of the Participant under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b), 457(b) or, for Limitation Years beginning on or after Janaury 1, 2001, Code Section 132(f), and Employee contributions described in Code Section 414(h)(2) that are treated as Employer contributions.
 
 
(2)
immediate participation; and
 
 
(3)
full and immediate vesting; and
 
 
(b)
if Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20% of the recipient's non-highly compensated work force.
 
 
9

 

1.23
Limitation Year   shall mean the 12 month period beginning January 1 and ending the following December 31.  Execution of this Plan (or any amendment to this Plan changing the Limitation Year) constitutes adoption of a written resolution by the Employer electing a Limitation Year pursuant to governmental regulations.
 
1.24
Normal Annuity Form - The Normal Annuity Form for an unmarried Participant shall be a life annuity which provides monthly payments to the Participant, the first payment becoming due on the first day of the month coinciding with or next following such Participant's retirement date, if he is then living, and subsequent payments of an equal amount monthly thereafter during the lifetime of such Participant, terminating with the last payment due preceding the death of such Participant.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, in the absence of any other election with spousal consent, the form of payment for a married Participant who has been married to his spouse for the full twelve month period preceding his annuity starting date (or for less than twelve months provided they remain married for at least one year), shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the Normal Annuity Form payable as a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.
 
1.25
Normal Retirement Age   shall be age sixty-five (65).
 
1.26
Normal Retirement Date   for a Participant shall be the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the Participant's sixty-fifth (65th) birthday.
 
1.27
Participant shall mean any Employee of the Employer who has met the eligibility and participation requirements of the Plan pursuant to Article 2 herein.  The term Participant shall also mean a former Employee who retired or terminated with vested benefits, or such other former Employee whose service cannot be disregarded under the Break in Service rules; provided such former Employee shall participate on his rehire date.  In the event a former Participant, who is eligible for re-entry into the Plan , has received a lump sum distribution of his vested balance, which is less than the present value of his Accrued Benefit, and repays such amount upon re-employment, his Accrued Benefit shall be restored.
 
1.28
Plan   shall mean the First Bancorp Employees’ Pension Plan as embodied in this instrument, any and all supporting documents, and all subsequent amendments and supplements thereto.
 
1.29
Plan Administrator   shall mean the Employer, unless otherwise designated by the Board.
 
1.30
Qualified Joint & Survivor Annuity   shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the Normal Annuity Form, and shall provide an immediate annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Eligible Spouse which is 50% of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Eligible Spouse.  For purposes of Section 4.3(a) regarding the maximum benefit limitations, Joint and Survivor annuities with 50% to 100% continuation to the Eligible Spouse will be considered a "Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity."
 
 
10

 

1.31
Qualifying Year of Service   shall mean an Eligibility Computation Period as defined in Section 1.12(a) during which an Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service and (subject to Section 10.1), shall commence on such Employee's latest employment commencement date.
 
Military Leave .  Effective December 12, 1994, credit toward the Qualifying Year of Service eligibility requirement will be granted for the period during which an Employee is absent from work by reason of his military duty with the Uniformed Services of the United States of America; provided that he retains statutory re-employment rights and resumes Employment within 90 days after his honorable discharge from active military duty, or during any other period prescribed by law.
 
1.32
Service .  The specific categories of Service herein shall include, where applicable, all service required under Code Section 414(a), with the predecessor employer who maintained this Plan.
 
 
(a)
Years of Service
 
 
(1)
Years of Service prior to January 1, 1993 , shall mean all of an Employee's full years and completed months of continuous employment, provided he was employed by the Employer on January 1, 1993.
 
 
(2)
Years of Service on or after January 1, 1993, shall mean all Plan Years during which an Employee completed 1,000 or more Hours of Service with the Employer or any Affiliated Employer, provided that the following special provisions shall apply:
 
With respect to an Employee who shall have a Break in Service after and before he shall have any Vested Interest in his Accrued Benefit under the Plan, all such Years of Service prior to such break shall be disregarded if the number of consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the greater of (a) five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, or (b) the aggregate number of Years of Service earned prior to the Break(s) in Service.
 
 
(b)
Years of Benefit Service shall mean all of a Participant's Years of Service as an Employee, provided, that notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 1.32, if a Participant retires or has a Break-in-Service and shall have received all of his vested Accrued Benefit under the Plan, or the Actuarial Equivalent thereof, and shall subsequently re-enter service, service prior to such retirement or Break-in-Service shall be disregarded for the purpose of determining Years of Benefit Service, subject to the requirements of Article 10 being met (regarding reinstatement of Accrued Benefits).
 
Employees hired as a result of the November 14, 1997 First Union Bank transaction shall receive credit for Years of Benefit Service retroactive to their original hire date with First Union Bank.
 
Years of Benefit Service for any Participant under this Plan are subject to the special provisions found in Section 2.2, if applicable.
 
 
11

 

Military Service .  Effective December 12, 1994, each Participant will receive credit for Years of Benefit Service as if his active employment had continued during the period of his military service with the Uniformed Services of the United States of America; provided that he retains statutory re-employment rights and resumes employment within 90 days after his honorable discharge from military duty, or during any other period prescribed by law.
 
 
(c)
Years of Plan Participation - shall mean all of an Employee's Years of Service while a Participant in this Plan.  If a Participant's Accrued Benefit is determined on the basis of Years of Plan Participation, and if a Participant commences participation in the Plan on a date other than the first day of a Plan Year, then all Hours of Service credited to the Employee during the entire Plan Year, including Hours of Service credited to the Employee for the portion of the Plan Year before the date on which the Employee commences participation, shall be taken into account in determining whether the Employee has 1,000 or more Hours of Service, and therefore one Year of Plan Participation.
 
 
(d)
Years of Vesting Service -  For  purposes of vesting, a "Year of Vesting Service" is as defined in Section 1.32(a) above.  Service of any Employee who is a leased employee to any employer aggregated under Code Section 414 (b), (c) or (m) must be credited for vesting purposes whether or not such individual is eligible to participate in the Plan.  All service (subject to Section 10.2) of an Employee with the Employer must be taken into consideration for purposes of determining such Employee's vesting percentage, excluding the following service:
 
For Service on or after January 1, 1983, a 1-year Break in Service if the Participant was not vested and the number of consecutive 1-year Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the greater of (a) five (5) consecutive 1-year Breaks in Service, or (b) the aggregate number of Years of Service preceding the break.
 
For purposes of the Vesting Percentage, if one Year of Service is required for eligibility, and if
 
 
(i)
an Employee’s Year of Service overlaps two vesting computation periods, and
 
 
(ii)
the Employee completed 1,000 Hours of Service in the twelve (12) consecutive months beginning on his employment (or re-employment) commencement date but fails to complete 1,000 Hours or more of Service in either of the overlapping vesting computation periods, and
 
 
(iii)
the Employee becomes a Participant, then the Employee's Year of Service shall also be considered a Year of Vesting Service at the time the Employee becomes a Participant.
 
 
(3)
Military Service .  Effective December 12, 1994, each Participant will receive credit for Vesting Service as if his active Employment had continued during the period of his military service with the Uniformed Services of the United States of America; provided that he retains statutory re-employment rights and resumes
 
 
12

 

 
Employment within 90 days after his honorable discharge from military duty, or during any other period prescribed by law.
 
Employees hired as a result of the November 17, 2000 First Savings Bank acquisition will receive prior service credit under this Plan for vesting purposes.
 
 
(e)
Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 1.32, the Years of Service of any Employee who terminates employment and is reemployed by the Employer shall be determined in conjunction with Article 10 herein.
 
1.33
Social Security Retirement Age shall mean the age used as the retirement age for the Participant under Section 216(l) of the Social Security Act, but without regard to the age increase factor, and shall mean the age at which the participant is entitled to receive unreduced Social Security Benefits, and as if the early retirement age under Section 216(l)(2) of such Act were age 62.
 
For purposes of determining the applicable excess percentage under Section 4.2 and for determining maximum benefits under Section 4.3, the Social Security Retirement Age for a given year of birth shall be:
 

Year of Birth
 
Social Security Retirement Age
     
1937 or earlier
 
65 years
1938 - 1954     
 
66 years
1955 and after
 
67 years

Should the Social Security Act be amended or should regulations be published to provide for Social Security Retirement Ages other than those shown in the table herein, Social Security Retirement Age shall be construed to have the new definition when effective.
 
1.34
Trustee   shall mean the person, corporation, association, or combination of them, who shall accept the appointment to execute the duties of the Trustee as specifically set forth in any Trust Agreement entered into pursuant to the Plan.
 
1.35
Vested Interest   shall mean a nonforfeitable right to all or a portion of the Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions made to the Plan.
 
 
13

 
 
ARTICLE 2
 
ELIGIBILITY


2.1
Requirements for Participation
 
An Employee who was a Participant in the Plan as it existed on December 31, 2000, or on the adoption date of this Plan if later, shall continue to participate in this Amended and Restated Plan.  An Employee who as of January 1, 2001, or the adoption date of this Plan if later, was not yet a Participant shall become a Participant on January 1, 2001, or any subsequent Plan Entry Date coincident with or next following the later of the completion of a Qualifying Year of Service or the attainment of age twenty-one (21).
 
Notwithstanding the above, the following classes of Employees shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan:
 
 
(a)
Leased Employees, and
 
 
(b)
any Employee of the Employer who is included in a unit of employees covered by an agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and the Employer, if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between such employee representatives and the Employer, and
 
 
(c)
independent contractors, the terms of whose bona fide employment contract does not specifically provide for inclusion in this Plan.
 
2.2
Transferred Participants
 
 
(a)
A Participant who is transferred to any Affiliated Employer which is not an Employer as defined in Section 1.17 or to a class of employees not covered by this Plan shall be considered a Transferred Participant.  The Accrued Benefit of such Transferred Participant shall be determined as of the date of transfer and shall be held under the Plan until such time as the Transferred Participant becomes eligible to receive it.  If such Transferred Participant is not fully vested in his Accrued Benefit as of the date of transfer, such service after the date of transfer shall be used in determining Years of Vesting Service.  In no event, however, shall service with the Affiliated Employer or in a class of employees not covered by this Plan be used to accrue further benefits under this Plan.
 
 
(b)
A Participant whose employment changes to a class of employment which is not covered by this Plan shall be considered a Transferred Participant and shall be treated as described in Section 2.2(a) above.
 
 
(c)
An Employee, previously excluded from the Plan because he was a member of a class of Employees excluded from the Plan, shall enter (or re-enter, as the case may be) the Plan in the Plan Year during which he becomes a member of the class of
 
 
14

 

Employees covered by this Plan.  Any such Employee shall accrue benefits under this Plan only with respect to those Years of Service performed while a member of the covered class of Employees.
 
If an Employee transfers from employment not covered under this Plan, and if such transfer occurs at any time during a Plan Year, all Hours of Service earned during such Plan Year, regardless of whether or not they were worked under excluded employment, shall be considered in determining Years of Benefit Service for such year.
 
 
15

 
 
ARTICLE 3
 
EARLY RETIREMENT


3.1
Early Retirement Benefit - If a Participant terminates employment after his 55th birthday but prior to his Normal Retirement Date, he shall be eligible for   Early Retirement, provided the Participant shall have completed fifteen (15) Years of Vesting Service in the employ of the Employer.  Monthly benefit payments shall start, at the election of the Participant, on the Early Retirement Date (defined below) or Normal Retirement Date or on the first day of any intervening month, and the amount of such benefit shall be determined as follows:
 
 
(a)
If the payment of benefits commences at his Normal Retirement Date, the amount of the benefit shall be the Participant's Accrued Benefit as of his Early Retirement Date.
 
 
(b)
If the payment of benefits commences prior to his Normal Retirement Date, the amount of the benefit shall be the Participant's Accrued Benefit as of his Early Retirement Date, reduced as follows:
 
The Accrued Benefit shall be reduced by one-one hundred eightieth (1/180) for each of the first sixty (60) months, and one-three hundred sixtieth (1/360) for each of the next sixty (60) months, by which payments commence prior to his Normal Retirement Date.
 
 
(c)
After applying the reductions referred to in (b) immediately above, the net Excess Percentage applicable to each year's accrual as referred to in Section 4.2(a)(2) shall be tested to ensure that it does not exceed the applicable maximum Excess Percentage as found in Appendix B .  To the extent necessary, the Excess Percentage only shall be reduced to comply with the table in Appendix B .
 
3.2
The Early Retirement Date of a Participant who ceases to be an Employee shall be the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date such Participant meets the requirements stated in the first paragraph above.
 
3.3
The Accrued Benefit of a Participant shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable on his Early Retirement Date.
 
3.4
A terminated Participant who has met the service requirement for Early Retirement, but who has not met the age requirement, upon satisfaction of the age requirement will be eligible to receive his Accrued Benefit appropriately reduced for early commencement of payments in accordance with Section 3.1 above.
 
 
16

 
 
ARTICLE 4
 
NORMAL RETIREMENT


4.1
At Normal Retirement Age each Participant shall have a 100% vested and nonforfeitable right to his Normal Retirement Benefit.
 
4.2
Amount of Normal Retirement Benefit - The amount of the monthly Normal Retirement Benefit, payable as the Normal Annuity Form, shall be determined as follows:
 
 
(a)
Determination of Normal Retirement Benefit - An amount equal to one-twelfth of the sum of (1) plus (2) below:
 
 
(1)
Seventy-five hundredths of one percent (.75%) of the Participant's "Final Average Compensation," multiplied by his number of Years of Benefit Service, subject to a maximum of forty (40) such years, plus
 
 
(2)
sixty-five hundredths of one percent (.65%) of the Participant's "Final Average Compensation" in excess of the applicable Covered Compensation multiplied by his number of Years of Benefit Service, subject to a maximum of thirty-five (35) such years.  The applicable Covered Compensation table is defined as the current table in effect at the beginning of the Plan Year in which termination of employment occurs, or in which the accrual date falls.  ( Appendix A contains the Covered Compensation table for the 2001 Plan Year.  In the event that the Covered Compensation table shall be revised by subsequent laws or regulations, such table shall be deemed to be in effect for this Plan, regardless of the values found in Appendix A ).
 
 
(a)
Minimum Normal Retirement Benefit - The minimum Normal Retirement Benefit of a Participant shall be $20 per month.
 
 
(b)
The Normal Retirement Benefit shall be equal to the greater of his Early Retirement Benefit or his Normal Retirement Benefit at Normal Retirement Age.
 
 
(c)
Final Average Compensation - A Participant's "Final Average Compensation" is:
 
 
(1)
his average annual Compensation for those five consecutive calendar years during each of which he earned a Year of Benefit Service, within the last ten calendar years in which he earned a Year of Benefit Service including the current calendar year during each of which he worked as an Employee, that produce the highest average, or
 
 
(2)
his average annual Compensation for all calendar years during which he earned a Year of Benefit Service while an Employee if five or less years.
 
 
17

 

However, the Compensation corresponding to a calendar year during which he did not work throughout the entire year shall be used as one of the five consecutive years if the result is a higher average than as determined under (1) and/or (2) above.
 
In no event shall any Participant’s benefit accrual hereunder (or in combination with any contribution or benefit accrual under another qualified plan sponsored by the Employer) exceed the overall permitted disparity limits of Code Section 401(l).  A Participant’s benefit accrual will be adjusted, if necessary under this Plan to comply with Code Section 401(l). Any adjustments to Participants’ benefit accruals hereunder shall be made in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
 
4.3
Maximum Limitations on Benefits :
 
 
(a)
Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation - Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant's benefit under the Plan shall not exceed the maximum amount permitted under Code Section 415.  For purposes of determining the maximum amount permitted, Employee contributions, if any, are treated as if contributed to a separate Defined Contribution Plan.
 
The Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for any Limitation Year may not exceed the lesser of:
 
 
(1)
$90,000, adjusted for each Limitation Year by the Adjustment Factor to take into account any cost-of-living increase provided for that year in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.  Any such increase shall be applicable to former employees as well as to Participants whose termination of employment has not yet occurred,
 
 
or
 
 
(2)
100% of the Participant's average compensation (as defined in Section 4.3(f)(1) for the high three years.  For purposes of this Section, a Participant's high three years shall be the period of consecutive calendar years (3, or all such years if less than 3) during which the Participant was an active Participant.
 
The Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation of this Section 4.3(a) is deemed satisfied if the annual benefit payable to a Participant is not more than $1,000 multiplied by the Participant's number of Years of Service or parts thereof (not to exceed 10) with the Employer, and the Employer has not at any time maintained a Defined Contribution Plan, a welfare plan as defined in section 419(e) of the Code, or an individual medical account as defined in section 415(1)(2) of the Code in which such Participant participated.
 
Such limitation shall apply to benefits commencing at the Participant's Social Security Retirement Age.
 
Actuarial Adjustment for Alternative Forms of Benefits :  Notwithstanding any other Plan provision, a benefit payable in a form other than a straight life annuity must be adjusted to an Actuarial Equivalent straight life annuity before applying the
 
 
18

 

limitations of this Section.  For Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1995, such Actuarially Equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the greater of the annuity benefit computed using the interest rate specified in the Plan for adjusting benefits in the same form or five percent (5%).  For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1994, the Actuarially Equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the greater of  the annuity benefit computed using the interest rate and mortality table defined in Section 1.2 of the Plan and the annuity benefit computed using an interest rate of five percent (5%) and the “applicable mortality table” (the mortality table prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury).  In determining the Actuarially Equivalent straight life annuity for a benefit form other than a nondecreasing annuity payable for a period of not less than the life of the Participant (or, in the case of a Qualified Pre-retirement Survivor Annuity, the life of the surviving Spouse), or decreases during the life of the Participant merely because of (a) the death of the survivor annuitant (but only if the reduction is not below 50% of the annual benefit payable before the death of the survivor annuitant), or (b) the cessation or reduction of Social Security supplements of qualified disability payments (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(11)), "the applicable interest rate," as defined in Section 1.2 of the Plan, will be substituted for "a five percent (5%) interest rate assumption" in the preceding sentence.
 
 
(b)
Defined Benefit Dollar Limitations Adjustments - The Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be reduced for benefit commencement prior to the month of attainment of the Participant's Social Security Retirement Age.  The reduction factor applicable to benefit payments commencing on or after age 62 is:
 
5/9 of one percent per month for each of the first 36 months by which the benefit commences prior to the month in which Social Security Retirement Age is attained.
 
5/12 of one percent per month for each month after the first 36 months mentioned above (up to 24 months) that the benefit commences prior to the month in which Social Security Retirement Age is attained.
 
For Limitation Years commencing after December 31, 1994, the following provisions shall apply.  The Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for benefits commencing prior to age 62 is the Actuarial Equivalent of the limitation for benefits commencing at age 62, as determined above, reduced for each month by which benefits commence before the month in which the Participant attains age 62.  The annual benefit beginning prior to age 62 shall be determined as the lesser of the equivalent annual benefit computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) equivalence for early retirement benefits, and the equivalent annual benefit computed using a five percent (5%) interest rate and the applicable mortality table as defined in Section 1.2(b) of the Plan.  Any decrease in the adjusted Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation determined in accordance with this provision (b) shall not reflect any mortality decrement to the extent that benefits will not be forfeited upon the death of the Participant.
 
The Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be increased for benefit commencement subsequent to the month of attainment of the Social Security Retirement Age.  The equivalent annual benefit beginning after Social Security
 
 
19

 

Retirement Age shall be determined as the lesser of the equivalent annual benefit computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in the Plan for purposes of determining Actuarial Equivalence for delayed retirement benefits, and the equivalent annual benefit computed using a five percent (5%) interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table as defined in Section 1.2 of the Plan.
 
 
(c)
Adjustment of Limitation for Years of Service or  Participation .
 
 
(1)
Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation Adjusted for Participation .  If a Participant has completed less than ten (10) Years of Plan Participation , the Participant's Accrued Benefit shall not exceed the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation as adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant's number of Years (or part thereof) of Plan Participation, and the denominator of which is ten (10).
 
 
(2)
Other Defined Benefit Limitation Adjusted for Service .  If a Participant has completed less than ten (10) Years of Service with the Affiliated Employers, the limitations described in Code Sections 415(b)(1)(B) and 415(b)(4) shall be adjusted by multiplying such amounts by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant's number of Years of Service (or part thereof), and the denominator of which is ten (10).
 
 
(3)
Limitations of Reductions .  In no event shall this Section reduce the limitations provided under Code Sections 415(b)(1) and (4) to an amount less than one-tenth of the applicable limitation (as determined without regard to this Section 4.3(c).
 
 
(4)
Application to Changes in Benefit Structure .  To the extent provided by the Secretary of the Treasury, this Section 4.3(c) shall be applied separately with respect to each change in the benefit structure of the Plan.
 
 
(5)
Years of Service shall include future years occurring before the Participant's Normal Retirement Age.  Such future years shall include the year which contains the date the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age, if the Participant will receive a Year of Service for such year.
 
 
(d)
Preservation of Current Accrued Benefit Under Defined Benefit Plan .
 
 
(1)
In General .  This Section 4.3(d) shall apply to Defined Benefit Plans that were in existence on May 6, 1986, and that met the applicable requirements of Code Section 415 as in effect for all Limitation Years.
 
 
(2)
Protection of Current Accrued Benefit .  If the Current Accrued Benefit of an individual who is a Participant as of the first day of the Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987, exceeds the benefit limitations under Code Section 415(b) (as modified by Sections 4.3(b) and 4.3(c) of this Plan), then, for purposes of Code Section 415(b) and (e), the Defined Benefit Dollar
 
 
20

 

 
Limitation with respect to such individual shall be equal to such Current Accrued Benefit.
 
The following limitations apply, for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2000, where a Participant in this Plan is also a Participant in one or more plans, one of which is a qualified Defined Contribution Plan maintained by the Employer during the Limitation Years:
 
In the event that an individual shall at any time be a Participant in this Plan and/or any other defined benefit plan of the Employer and in one or more Defined Contribution plans of the Employer, the sum of the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction (as defined in Section 4.3(f)(5)) and the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction (as defined in Section 4.3(f)(6)) for any Limitation Year shall not exceed 1.0.  In the event such limit is exceeded, a reduction in the defined benefit plan's Accrued Benefit shall be implemented to comply with the combined limit requirements, to the extent that other permitted adjustments (such as transition adjustments) do not meet such requirements.
 
 
(e)
Special Rules for Plans Subject to Overall Limitations Under Code Section 415(e) .
 
 
(1)
Annual Addition .  For purposes of computing the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction of Code Section 415(e)(1), "Annual Addition" shall mean the amount allocated to a Participant's account during the Limitation Year as a result of:
 
 
(i)
Employer Contributions,
 
 
(ii)
Employee Contributions,
 
 
(iii)
Forfeitures, and
 
 
(iv)
amounts described in Sections 415(l)(2) and 419(e) of the Code.
 
 
(2)
Recomputation Not Required .  The Annual Addition for any Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987 shall not be recomputed to treat all Employee Contributions as an Annual Addition.
 
 
(3)
Adjustment of Defined Contribution Plan Fraction .  If the Plan satisfied the applicable requirements of Section 415 of the Code as in effect for all Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987, an amount shall be subtracted from the numerator of the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction (not exceeding such numerator) so that the sum of the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined Contribution Plan Fraction computed under Code Section 415(e)(1) (as revised by this Section 4.3(e)) does not exceed 1.0 for such Limitation Year.  Such amount to be subtracted shall be an amount equal to the product of (a) and (b) where (a) is the sum of the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction plus the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction as of the Determination Date, minus one, and (b) is the denominator of the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction as of the Determination Date.
 
 
21

 

 
(f)
Special Definitions :
 
 
(1)
Compensation - The Participant's earned income, wages, salaries, fees for professional service and other amounts received for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips and bonuses).  The term "Compensation" shall not include:
 
 
(i)
Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation to the extent the contributions are not included in the gross income of the Employee for the taxable year in which contributed, on behalf of an Employee to a Simplified Employee Pension Plan described in Code Section 408(k) to the extent such contributions are deductible by the Employee under Code Section 219(b)(7), and any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation, regardless of whether such amounts are includible in the gross income of the Employee when distributed.
 
 
(ii)
Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.
 
 
(iii)
Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option.
 
 
(iv)
Other amounts which receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the Employee), or contributions made by an Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) (whether or not the contributions are excludible from the gross income of the  Employee).  The provisions of this subparagraph 4.3(f)(1) shall apply solely to Section 4.3.
 
For purposes of applying the limitations of Section 4.3 amounts included as Compensation are those amounts actually paid to a Participant or includible in his gross income within the Limitation Year.
 
 
(v)
Notwithstanding the above, effective for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1997, the term "Compensation" includes (1) an Employee's elective deferrals under Code Section 402(g)(3), and (2) amounts contributed or deferred under Code Section 125 or Code Section 457 by the Employer at the Employee's election that are not otherwise includible in the Employee's gross income, and for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 2000, Code Section 132(f).
 
 
22

 

 
(2)
Current Accrued Benefit   shall mean the Accrued Benefit of a Participant determined as if the Participant had separated from service as of the last day of the Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1987 computed as a straight life annuity (with no ancillary benefits), taking into account the provisions of the Plan as it existed prior to January 1, 1987; provided, that in computing a Participant's Current Accrued Benefit, no amendments to the Plan adopted after May 5, 1986 which would affect such benefit and no cost-of-living adjustments occurring after May 5, 1986 shall be taken into account.
 
 
(3)
Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation   Effective for the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1994, shall mean the lesser of (i) $30,000, adjusted for cost of living in accordance with Code Section 415(d), in multiples of $5,000 (or rounded to the next lowest multiple of $5,000) or (ii) 25% of the Participant’s Compensation.
 
 
(4)
Defined Benefit Plan - A retirement plan which does not provide for individual accounts for Employer contributions. The Committee shall treat all Defined Contribution plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer as a single plan.
 
 
(5)
Defined Benefit Plan Fraction   shall mean the following fraction:
 
Projected annual benefit of the Participant
  under the Defined Benefit Plan(s)
Divided by the lesser of
 
 
(i)
125% multiplied by the dollar limitation in effect under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) for the Limitation Year,
 
or
 
 
(ii)
140% multiplied by 100% of the Participant's Compensation Limitation under Code Section 415(b)(1) for the Limitation Years (referred to as the "Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation")
 
In the event an Employee was a Participant in one or more Defined Benefit plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence on July 1, 1982, if such Participant's then current accrued benefit (current accrued benefit shall mean a Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the Plan, determined as if the Participant had separated from service as of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning before July 1, 1983) exceeds the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation, the denominator of this fraction shall not be less than 125% of such Participant's current accrued benefit under such plans which the Employee had accrued as of the end of the 1982 Limitation Year (the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1983).  The preceding sentence only applies if the Defined Benefit Plans individually and in the aggregate satisfied the requirements of Code Section 415 as in effect at the end of the 1982 Limitation Year.  The Committee shall treat a Master or Prototype plan adopted and placed in effect by the Employer before October 1, 1983, as a
 
 
23

 

plan in existence on July 1, 1982; provided however, that the Master or Prototype plan had a current opinion letter when adopted by the Employer.
 
In the case of an individual who was a Participant in one or more Defined Benefit Plans of the Employer as of the first day of the first limitation year beginning after December 31, 1986, the application of the limitations of this section shall not cause the maximum amount permitted for such individual under all such Defined Benefit Plans to be less than the individual's current Accrued Benefit.  The preceding sentence applies only if such Defined Benefit Plans met the requirements of Code Section 415, for all limitation years beginning before January 1, 1987.
 
 
(6)
Defined Contribution Plan Fraction   shall mean the following fraction:
 
the sum of the Annual Additions to the Participant's
Account under the Defined Contribution Plan(s)
as of the close of the Limitation Year divided by
the sum of the lesser of the following amounts
determined for the Limitation Year and for each prior
Year of Service with the Employer (regardless as to
whether a Plan was in existence during those years)

 
(i)
125% multiplied by the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation for Defined Contribution Plans in effect under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) for the Limitation Year (determined without regard to the special Dollar Limitations for Employee Stock Ownership plans),
 
or
 
 
(ii)
140% multiplied by 25% of the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year (referred to as the "Defined Contribution Compensation Limitation").
 
Provided, that if the limitations of Code Section 415 as in effect for the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1983 were not exceeded for such Limitation Year, but the limitation of this Section 4.3 would be exceeded for any subsequent year, the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction computed for the Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1983 shall be permanently adjusted in accordance with Section 4.3(e)(3).
 
The Committee shall make the same adjustment as of the end of the 1983 Limitation Year (the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1984) if the sum of the fractions exceeds 1.0 because (i) the Plan is top-heavy in the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, or (ii) the Employer had not amended its plans in existence on July 1, 1982, to comply with the limitations of this Article 4.  The Committee also may use any "transitional rules" provided by law which are applicable in computing the Participant's Defined Contribution Plan Fraction.  The Committee shall treat a Master or Prototype plan adopted and placed in effect by the Employer before October 1,
 

 
24

 

1983, as a plan in existence on July 1, 1982; provided however, that the Master or Prototype plan had a current favorable opinion letter when adopted by the Employer.
 
"Transition Rule" for Defined Contribution Plans: The Plan Administrator may elect to use a different denominator (taking into account all pre-TEFRA years) in computing the Fraction after 1982 with respect to each Participant for all years ending before January 1, 1983.  The Defined Contribution Plan Fraction denominator for the Limitation Year ending in 1982 shall be multiplied by the "Transition Fraction".  (This election will be advantageous to any Participant who earned less than $148,216 for 1981 but detrimental to  those earning  in excess of $148,216 for 1981).
 
This " Transition Fraction " shall be a fraction the numerator of which is the lesser of (a) $51,875 or (b) the product of 1.4 multiplied by 25% of the Participant's Compensation for the Limitation Year ending in 1981; and the denominator of which is the lesser of (a) $41,500 or (b) 25% of the Compensation of the Participant for the Limitation Year ending in 1981.  In the event the limitation of this Section 4.3 would be exceeded for any Limitation Year, the reduction necessary to comply with the limitation shall be made in the Annual Addition for such Limitation Year to the Defined Contribution Plan.
 
 
(7)
Employer - The Employer that adopts this Plan.  In the case of a group of employers which constitutes a " controlled group " of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b) as modified by Code Section 415(h)); which constitutes trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which are under " common control " (as defined in Code Section 414(c) as modified by Code Section 415(h)); or, which constitutes an " affiliated service " group within the meaning of Code Section 414(m), the Committee shall consider all such employers as a single employer for purposes of applying the limitations of this Section 4.3.
 
 
(8)
Limitation Year - The period selected by the Employer under Section 1.23.  All qualified plans of the Employer must use the same Limitation Year.  If the Employer amends the Limitation Year to a different twelve (12) consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year for which the Employer makes the amendment.
 
 
(9)
Projected Annual Benefit   shall mean the annual Normal Retirement Benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity (with no ancillary benefits) to which a Participant would be entitled under the terms of the Plan if the following factors are assumed:
 
 
(i)
the Participant will continue employment with the Employer until he reaches Normal Retirement Age (or until his then current age, if he has previously reached age Normal Retirement Age),
 
 
(ii)
the Participant's Compensation for the Limitation Year will remain the same until the date the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age, and
 
 
25

 

 
(iii)
all other relevant factors used to determine benefits under the Defined Benefit Plan for the Limitation Year will remain constant for all future Limitation Years.
 
 
(10)
Defined Contribution Plan shall mean a retirement plan which provides for individual accounts for Employer or Employee Contributions.  The Committee shall treat all Defined Contribution plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer as a single plan.
 
 
(g)
IRC Section 415 Incorporated by Reference   The preceding Sections 4.3(a) through 4.3(f) are intended to comply with the provisions of Code Section 415 and the regulations thereunder.  To the extent that there is any discrepancy between this Section 4.3 and the Code and regulations, the Code and regulations shall govern and are incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
(h)
Any Participant who is subject to Code Section 401(a)(17) shall have his Accrued Benefit determined in accordance with Reg. 1.401(a)(17)-1(e), with regard to the limit on compensation to be taken into account under the Plan.  The 401(a)(17) limit in effect at the beginning of the calendar year during which the Plan Year begins shall be the limit for that Plan Year.
 
 
26

 
 
ARTICLE 5
 
DELAYED RETIREMENT


5.1
A Participant may retire later than his Normal Retirement  Date.  In such event:
 
 
(a)
A Participant's Delayed Retirement Date shall be the first day of the month coincident with or next following his last day of employment.  The amount of benefit to which the Participant shall be entitled as of the date payments actually commence shall be equal to the greater of:
 
 
(1)
his Accrued Benefit calculated as of his Delayed Retirement Date, considering his Final Average Compensation through his Delayed Retirement Date and his total Years of Benefit Service as of such date, or
 
 
(2)
his Normal Retirement Benefit actuarially increased to his Delayed Retirement Date.
 
The net Excess Percentage applicable to each year's accrual as referred to in Section 4.2(a)(2) shall be tested to ensure that it does not exceed the applicable maximum Excess Percentage as found in Appendix B .  To the extent necessary, the Excess Percentage only shall be reduced to comply with the table in Appendix B .
 
 
(b)
The benefit so determined in 5.1(a) above shall be of the Normal Annuity Form.  The Participant shall have the right, however, to elect any other option pursuant to Article 9 herein.
 
 
(c)
Notwithstanding a Participant's decision to remain in the employ of the Employer beyond his Normal Retirement Date, payment of his retirement benefits shall commence in accordance with Section 9.4(b) (for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1997), or 9.4(c) (for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996).
 
 
(d)
In the event a Participant, who is covered by this Article 5, dies while employed, the provisions of Article 7 shall apply with regard to the availability and calculation of a death benefit, if any.
 
 
27

 
 
ARTICLE 6
 
DISABILITY RETIREMENT


6.1
Eligibility for Disability Retirement Benefits
 
 
(a)
A Participant who is not yet eligible for Early Retirement under Article 3, or Normal Retirement under Article 4, and who ceases to be an Employee due to disability shall be eligible to receive a Disability Retirement Benefit if:
 
 
(1)
a Participant qualifies for any disability benefits sponsored by the Employer under any existing Insured Disability Income Plan, or if no such benefits are provided, then
 
 
(2)
a Participant becomes unable to engage in any substantial gainful occupation by reason of any physical or mental impairment which, on the basis of competent medical opinion to the satisfaction of the Pension Committee, meets the following requirements:
 
 
(i)
The Participant has become totally disabled by bodily injury, disease or mental disorder and is unable to perform any and every duty of any gainful occupation for which he is reasonably fitted by training, education, or experience, and
 
 
(ii)
Such disability has continued for a period of six consecutive months and will be permanent and continuous for the remainder of the Participant's lifetime.
 
 
(3)
For purposes of this Plan, however, no Participant shall be deemed totally and permanently disabled if his disability results from chronic alcoholism, addiction to narcotics, injury incurred while engaging in any illegal or felonious enterprise, intentionally self-inflicted injury, or injury incurred while serving in the armed forces of any country.
 
 
(4)
The Employer may require proof of continued disability from time to time, but not more frequently than once in any six (6) month period.
 
 
(b)
The Disability Retirement Date of a Participant shall be the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date a Participant meets the requirements of Section 6.1(a) above.
 
Provided, however, if a disabled Participant is entitled upon his disability retirement to receive benefits under an insured long-term disability program of the Employer, payment of his disability retirement benefit shall be deferred until the earlier of (i) his Normal Retirement Date or (ii) the date on which such insured disability benefit shall terminate, whereupon, if he is then living, he shall be
 
 
28

 

eligible to receive his disability retirement benefit reduced as provided in Section 6.2(b)(3).
 
6.2
Payment of Disability Benefit
 
 
(a)
Disability Benefit Payments shall be payable  commencing on  any date elected by the Participant, but not before the six month period referred to in Section 6.1(a) has expired, and not later than what would have been such Participant's Normal Retirement Date had he not become disabled.  The Participant's disability benefit shall be payable in accordance with any option elected pursuant to Article 9 herein, provided, however, that any such benefit shall cease upon the first to occur of the following events:
 
 
(1)
the date the Participant is deemed to be no longer permanently and totally disabled,
 
 
(2)
the date the Participant refuses to submit to a medical examination or refuses to furnish due proof of continued disability,
 
 
(3)
the date of the Participant's death, unless the option elected by the Participant pursuant to Article 9 provides for the continuation of payments to a surviving spouse or other beneficiary, or
 
 
(4)
the date the Participant attains his Normal Retirement Age, at which time such Participant shall be deemed to be a retired Participant no longer required to furnish proof of disability.  Any benefit being paid to a disabled Participant who reaches Normal Retirement Age shall continue as if the Participant had elected such benefit at his Normal Retirement Date.
 
 
(b)
The amount of such benefit shall be determined as follows:
 
 
(1)
Once a Participant is determined to be totally and permanently disabled, his Accrued Benefit shall become 100% vested and nonforfeitable.
 
 
(2)
If the payment of benefits commences at Normal Retirement Date, the amount of the benefit shall be the Participant's Accrued Benefit as of his Disability Retirement Date.
 
 
(3)
If the payment of benefits commences prior to Normal Retirement Date, the amount of the benefit shall be the Participant's Accrued Benefit as of his Disability Retirement Date, reduced as follows:
 
The Accrued Benefit shall be reduced by one-one hundred eightieth (1/180) for each of the first sixty (60) months and one-three hundred sixtieth (1/360) for each of the next sixty (60) months by which the starting date of the benefit precedes Normal Retirement Date, and reduced actuarially in accordance with Section 1.2(d) herein for each year thereafter.
 
 
29

 

After applying the reductions referred to immediately above, the net Excess Percentage applicable to each year's accrual as referred to in Section 4.2(a)(2) shall be tested to ensure that it does not exceed the applicable maximum Excess Percentage as found in Appendix B .  To the extent necessary, the Excess Percentage only shall be reduced to comply with the table in Appendix B .
 
6.3
Cash-out of Small Benefits - The provisions of Section 6.2 notwithstanding, if the Actuarially Equivalent lump sum present value of the disability benefit determined (at the time distribution commences) for any disabled Participant shall be $5,000 or less ($3,500 or less for Plan Years beginning on or before August 5, 1997), then such lump sum shall be paid directly to such disabled Participant.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if the lump sum so payable exceeds $3,500 for Plan Years beginning on or before August 5, 1997, the Participant must be offered an immediately payable Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity before the lump sum may be paid.  In addition, the Participant and the Eligible Spouse must consent in writing to payment of any such lump sum in excess of $3,500 for Plan Years beginning on or before August 5, 1997.
 
6.4
Recovery from Disability
 
 
(a)
If, prior to his Normal Retirement Date, a Participant is deemed to be no longer permanently and totally disabled prior to his Normal Retirement Date and returns to the service of the Employer within one month of such determination or recovery, then the Participant shall be deemed not to have incurred a Break in Service.  The number of years and fractions thereof during which he received payments pursuant to this Article shall not be counted in determining his Years of Service for any purposes under the Plan.  Disability payments shall nonetheless cease in accordance with Section 6.2(a).
 
 
(b)
If, prior to his Normal Retirement Date, a Participant is deemed to be no longer permanently and totally disabled and he does not return to the service of the Employer within one month of such determination or recovery, then he shall be deemed to have separated from the service of the Employer as of the date he became permanently and totally disabled.  In this event, the provisions of Section 6.2(a) shall apply, and benefit payments shall cease.
 
 
30

 
 
ARTICLE 7
 
SURVIVOR BENEFITS


7.1
Eligibility for Preretirement Death Benefits
 
 
(a)
In the event a Participant dies (i) before becoming vested in any benefit provided by this Plan or (ii) without a surviving Eligible Spouse, there shall be no death benefit from this Plan.
 
 
(b)
In the event a vested Participant dies before reaching his "Earliest Retirement Age," a death benefit in the form of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall be paid to his surviving Eligible Spouse, unless the conditions of Section 7.4 have been met regarding optional forms of benefit.  In the event there is no surviving Eligible Spouse no benefit shall be paid hereunder.
 
 
(c)
In the event a vested Participant dies after reaching his "Earliest Retirement Age," a death benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor annuity shall be paid to his surviving Eligible Spouse, unless the conditions of Section 7.4 have been met regarding optional forms of benefit.
 
7.2
Determination of Preretirement Death Benefits
 
 
(a)
For a Participant who meets the requirements of Section 7.1(b) above, unless an optional form of benefit is selected within the Election Period pursuant to a Qualified Election, a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall be determined as follows:
 
 
(1)
the Participant will be deemed to have separated from service on the date of death;
 
 
(2)
survived to the Earliest Retirement Age;
 
 
(3)
retired with an immediate Qualified Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity at the Earliest Retirement Age; and
 
 
(4)
died on the day after the Earliest Retirement Age.
 
 
(b)
For a Participant who meets the requirements of Section 7.1(c) above, unless an optional form of benefit is selected within the Election Period pursuant to a Qualified Election, the Participant's surviving Eligible Spouse (if any) will receive the same benefit that would be payable if the Participant had retired with an immediate Qualified Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity on the day prior to his death.
 
 
(c)
Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 7.2(a) and 7.2(b) above, if the Actuarial Equivalent present value (at the time distribution commences) of the
 
 
31

 

survivor's benefit is $5,000 or less ($3,500 or less for Plan Years beginning on or before August 5, 1997), then such lump sum present value shall be paid as soon as practical to the surviving Eligible Spouse.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if the lump sum present value exceeds $3,500 for Plan Years beginning on or before August 5, 1997, however, the Eligible Spouse must be offered an immediately payable survivor annuity and must consent in writing to receive the lump sum.
 
7.3            Post-Retirement Death Benefit
 
Upon the death of the Participant who has retired and elected an optional form of settlement pursuant to Section 9.3, and subject to the Transition Rules of Section 9.4, the following distribution provisions shall take effect:
 
 
(a)
If the Participant dies after distribution of his interest has commenced, the remaining portion of such interest will continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior to the Participant's death.
 
 
(b)
If the Participant dies before distribution of his interest commences, then, subject to Sections 7.1(b) or 7.1(c) as applicable, the Participant's entire interest will be distributed no later than five (5) years after the Participant's death except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in accordance with (1) or (2) below:
 
 
(1)
If any portion of the Participant's interest is payable to a designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made in substantially equal installments over the life or life expectancy of the designated Beneficiary commencing no later than one (1) year after the Participant's death;
 
 
(2)
If the designated Beneficiary is the Participant's surviving Eligible Spouse, the date distributions are required to begin in accordance with (1) above shall not be earlier than the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2, and, if the Eligible Spouse dies before payments begin, subsequent distributions shall be made as if the Eligible Spouse had been the Participant.
 
 
(c)
For purposes of (b) above, payments that are to be made in installments over a specified period of time will be calculated by use of the return multiples specified in Section 1.72-9 of the regulations.  Life expectancy of a surviving Spouse may be recalculated annually; however, in the case of any other designated Beneficiary, such life expectancy will be calculated at the time payment first commences without further recalculation.
 
 
(d)
For purposes of (a), (b) and (c) above, any amount paid to a minor child of the Participant will be treated as if it had been paid to the surviving Eligible Spouse if the amount becomes payable to the surviving Eligible Spouse when the child reaches the age of majority.
 
 
32

 

7.4
Definitions .
 
 
(a)
Election Period (for Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity):   The period which begins on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 and ends on the date of the Participant's death.  If a Participant separates from service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which age 35 is attained, with respect to benefits accrued prior to separation, the Election Period shall begin on the date of separation.
 
Pre-age 35 Waiver :  A Participant who will not yet attain age 35 as of the end of any current Plan Year may make a special Qualified Election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity for the period beginning on the date of such election and ending on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant will attain age 35.  Such election will not be valid unless the Participant receives a written explanation of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity in such terms as are comparable to the explanation required under section 7.5.  Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity coverage will be automatically reinstated as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35.  Any new waiver on or after such date shall be subject to the full requirements of this article.
 
 
(b)
Earliest Retirement Age:   The earliest date on which, under the Plan, the Participant could elect to receive retirement benefits.  For this purpose, if a Participant dies prior to meeting the service requirement, if any, for eligibility for early retirement, then his Earliest Retirement Age shall be his Normal Retirement Age.
 
 
(c)
Qualified Election : A waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.  Any waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall not be effective unless:  (1) the Participant's Eligible Spouse consents in writing to the election; (2) the election designates a specific alternate beneficiary, including any class of beneficiaries or any contingent beneficiaries, which may not be changed without Spousal consent (or the Eligible Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any further Spousal consent; (3) the Spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of the election; and (4) the Spouse's consent is witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public.  Additionally, a Participant's waiver of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity will not be effective unless the election designates a form of benefit payment under Article 9 which may not be changed without Spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any further Spousal consent).  If it is established to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that such written consent may not be obtained because there is no Spouse or the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a qualified election.
 
Any consent by a Spouse obtained under this provision (or establishment that the consent of a Spouse cannot be obtained) shall be effective only with respect to such Spouse.  A consent that permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of further consent by such Spouse must acknowledge that the Spouse
 
 
33

 

has the right to limit consent to a specific beneficiary, and a specific form of benefit where applicable, and that the Spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such rights.  A revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a Participant without the consent of the Spouse at any time prior to the commencement of benefits.  The number of revocations shall not be limited.  No consent obtained under this provision shall be valid unless the Participant has received notice as provided in Section 7.5 below.
 
The terms of any annuity contract purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Participant or Spouse shall comply with the provisions of this Plan.
 
7.5
Notice Requirements .
 
 
(a)
In the case of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity as described in Section 1.30, the Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the commencement of benefits, a written explanation of:
 
 
(1)
the terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity;
 
 
(2)
the Participant's right to make and the effect of an election to waive a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit;
 
 
(3)
the rights of a Participant's Eligible Spouse;
 
 
(4)
the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; and
 
 
(5)
the relative values of the various optional forms of benefit under the Plan.
 
The Annuity Starting Date for a distribution in a form other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity may be less than 30 days after receipt of the written explanation described in the preceding paragraph provided:  (a) the Participant has been provided with information that clearly indicates that the Participant has at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect (with spousal consent) to a form of distribution other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor annuity; (b) the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the Annuity Starting Date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant; and (c) the Annuity Starting Date is a date after the date that the written explanation was provided to the Participant.  The normal form annuity cannot be waived after the commencement of benefits.
 
 
(b)
In the case of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity as described in Section 7.2 of this Article, the Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant within the "applicable period" for such Participant, a written explanation of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity in such terms and in such manner as would be
 
 
34

 

comparable to the explanation under Section 7.5(a) applicable to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.
 
The "applicable period" for a Participant is whichever of the following periods ends last:  (i) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35; (ii) a reasonable period ending after the individual becomes a Participant; (iii) a reasonable period ending after Section 7.5(c) ceases to apply to the Participant; (iv) a reasonable period ending after this Article first applies to the Participant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice must be provided within a reasonable period ending after separation of service in case of a Participant who separates from service before attaining age 35.
 
For purposes of the preceding paragraph, a reasonable period ending after the enumerated events described in (ii), (iii) and (iv) is the end of the two-year period beginning one year prior to the date the applicable event occurs and ending one year after that date.  In the case of a Participant who separates from service before the Plan Year in which age 35 is attained, notice shall be provided within the two-year period beginning one year prior to separation and ending one year after separation.  If such a Participant thereafter returns to employment with the employer, the applicable period for such Participant shall be redetermined.
 
 
(c)
Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Section 7.5, the respective notices prescribed by this Section need not be given to a Participant if this Plan "fully subsidizes" the costs of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and if the Participant is not permitted to waive either form of benefit described above or select a nonspouse beneficiary.  For purposes of this Section 7.5(c), a Plan fully subsidizes the costs of a benefit if under the Plan the failure to waive such benefit by a Participant would not result in a decrease in any plan benefits with respect to such Participant and would not result in increased contributions from the Participant.
 
7.6
Transitional Rules (Terminated Vested Participants)
 
 
(a)
Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who would otherwise not receive the benefits prescribed by the previous Sections of this Article 7, must be given the opportunity to elect to have the prior Sections of this Article apply if such Participant is credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a Predecessor Plan in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and such Participant had at least 10 Years of Service when he separated from service.
 
 
(b)
Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who was credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a Predecessor Plan on or after September 2, 1974, and who is not otherwise credited with any service in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to have his benefits paid in accordance with Section 7.6(d) of this Article.
 
 
35

 

 
(c)
The respective opportunities to elect (as described in Sections 7.6(a) and 7.6(b) above) must be afforded to the appropriate Participants during the period commencing on August 23, 1984, and ending on the date benefits would otherwise commence to said Participants.
 
 
(d)
Any Participant who has elected pursuant to Section 7.6(b) of this Article and any Participant who does not elect under Section 7.6(a) or who meets the requirements of Section 7.6(a) except that such Participant does not have at least 10 Years of Service when he separates from service, shall have his benefits distributed in accordance with all of the following requirements if benefits would have been payable in the form of a life annuity:
 
 
(1)
Automatic Joint and Survivor Annuity - If benefits in the form of a life annuity become payable to a married Participant who:
 
 
(i)
begins to receive payments under the Plan on or after Normal Retirement Age; or
 
 
(ii)
dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while still working for the Employer; or
 
 
(iii)
begins to receive payments on or after the Qualified Early Retirement Age; or
 
 
(iv)
separates from service on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age (or the Qualified Early Retirement Age) and after satisfying the eligibility requirements for the payment of benefits under the Plan and thereafter dies before beginning to receive such benefits;
 
then such benefits will be received under this Plan in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, unless the Participant has elected otherwise during the Election Period.  The Election Period must begin at least 6 months before the Participant attains Qualified Early Retirement Age and end not more than 90 days before the commencement of benefits.  Any election hereunder will be in writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time.
 
 
(2)
Election of Early Survivor Annuity - a Participant who is employed after attaining the Qualified Early Retirement Age will be given the opportunity to elect, during the Election Period to have a survivor annuity payable on death.  If the Participant elects the survivor annuity, payments under such annuity must not be less than the payments which would have been made to the spouse under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity if the Participant had retired on the day before his death.  Any election under this provision will be in writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time.  The Election Period begins on the later of:
 
 
(i)
the 90th day before the Participant attains the Qualified Early Retirement Age, or
 
 
36

 

 
(ii)
the date on which participation begins, and ends on the date the Participant terminates employment.
 
 
(3)
For purposes of this Section 7.6(d):
 
 
(i)
Qualified Early Retirement Age is the latest of:
 
 
(a)
the earliest date, under the Plan, on which the Participant may elect to receive retirement benefits,
 
 
(b)
the first day of the 120th month beginning before the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age, or
 
 
(c)
the date on which the Participant begins Participation.
 
 
(ii)
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is as defined in Section 1.30.
 
7.7
Beneficiary - A Participant or former Participant electing an optional form of benefit which may become payable after his death in a lump sum, or for a period determined without reference to the duration of any person's life, may designate in writing one or more direct or contingent beneficiaries on forms supplied by the Committee.  However, in order for a married Participant to name a beneficiary other than his Eligible Spouse, he must comply with Section 7.4(c).  A Participant or former Participant may change his designation at any time in the same manner.  Any portion of a Participant's or former Participant's death benefit which is not disposed of under a designation of beneficiary for any reason whatsoever shall be paid in the following order:
 
 
(a)
to his Spouse, if living, otherwise
 
 
(b)
his natural or adopted children and survivors thereof, in equal shares per stirpes, otherwise
 
 
(c)
his parents and survivor thereof, in equal shares, or
 
 
(d)
his executors or administrators.
 
The benefit shall be paid to the first named person or class of persons surviving the Participant, in the order listed above, to the exclusion of all subsequently named persons or classes.  "Beneficiary" means the person, or persons, designated by the Participant, or former Participant, or by the terms of this Section, to receive death benefits, but the provisions of this Section shall in no event apply to any amounts payable to a contingent pensioner, or other person entitled to payments for life after the death of the Participant, or former Participant, under any optional form of pension payment.
 
7.8
Notwithstanding any provision of this Article 7 to the contrary, any death benefit provided herein shall be an "incidental" benefit within the meaning of Reg. 1.401-1(b) and any amendments thereto.  For the purpose of complying with this Section, a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall always be an incidental benefit.
 
 
37

 
 
ARTICLE 8
 
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT - VESTING


8.1
Nonforfeitable Rights - Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article, a Participant's Accrued Benefit shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable upon such Participant's attaining Normal Retirement Age or, if earlier, upon his becoming totally and permanently disabled pursuant to Article 6 herein.
 
8.2
Terminated Participant - Vesting  Schedule - In the event a Participant terminates his employment for any reason other than for disability or retirement, he shall be considered a terminated Participant.  Such terminated Participant shall have a vested right to a portion of his Accrued Benefit funded by the Employer based on his Years of Vesting Service at his date of termination.  The amount of his Vested Accrued Benefit shall be a percentage of his Accrued Benefit accrued at date of termination of employment as determined by the following schedule:
 
Years of Vesting Service
 
Vesting Percentage
Less than 5 years
 
0%
5 years or more
 
100%
 
8.3
The facts concerning the termination of a Participant's employment shall be transmitted to the Committee of the Plan by written statement from the Employer, and the Committee may accept such statement as true.  The Committee shall not incur any liability by reason of any action taken or omitted on the strength of such statement.
 
8.4
Normal Method and Time of Payment - Vested Benefit - No payment or distribution of a vested benefit shall occur until the Participant terminates employment.  If a termination of employment does occur, then his vested Accrued Benefit shall be deferred with the first payment to commence on:
 
 
(a)
his Normal Retirement Date, or
 
 
(b)
if the terminated Employee had met the Years of Service requirement for Early Retirement under the Plan, then at his election payments of the annuity may commence once he meets the age requirement for Early Retirement, subject to the early retirement reduction factors as provided in Section 3.1(b).
 
However, a lump sum cash payment of the Actuarial Equivalent of his vested Accrued Benefit may be made to a terminated Participant as soon as possible after the first day of the Plan Year following a Break in Service of the Participant if the Actuarial Equivalent  (determined at the time distribution commences) of the Participant's vested Accrued Benefit is $5,000 or less ($3,500 or less for Plan Years beginning on or before August 5, 1997).
 
 
38

 

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, for Plan Years beginning on or before August 5, 1997, the written consent of a terminated Participant and his Eligible Spouse, if any, is necessary before a lump sum distribution of more than $3,500 can be made.  In addition, if the lump sum value   exceeds $3,500 for Plan Years beginning on or before August 5, 1997, the Participant must be offered an immediately payable Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity before the lump sum may be paid.
 
Deemed Cash-out   A Participant who has terminated his employment with the Employer and who has no Vested Interest in his Accrued Benefit shall be deemed to have received a distribution of the full value of his Accrued Benefit coincident with the date he separated from service with the Employer.
 
A partial or total cash-out may not be made, after the Annuity Starting Date, where the Actuarial Equivalent of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity either does or does not exceed $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years beginning on or before August 5, 1997), unless (i) the annuity form of payment has been waived in accordance with Article 9, (ii)   the cash-out is consented to in writing by the Participant and the Participant's Eligible Spouse, if any, or (iii) where the Participant is deceased, the surviving Eligible Spouse consents in writing.
 
8.5
Restoration of Accrued Benefits - If a Participant receives a distribution pursuant to this Section and the Participant resumes covered employment under the plan, he shall have the right to restore his Employer-provided Accrued Benefit (including all optional forms of benefits and subsidies relating to such benefits) to the extent forfeited upon the repayment to the Plan of the full amount of the distribution plus interest, compounded annually from the date of distribution at the rate determined for purposes of Code section 411(c)(2)(C).  Such repayment must be made before the earlier of five years after the first date on which the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer, or the date the Participant incurs 5 consecutive 1-year Breaks in Service following the date of distribution.
 
If a Participant is deemed to receive a distribution pursuant to Section 8.4, and the Participant resumes employment covered under this Plan before the date the Participant incurs 5 consecutive breaks in service, upon the re-employment of such Participant, the Employer-provided Accrued Benefit will be restored to the amount of such Accrued Benefit on the date of the deemed distribution.
 
8.6
No Divestment for Cause - Under no circumstances shall a Participant be divested of any benefits for cause.
 
 
39

 
 
ARTICLE 9
 
PAYMENT OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS

9.1
At a Participant's Disability, Early, Normal or Delayed Retirement Date, benefits shall be provided him   in accordance with this Plan.  Such benefits shall be provided from the Plan assets.  Any annuity contract distributed to a retiring Participant from the Plan shall contain the word "nontransferable."
 
Subject to Section 9.4 herein, there shall be no payment of benefits to any retiring or terminating Participant until such Participant actually ceases to be an active Employee of the Employer.
 
9.2
The retirement benefit, with respect to a Participant who has been married throughout the one year period ending on his Annuity Starting Date, shall be payable under the form of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity with 50% continuation as described in Section 1.30, subject to the following:
 
 
(a)
Such retirement benefit shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the "Normal Annuity Form" of retirement benefit.
 
 
(b)
The Participant's Eligible Spouse shall be designated as the contingent annuitant.
 
 
(c)
In lieu of this form of payment, a Participant (and his Eligible Spouse) may, prior to his actual retirement date, elect in writing (after having received a written explanation of the terms and conditions of the survivor annuity described in Section 7.5 of this Plan   and the effect of an election under this subsection) to have his retirement benefit payable under any one of the other forms of retirement benefits or annuity options provided under the Plan.  In order to elect out of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, the Participant and his Eligible Spouse must consent to the election. The normal form annuity cannot be waived after the commencement of benefits.
 
The election period for this section (c) is the 90-day period ending on the Participant's Annuity Starting Date. The Annuity Starting Date for a distribution in a form other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity may be less than 30 days after receipt of the written explanation described in Section 7.5, provided:  (a) the Participant has been provided with information that clearly indicates that the Participant has at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect (with spousal consent) to a form of distribution other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor annuity; (b) the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the Annuity Starting Date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant; and (c) the Annuity Starting Date is a date after the date that the written explanation was provided to the Participant. The waiver must contain a beneficiary designation and/or form of payment.  The
 
 
40

 

waiver must also provide that the Eligible Spouse must consent, in writing, to any subsequent change in beneficiary or form of payment.  The Participant may revoke this waiver any time during the 90-day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date.   The Eligible Spouse's consent must be in writing and witnessed by a Plan representative or Notary Public, and the Eligible Spouse's consent must acknowledge the effect of the election.
 
A single Participant shall receive his benefit in the form of a life annuity, unless he otherwise elects one of the optional forms of benefit payment provided in Section 9.3.
 
9.3
Optional Forms of Benefit Payment -  Subject to Section 9.2 above and the limitations set forth in paragraph (e) below, a retiring Participant may elect to receive his retirement benefits under any one of the following forms:
 
 
(a)
A life annuity, with no more payments after death of the Participant.
 
 
(b)
A life annuity providing for 120, 180 or 240 minimum guaranteed monthly payments.
 
 
(c)
Any Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity (as defined in Section 1.30) of either 50%, 75% or 100%.
 
 
(d)
A lump sum payment of the Actuarial Equivalent of a Participant's retirement benefit provided such lump sum (determined at the time distribution commences) does not exceed $5,000.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, for Plan Years beginning on or before August 5, 1997, any lump sum Actuarial Equivalent in excess of $3,500 shall not be distributed without the written consent of the Participant and the Participant's Eligible Spouse.
 
Each optional form of payment shall be Actuarial Equivalent of the "Normal Annuity Form" of payment of retirement benefits.
 
An election of an optional form of payment under this Section 9.3 may be revoked by the Participant at any time prior to the commencement of payments by making another election with appropriate spousal consent.  Once payments have begun under an optional form of payment, however, such election shall become irrevocable, except as provided in Section 9.5 herein.
 
 
(e)
Limitation on Settlement Options :
 
 
(1)
The provisions of this Plan shall be subject to the limitation that no Participant shall, prior to his retirement, elect an interest only option.  Distributions, if not made in a lump sum, may only be made over one of the following periods (or a combination thereof):
 
 
(i)
the life of the Participant,
 
 
(ii)
the life of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary,
 
 
41

 

 
(iii)
a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant, or
 
 
(iv)
a period certain not extending beyond the joint and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary.
 
 
(2)
A Participant may not elect an optional form of benefit which provides monthly benefits to his Eligible Spouse, or to a Beneficiary, unless the actuarial value of the payments expected to be made to the Participant at the time the payment is to commence is more than 50% of the actuarial value of the total payments expected to be made under such optional form.  In no event, however, can the amount of each monthly payment to a contingent annuitant or Beneficiary exceed that payable to the Participant.
 
 
(3)
Distributions from the Plan will be made in accordance with the requirements of the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9) including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements of Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed regulation.
 
9.4
Time of Payment of Benefits
 
 
(a)
Unless a Participant elects otherwise, payment of benefits must begin no later than 60 days after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the following events occurs:
 
 
(1)
the Participant's attainment of age 65 or earlier Normal Retirement Age specified under the Plan,
 
 
(2)
the termination of the Participant's service with the Employer.
 
Notwithstanding the above, the failure of a Participant and Spouse to consent to a distribution while a benefit is immediately distributable, within the meaning of the Plan, shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section.  Consent of the participant (and where applicable, such Participant's Spouse) shall be required for any distribution which occurs prior to the later of age 62 or the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age.
 
 
(b)
Age 70½ Distributions (prior to January 1, 1997) : Section 9.4(a)(2) notwithstanding, payment of the Accrued Benefit of a Participant must commence no later than the first day of April following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½.
 
 
(c)
Age 70½ Distributions (effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996 ), subject to the provisions of Section 9.2.
 
At the election of the Participant payment of the Participant's Accrued Benefit may commence on the later of April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½ or retires, except that benefit
 
 
42

 

distributions to a 5-percent owner must commence by the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70½.
 
Any Participant, except 5-percent owners, attaining age 70½ in years prior to 1997 may elect to stop distributions and recommence by the April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Participant retires.  There is no new Annuity Starting Date upon recommencement.
 
A Participant is treated as a 5-percent owner for purposes of this section if such Participant is a 5-percent owner as defined in section 416(i) of the Code (determined in accordance with section 416 but without regard to whether the plan is top-heavy) at any time during the Plan Year.
 
Once distributions have begun to a 5-percent owner under this section, they must continue to be distributed, even if the Participant ceases to be a 5-percent owner in a subsequent year.
 
Compliance with Code Section 401(a)(9) .  The intent of this Section is that the beginning dates and payment periods of benefits payable to each Participant and beneficiary will be within the limitations permitted under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  If there is any discrepancy between this Section and Code Section 401(a)(9), that Code Section will prevail.  Further, if there is any discrepancy between this Section and any other provision of the Plan, this Section will prevail.  It is the intent of this Plan to comply with the requirements of the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9) including the minimum distribution incidental benefits rule.
 
9.5
Suspension of Benefits - If a Participant who is currently receiving monthly retirement payments returns to work for the Employer, and works for   two hundred and fifty (250) or more Hours of Service during a calendar quarter, then any such monthly retirement payments shall be suspended.  The period of suspension shall continue until such Participant again terminates his employment.  At that time, benefit payments shall resume and shall be in the amount originally computed, unless the Participant's employment was sufficient to give him additional Years of Benefit Service.  If the Participant shall earn additional Years of Benefit Service, then his benefit shall be recomputed as of his subsequent termination date, taking into account all of his Years of Benefit Service, but shall be adjusted actuarially to reflect any benefits previously received.
 
Furthermore, in no event shall such recomputation of the Participant's Accrued Benefit cause him to receive less in the way of monthly payments than what he was receiving immediately prior to the time his retirement payments were suspended.
 
9.6
Missing Persons - The administrator shall direct the Trustee to make a reasonable effort to locate all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan; however, notwithstanding any provisions in the Plan to the contrary, if, after a period of five (5) years from the date such benefit shall be due, any such persons entitled to benefits have not been located, their rights under the Plan shall become suspended.  Before  this provision becomes operative, the Trustee shall send a certified letter to all such persons at their last known addresses
 
 
43

 
 
 
advising them that their interest or benefits under the Plan shall be suspended.  Any such suspended amounts shall be held by the Trustee for a period of three (3) additional years (or a total of eight (8) years from the time the benefits first become payable), provided, however, that if a person subsequently makes a valid claim with respect to such suspended benefits, his right to benefits shall be reinstated.  Any such suspended amounts shall be handled in a manner not inconsistent with regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service and Department of Labor.
 
 
44

 
 
ARTICLE 10
 
RE-EMPLOYMENT / RESTORATION OF SERVICE AND ACCRUED BENEFITS
 
 
10.1
Eligibility for Participation :
 
 
(a)
No "Break-in-Service" has occurred
 
 
(1)
If a terminated Participant resumes employment before a Break-in-Service, he shall re-enter the Plan on his re-employment date, regardless of whether he had a vested benefit or not.
 
 
(2)
If an Employee terminates employment during his initial Eligibility Computation Period and returns to work after the first date on which he would otherwise have become a Participant in the Plan, but prior to incurring a Break-in-Service, such Employee shall become a Participant on his date of re-employment, provided that he had completed 1,000 or more Hours of Service prior to his termination of employment.  If such Employee shall not have completed 1,000 or more Hours of Service prior to his termination of employment, his Eligibility Computation Period shall shift to the Plan Year which overlaps his initial employment year for purposes of measuring Hours of Service for eligibility to participate.
 
 
(b)
"Break-in-Service" has occurred
 
 
(1)
General Rule (Vested or Non-Vested Participant) - All Years of Service preceding a Break in Service shall be taken into account in computing an Employee's Qualifying Years of Service.  However, he will be required to complete one Year of Service, computed from date of re - employment, before combining post-break and pre-break service.  Upon the completion of a Year of Service measured from his date of re-employment, he will participate retroactively as of his date of re-employment.
 
 
(2)
Exception to the General Rule - In the case of an Employee who does not have a Vested Interest in his Accrued Benefit, Years of Service preceding a Break in Service shall not be taken into account in computing an Employee's eligibility to participate in the Plan if the number of consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the greater of (a) five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, or (b) the aggregate number of Years of Service earned before the consecutive Breaks in Service.  Furthermore, the "aggregate number of Years of Service preceding the Break in Service" shall not include Years of Service which were not required to be taken into account under this Section by reason of any prior Break in Service.
 
 
45

 
 
10.2
Vesting upon Re-Employment
 
 
(a)
Vesting on Re-Employment Before a Break in Service - There is no effect on vesting if a Participant returns to work before a Break in Service occurs.
 
 
(b)
Vesting on Re-Employment after a Break in Service
 
 
(1)
General Rule (Vested or Non-Vested Participant) - Years of Service preceding a Break-in-Service shall be taken into account in computing an Employee's Years of Vesting Service.  However, the Employee will be required to complete one Year of Service before combining post-break and pre-break service.
 
Upon the completion of one Year of Service, the Employee will be given retroactive credit and shall be   considered to have entered the Plan for purposes of benefit accrual and vesting as of the date of his re-employment.
 
 
(2)
Exception to the General Rule - In the case of an Employee who does not have a Vested Interest in his Accrued Benefit, Years of Service preceding a Break-in-Service shall not be taken into account in computing an Employee's vested benefits in the Plan if the number of consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the greater of (a) five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, or (b) the aggregate number of Years of Service earned before the consecutive Breaks in Service.  Furthermore, the aggregate number of Years of Service preceding the Break-in-Service shall not include Years of Service which were not required to be taken into account under this Section by reason of any prior Break-in-Service.
 
10.3
Loss of Accrued Benefits if Employee has Received a Distribution
 
 
(a)
Involuntary Cash-Outs - For purposes of determining an Employee's Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions under a Plan, the Plan may disregard service performed by the Employee with respect to which:
 
 
(1)
The Employee received a distribution of the present value of his entire nonforfeitable benefit,
 
 
(2)
The portion of such distribution which is attributable to the present value of the Employer-derived Accrued Benefit is not in excess of $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years beginning before August 5, 1997).
 
 
(3)
The distribution is made due to the termination of the Employee's participation in the Plan.
 
A distribution shall be deemed to be made due to the termination of an Employee's participation in the Plan only if it is made by the end of the second (2nd) Plan Year following his termination of employment.
 
 
46

 

 
(b)
Voluntary Cash-Outs - For purposes of determining an Employee's Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions under the Plan, the Plan may disregard service performed by the Employee with respect to which:
 
 
(1)
The Employee receives a distribution of the present value of his entire nonforfeitable benefit attributable to such service,
 
 
(2)
The Employee voluntarily elects to receive such distribution and   the Participant's Spouse consents to such election, in accordance with Section 9.2, and
 
 
(3)
The distribution is made on termination of the Employee's participation in the Plan.
 
A distribution shall be deemed to be made on termination of participation only if it is made by the end of the second (2nd) Plan Year following the date of his termination of employment.
 
10.4
Plan Repayment Provisions - If a Participant elects to have his Accrued Benefit, including all optional forms of benefits and subsidies relating to such benefits, restored based on service prior to a cash-out, he must repay the amount of the distribution, plus interest, to the Fund, before the earlier of (a) five (5) years after the first date on which the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer, or (b) the date the Participant incurs five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service following the date of distribution.  In order for repayment to be permitted, the following conditions must be met:
 
 
(a)
The Participant must not have been 100% vested when he terminated and received a cash-out payment;
 
 
(b)
The Participant must resume employment such that he will earn at least 1,000 Hours of Service during any Plan Year;
 
 
(c)
The Participant must repay the amount of the cash-out payment with interest:
 
 
(1)
Interest is charged at the rate of 5% per year up to the Plan Year which begins in 1988;
 
 
(2)
On and after the Plan Year beginning in 1988, interest is charged and compounded annually at the rate determined for purposes of Code Section 411(c)(2)(C).
 
 
(d)
The cash-out payment with interest must be repaid by the end of what would have been the fifth "Break in Service" year, had the Participant not been rehired, or if later, the fifth anniversary of his date of rehire.
 
If any one of the above conditions is not met, the Participant's Accrued Benefit will not be restored, and any further Accrued Benefit will reflect only those Years of Benefit Service earned after the Participant's re-employment date.
 
 
47

 

The preceding paragraph notwithstanding, however, Years of Vesting Service will be granted for all prior years of employment (to the extent not previously excluded) whether or not a Participant elects to restore his Accrued Benefit.
 
10.5
Distribution - For purposes of this Article 10, a distribution shall be made in a lump sum.
 
 
48

 

ARTICLE 11
 
TOP HEAVY RULES
 
 
11.1
General Rule .  Notwithstanding  any provision herein to the contrary, for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, in which this Plan is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan, the provisions of this Article 11 shall supersede any conflicting provision in the Plan.
 
11.2
Definitions .  For purposes of applying the provisions of this Article 11, and any other provisions of this Plan, the following definitions shall apply:
 
 
(a)
" Compensation " shall have the same meaning as is set forth under Section 1.11 of the Plan and shall be limited under Code Section 401(a)(17).
 
 
(b)
" Determination Date " for any Plan Year is the last day of the preceding Plan Year or, in the case of the first Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of that Plan Year.  The present value of an Accrued Benefit as of the Determination Date is determined as of the most recent valuation date which is within the 12 month period ending on the Determination Date.  The assumptions used to determine the present value are those as found in Section 1.2.
 
 
(c)
Key Employee :  Any Employee or former Employee (and the Beneficiaries of such Employee) who at any time during any Plan Year contained in the determination period was:
 
 
(1)
an officer of the Employer whose annual Plan Year earnings exceed 50% of the annual benefit limit for defined benefit plans, as indexed, pursuant to Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) for the calendar year in which such Plan Year ends,
 
 
(2)
one of the ten employees having annual compensation from the Employer for a Plan Year greater than the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code for the calendar year in which such Plan Year ends and owning (or considered as owning within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code) both more than 1/2 percent interest and the largest interests in the Employer,
 
 
(3)
a five percent Owner of the Employer, or
 
 
(4)
a one percent Owner of the Employer who has an annual Plan Year compensation of more than $150,000.
 
The determination period is the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and the four preceding Plan Years.  The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made by the Employer in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
 
 
49

 

 
(d)
Non-Key Employee   is an employee who does not meet the definition of Key Employee.
 
 
(e)
Permissive Aggregation Group   is the Required Aggregation Group, plus any other qualified plan or plans maintained by the Employer, but only if such plans as a group would satisfy in the aggregate the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) and Code Section 410.  The Employer shall determine which plans to take into account in determining the Permissive Aggregation Group.
 
 
(f)
Required Aggregation Group  means :
 
 
(1)
Each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one (1) Key Employee participates; and
 
 
(2)
Any other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in (1) above to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or Code Section 410.
 
11.3
Determination of "Top-Heavy" Status.
 
 
(a)
If this Plan is the only qualified plan maintained by the Employer, the Plan is "top-heavy" for a Plan Year if the top-heavy ratio as of the Determination Date exceeds sixty percent (60%).
 
The "top-heavy ratio" is a fraction (not to exceed 100%), the numerator of which is the sum of the "present value of the cumulative Accrued Benefits" of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date, plus any distributions made within the five (5) year period immediately preceding the Determination Date, and the denominator of which is a similar sum determined for all Employees.  The term "present value of Accrued Benefits" shall mean account balances where such term relates to Defined Contribution Plans.
 
The top-heavy ratio shall be calculated without regard to the account balances attributable to deductible voluntary Employee contributions, and without regard to any Non-Key Employee who was formerly a Key Employee.  The top-heavy ratio shall take into account distributions, rollovers and transfers, in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations under that Code section.
 
For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1984, the present value of Accrued Benefits of a Participant who has not performed any service with the employer maintaining the plan during the five (5) year period ending on the determination date will be disregarded.
 
 
(b)
If the Employer maintains other qualified plans (including a Simplified Employee Pension plan) this Plan is top-heavy only if it is part of the Required Aggregation Group , and the top-heavy ratio for the Required Aggregation Group exceeds sixty percent (60%).  If such Required Aggregation Group is top-heavy, but an applicable Permissive Aggregation Group results in a ratio of 60% or less, this Plan shall not be top-heavy for such Plan Years upon such application, provided
 
 
50

 

this Plan is a part of the Permissive Aggregation Group.  The top-heavy ratio shall be calculated in the same manner as required by the first paragraph of this Section 11.3, taking into account all plans within the Required Aggregation Group.  The Employer shall determine the account balances and any other amounts the Employer must take into account under Defined Contribution plans or Simplified Employee Pension plans included within the group in accordance with the terms of those plans, Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder.  The top-heavy ratio shall be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.  The Required Aggregation Group shall include any plans of the Employer which were terminated within the five-year period ending on the Determination Date.
 
 
(c)
Solely for the purpose of determining if this Plan, or any other plan included in a Required or Permissive Aggregation Group of which this Plan is a part, is Top-Heavy (within the meaning of Section 416(g) of the Code) the Accrued Benefit of an Employee other than a Key Employee (within the meaning of Section 416(i)(1) of the Code) shall be determined under (a) the method, if any, which is used for accrual purposes under all plans maintained by the Affiliated Employers, or (b) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rate of Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.
 
11.4
Minimum Accrued Benefit.
 
 
(a)
If this Plan is "top-heavy" in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, the Employer guarantees a Non-Key Employee who is a Participant during the Plan Year and completes 1,000 Hours of Service, a minimum accrued benefit; provided, however, the minimum accrual provided herein applies even though the Non-Key Employee is not employed by the Employer on the last day of the Accrual of Benefit Computation Period or the Plan is integrated with Social Security.  For purposes of this paragraph, a Non-Key Employee Participant includes any Employee otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan but who is not a Participant because his Compensation does not exceed a specified level.
 
The " Minimum Accrued Benefit " shall be determined without regard to any Social Security contribution and shall be equal to 2% of "average compensation," multiplied by the number of Years of Service (not to exceed 10 years).
 
 
(b)
For purposes of this Section 11.4, " Years of Service " are as defined in Section 1.32 of the Plan, provided however, that Years of Service shall exclude:
 
 
(1)
all Years of Service completed in a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1984,
 
 
(2)
all Years of Service completed in Plan Years in which this Plan was not top-heavy,
 
 
51

 

 
(3)
Plan Years during which the Employer did not maintain this Plan or a predecessor Plan, and
 
 
(4)
Years of Service for Plan Years prior to the attainment of age 18.
 
 
(5)
Years of Service prior to the first day of the Plan Year containing the Participant’s Entry Date.
 
 
(c)
(1)
For purposes of this Section 11.4, " average compensation " shall mean the average of the Compensation received for the highest five (5) consecutive Years of Service, except that years for this purpose shall not be taken into account if (i) such year ends in a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1984, or (ii) such year begins after the close of the last Plan Year in which the Plan was top-heavy.
 
 
(2)
In determining a Participant's "average compensation" for top heavy minimum benefits, if there shall not be five Years of Service from which to determine an average, then all Compensation earned by the Participant during the applicable top heavy years shall be considered in computing his average compensation, provided that he has completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service in each such year.  The average shall be taken over the total number of 1,000 hour years actually completed by the Employee during the period considered.
 
 
(d)
If this Plan is Top-Heavy for any Plan Year, the Accrued Benefit of a Non-Key Employee who is a Participant during the Plan Year, shall be no less than the Minimum Accrued Benefit defined herein.
 
 
(e)
Any benefit calculated pursuant to this Section 11.4 which is or may become payable to a Participant on Delayed Retirement must be actuarially increased for late commencement using the assumptions for Actuarial Equivalence as stated in Section 1.2.
 
11.5
Participation In More Than One Plan .  If a Non-Key Employee participates in a Top-Heavy Defined Contribution Plan maintained by the Employer, Section 11.4 will not apply to the Non-Key Employee and the Defined Contribution Plan will provide the "minimum benefit accrual." to the exclusion of any other Defined Contribution Plan or Defined Benefit Plan of the Employer.
 
11.6
Limitation on Allocations .  If, during any Limitation Year, beginning prior to January 1, 2000, the Participant is a Participant in both a Defined Contribution plan and a Defined Benefit plan maintained by the Employer, the limitations of Article 4 will apply to such Participant with the following required changes:
 
 
(a)
"1.0%" must be substituted for "1.25%" each place it appears in the definition of Defined Benefit Fraction and Defined Contribution Fraction under Article IV.
 
 
(b)
"$41,500" must be substituted for "$51,875" in the Transition Fraction defined in Section 4.3(f)(6) herein.
 
 
52

 

The above adjustments shall not be required if:
 
 
(i)
Section 11.4(a) is applied substituting "3%" for "2%"; or
 
 
(ii)
the Employer contribution under the Employer's Defined Contribution Plan for each Participant who is not a Key Employee is 4% of such Participant's total compensation; and
 
 
(iii)
the present value of the cumulative Accrued Benefits under the Plan for Participants who are Key Employees does not exceed 90% of the present value of the total Accrued Benefits of all Participants; and
 
 
(iv)
the sum of (i) the present value of the cumulative Accrued Benefits for Key Employees under all Defined Benefit plans in the Aggregation Group and (ii) the aggregate of the accounts of Key Employees under all Defined Contribution plans in the Aggregation Group does not exceed 90% of such sum determined for all Employees.
 
11.7
Minimum Vesting .  For any Plan Year in which the Plan is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan pursuant to Section 11.3, each Participant's Accrued Benefit funded by the Employer shall become vested in accordance with the following schedule:
 
Years of Vesting Service
 
Vesting Percentage
Less than 3 years
 
0%
3 years or more
 
100%

If the Plan ceases to be Top-Heavy, the provisions of Section 8.2 shall thereafter apply, subject to the right to elect under Section 19.2.
 
Notwithstanding the vesting schedule above, any Participant who shall have a nonforfeitable Vested Interest in his Accrued Benefit, determined pursuant to Section 8.2 herein, which is greater than what the Top-Heavy schedule will provide, shall not have his vested percentage reduced by the operation of this Section 11.7.
 
 
53

 

ARTICLE 12
 
RETIREMENT COMMITTEE


12.1
Except where otherwise specifically indicated, responsibility for administration of this Plan shall be reposed in a Retirement Committee composed of not less than three (3) individuals.  The members of the Committee shall be appointed by the Board of Directors of the Employer.  An individual shall not be ineligible to be a member of the Committee because he is or may be an officer, director or stockholder of the Employer or a Participant under the Plan.
 
12.2
The Committee shall hold meetings, upon such notice, at such place or places and at such time or times as it may from time to time determine.  Notice shall not be required if waived in writing.  A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  All resolutions or other actions taken by the Committee at any meeting shall be by vote of a majority of those present at any such meeting and entitled to vote.  Resolutions may be adopted or other action taken without a meeting upon written consent signed by at least two-thirds of the members of the Committee.
 
12.3
For convenience, the Committee may sign, or any member or members designated by the Committee may sign, any document as and in the name of the Committee.
 
12.4
The Committee shall appoint one of its members to act as its Chairman and may appoint a Secretary who need not be a member of the Committee.
 
12.5
No member of the Committee shall have any right to vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself or to any of his rights or benefits under any part of the Plan.
 
12.6
The decision of the Committee in matters within its jurisdiction shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and upon any other person affected by such decision, subject to the claims procedure hereinafter set forth.
 
12.7
Any member of the Committee may resign at any time, and his successor shall be appointed by the Board.
 
12.8
The Board may remove at any time any member of the Committee appointed by it, provided, only that at the same time it appoints a successor member.
 
12.9
No fee or compensation shall be paid to any member of the Committee for his services as such.
 
12.10
Subject to the Claims Procedure set forth in Article 13 hereof, the Committee shall have the duty and authority to interpret at its discretion and construe the provisions of the Plan, to decide any disputes which may arise regarding the rights of Employees, whether or not they are Participants, under the terms of the Plan and any Trust Agreement which determinations
 
 
54

 

and rules shall apply uniformly to all Employees similarly situated, and shall be binding and conclusive upon all interested persons.
 
12.11
The Committee shall determine the eligibility of Employees to become Participants in accordance with the provisions of the Plan from the information furnished to it by the Company in accordance with the request of the Committee.
 
12.12
Any certification by the Employer of the information required or permitted to be certified by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan may be relied upon by the Committee until later shown to be incorrect.  The Committee may correct errors, and so far as practicable, may adjust any benefit or payment or credit accordingly.
 
12.13
A certification in writing by the Committee signed by the Chairman thereof, to the occurrence or happening of any event contemplated in this Plan, may be relied upon by the Trustee.
 
12.14
The Committee shall maintain full and complete records of  its deliberations and decisions.  Its records shall contain all relevant data pertaining to individual participating Employees and their rights under the Plan and in the Trust Fund.  It has the duty to carry into effect all such rights and benefits of each and to answer questions and assist Employees, whether Participants or other Employees, to obtain the greatest good from the existence of the Plan and the Trust.
 
12.15
The Committee must issue a Summary Plan Description to the Employees  describing the Plan.  In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Plan and the Summary Plan Description, the Plan shall control.
 
12.16
Although it is the present intention of the Employer to pay the reasonable expenses incident to the operation of the Plan, in the event such expenses are not paid by the Employer directly and aside from its contribution under the Plan, such expenses shall be deemed to be a charge upon the Plan assets.  If the Employer shall elect at any time or times, in any year or years, to pay part or all thereof, either directly or by reimbursement to the Trust Fund, any such election by the Employer in any year shall not bind the Employer as to its right to elect in respect to such expenses or any other expenses at any other time or times.  All requests, directions, requisitions and instructions of the Committee to the Trustee shall be in writing and signed by the Committee's Chairman or acting Chairman and by its Secretary or acting Secretary.
 
12.17
The principal provisions of the Plan shall be communicated to the Employees, and a copy of the Plan and other documents required by law, shall be available at the principal office of the Employer for inspection by the Employees at reasonable times.  The Committee shall exercise such authority and responsibility as it deems appropriate in order to comply with ERISA and other governmental regulations applying to this Plan, including maintaining records of Participants' service and benefits, and making any reports to Participants, the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor, and other governmental entities not otherwise required of the Plan Administrator and Trustee.
 
 
55

 

ARTICLE 13
 
CLAIM PROCEDURE


13.1
Filing a Claim for Benefits   Any claim for a Plan benefit hereunder shall be filed by a  Participant or Beneficiary (claimant) of this Plan on the form prescribed for such purpose with the Retirement Committee, or in lieu thereof, by written communication which is made by the claimant or the claimant's authorized representative which is reasonably calculated to bring the claim to the attention of the Committee.
 
13.2
Denial of Claim
 
 
(a)
If a claim for a Plan benefit is wholly or partially denied, notice of the decision shall be furnished to the claimant by the Committee within a reasonable period of time after receipt of the claim by the Committee.
 
 
(b)
Any claimant who is denied a claim for benefit shall be furnished written notice setting forth:
 
 
(1)
The specific reason or reasons for the denial;
 
 
(2)
Specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;
 
 
(3)
A description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;
 
 
(4)
An explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure.
 
13.3
Claims Review Procedure
 
 
(a)
In order that a claimant may appeal a denial of a claim, a claimant or his duly authorized representative:
 
 
(1)
May request a review by written application to the Committee not later than 60 days after receipt by the claimant of written notification of denial of a claim;
 
 
(2)
May review pertinent documents; and
 
 
(3)
May submit issues and comments in writing.
 
 
(b)
A decision on review of a denied claim shall be made not later than 60 days after receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 120 days after receipt of a request for review.
 
 
56

 

 
(c)
The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include the specific reason(s) for the decision and the specific reference(s) to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.
 
 
57

 

ARTICLE 14
 
CONTRIBUTIONS AND FUNDING


14.1
Basis of Contributions to Pension Plan or Trust - The Employer agrees to pay to the Insurer or Trustee for each Plan Year that amount, if any, which is deemed necessary by actuarial study to fund the Plan, but not less than the amount required under the Minimum Funding Standards of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
14.2
Return of Employer Contributions - Employer contributions to the Plan may not revert to the Employer. However, any contributions which are made to the Plan because of a good faith mistake of fact may be returned to the Employer within one (1) year after the payment of such contributions to the Plan.  In the event that the contribution is conditioned on the initial qualification of the Plan, a timely determination letter request has been filed properly and the Plan receives an adverse determination, then any contributions made to the Plan shall be returned to the Employer.
 
If the Internal Revenue Service disallows a deduction for all or any part of a contribution made to this Plan which was made conditional on its deductibility, the amount of the contribution, to the extent that it was disallowed shall be returned to the Employer within one (1) year after the disallowance of the deduction.  The Employer shall make application for the return of any such contribution in accordance with Revenue Procedure 89-35, or other rules which are or may become applicable.
 
In addition, any assets in excess of Plan liabilities at the termination of the Plan shall be returned to the Employer as provided in Section 19.7.
 
14.3
An enrolled actuary shall be retained by the Plan.  Such actuary shall prepare an actuarial statement on an annual basis.
 
14.4
The provisions of this Article 14 shall be deemed the procedure for establishing and carrying out the funding policy and method of this Plan.  Such funding policy and method shall be consistent with the objectives of this Plan and with the requirements of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
 
14.5
No Voluntary Employee Contributions are Allowed .   Voluntary Contributions by a Participant of this Plan are not permitted.   Employee Contributions means contributions to the plan made by a Participant during the Plan Year.
 
 
58

 

ARTICLE 15
 
ADMINISTRATIVE AND FIDUCIARIES' RESPONSIBILITIES


Except for prohibitions to the contrary in ERISA, no named fiduciary under the Plan shall be liable for any act or omission of another which act or omission occurs outside the scope of the respective fiduciaries designated area(s) of responsibility as hereinafter stated.  The named fiduciaries and their respective areas of responsibility for the operation and administration of the Plan are as follows:
 
15.1
Board of Directors of Employer
 
 
(a)
Terminating Plan;
 
 
(b)
Amending Plan;
 
 
(c)
Appointment of Retirement Committee.
 
15.2
Employer - The Employer shall have the following responsibilities and powers:
 
 
(a)
Funding Policy - The Employer shall, in consultation with an enrolled actuary, determine the funding policy of the Plan and communicate it to the Trustee so that the Trustee may coordinate investment policy with the needs of the Plan.  The Employer may delegate such responsibility and authority to the Plan Administrator, the Trustee or any other person.  The Employer may enter into a Group Annuity Contract with any Insurer for the purpose of accumulating Plan assets.
 
As part of the funding policy, it shall also be the responsibility of the Employer to make any and all contributions required to keep the pension trust fund actuarially sound at all times.  For this purpose, the Employer shall engage the services of an enrolled actuary.
 
 
(b)
Appointment of Plan Administrator - The Employer is the named Plan Administrator.  The Employer may, however, delegate such function by appointing any person or any number of persons to administer the Plan as provided in Article 12.  In the event of such appointment, the person or persons so appointed shall be the successor Plan Administrator.  Any person or persons so appointed may be removed by the Employer upon thirty (30) days written notice unless a shorter period is agreed to.
 
 
(c)
Appointment of Investment Manager - The Employer may, in its discretion, appoint an Investment Manager to manage the assets of the Plan.  In such event, since the Trustee will not have exclusive discretion to manage and control the Plan assets, the Trustee will not be liable for any act or omission of such Investment Manager.  Plan
 
 
59

 

 
assets can also be invested with any licensed insurance company under a Group Annuity Contract.
 
 
(d)
Review of Fiduciaries - The Employer shall periodically review the performance of any fiduciary or any other person to whom any duties have been delegated.
 
15.3
Plan Administrator - The Plan Administrator shall have the following responsibilities and powers:
 
 
(a)
General Powers - The Plan Administrator shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have all the powers necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan.  The Administrator shall interpret the Plan and shall determine all questions, including questions of eligibility under Article 2, arising in the interpretation, administration and application of the Plan.  Any such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons except as otherwise provided herein or by law.  Any exercise of discretion by the Plan Administrator shall be exercised in a nondiscriminatory manner.
 
 
(b)
Procedures, Records and Reports - The Plan Administrator shall establish operating procedures and shall keep a record of his actions, as well as all books of account, records or other data necessary for the administration of the Plan and/or required by law or regulations issued pursuant to such law.  The Plan Administrator shall prepare and file or publish with the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of the Treasury, or to any other official or agency as may hereafter be required, all reports, documents or other information as may be required under law to be so filed or published.
 
 
(c)
Directions to Trustee - The Plan Administrator shall notify the Trustee or Insurer in writing of any action the Plan Administrator in its discretion desires the Trustee or Insurer to take and the Trustee or Insurer shall be entitled to and obligated to rely on such directions until such time as the Plan Administrator shall file a written revocation of such direction with the Trustee or Insurer, or unless the Trustee or Insurer knows that any such direction constitutes a breach of the Plan Administrator's fiduciary obligations, in which case the Trustee or Insurer may take reasonable steps under the circumstances to remedy such breach.
 
 
(d)
Agents and Counsel - The Plan Administrator may engage agents to assist him in his duties, and may consult with counsel, actuaries, accountants, specialists and other persons as he deems necessary or desirable.  The Plan Administrator shall be indemnified by the Employer with respect to any action taken or omitted by him in good faith reliance on the advice of such persons, provided that the Plan Administrator has acted prudently in selecting or retaining such persons, to which end he shall periodically review such person's performance.
 
 
(e)
Expenses - The Trustee shall be authorized to pay from the Trust all expenses of administration including, but not limited to, the payment of professional fees of
 
 
60

 

consultants, actuaries, accountants, counsel, investment advisors and other specialists, unless the Employer elects to pay such expenses.
 
 
(f)
Reports Furnished Participants - The Plan Administrator shall furnish to each Plan Participant, and to each Beneficiary receiving benefits under the Plan, within the time limits specified in the Code and ERISA, each of the following:
 
 
(1)
A Summary Plan Description and periodic revision;
 
 
(2)
Notification of amendments to the Plan; and
 
 
(3)
A Summary Annual Report which summarizes the Annual Report filed with the Department of Labor.
 
 
(g)
Reports Available to Participants - The Plan Administrator shall make copies of the following documents available at the principal office of the Employer for examination by any Plan Participant or Beneficiary:
 
 
(1)
The Pension Plan and Trust Agreement;
 
 
(2)
The Summary Plan Description; and
 
 
(3)
The latest annual report.
 
 
61

 

ARTICLE 16
 
INCOME TAX REGULATIONS 1.401-4(c)(2)


16.1
If Employer contributions under this Plan are used for the benefit of an Employee who is among the 25 highest paid Employees of the Employer as of the effective date of this Plan, and whose anticipated annual pension under this Plan exceeds $1,500, then, upon the occurrence of the conditions described in Section 16.2, the Employer contributions which are used for the benefit of any such Employee are restricted in accordance with Section 16.3.
 
16.2
The restrictions described in Section 16.3 become applicable if:
 
 
(a)
This Plan is terminated within 10 years after its establishment.
 
 
(b)
The benefits of an Employee described in Section 16.1 become payable within 10 years after the effective date of this Plan, or
 
 
(c)
The benefits of an Employee described in Section 16.1 become payable after the Plan had been in effect for 10 years, and the full current costs of the Plan for the first 10 years have not been funded.
 
In the case of an Employee described in (b) of this Section, the restrictions will remain applicable until the Plan has been in effect for 10 years, but if at that time the full current costs have been funded, the restrictions will no longer apply to the benefits payable to such an Employee.  In the case of an Employee described in (b) or (c) of this Section, if at the end of the first 10 years the full current costs are not met, the restrictions will continue to apply until the full current costs are funded for the first time.
 
16.3
The restrictions required under Section 16.1 provide that the Employer contributions which may be used for the benefit of an Employee described in such Section 16.1 shall not exceed the greater of $20,000, or 20% of the first $50,000 of the annual compensation of such Employee multiplied by the number of years between the effective date of this Plan and
 
 
(a)
The date of the termination of this Plan,
 
 
(b)
In the case of an Employee described in Section 16.2(b), the date the benefit of the Employee becomes payable, if before the date of the termination of this Plan, or
 
 
(c)
In the case of an Employee described in Section 16.2(c), the date of the failure to meet the full current costs of this Plan.
 
However, if the full current costs of this Plan have not been met on the date described in (a) or (b) of this Section, whichever is applicable, then the date of the failure to meet such full current costs shall be substituted for the date referred to in (a) or (b) of this Section.
 
 
62

 

For purposes of determining the contributions which may be used for the benefit of an Employee when (b) of this Section applies, the number of years taken into account may be recomputed for each year, if the full current costs of the Plan are met for such year.
 
16.4
For purposes of this Article, the Employer contributions, which, at a given time, may be used for the benefits of an Employee, include any unallocated funds which would be used for his benefits if this Plan were then terminated or the Employee were then to withdraw from this Plan, as well as all contributions allocated up to that time exclusively for his benefits.
 
The provisions of this Article apply to a former or retired Employee of the Employer, as well as to an Employee still in the Employer's service.
 
The following terms are defined for purposes of this Article 16:
 
 
(a)
The term "benefits" includes any periodic income, any withdrawal values payable to a living Employee, and the cost of any death benefits which may be payable after retirement on behalf of an Employee, but does not include the cost of any death benefits with respect to an Employee before retirement or the amount of any death benefits actually payable after the death of an Employee, whether such death occurs before or after retirement.
 
 
(b)
The term "full current costs" means the normal cost, as defined in Code Section 1.404(a)-6, for all years since the effective date of the Plan, plus any interest on the unfunded liability during such period.
 
 
(c)
The term "annual compensation" of an Employee means either such Employee's average regular annual compensation, or such average compensation over the last five years, or such Employee's last annual compensation if such compensation is reasonably similar to his average regular annual compensation for the five preceding years.
 
In the event of a substantive amendment to this Plan and Trust, the provisions of this Article 16 shall apply to the increased benefits resulting from such substantive amendment from the effective date of such amendment.
 
16.5
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 16, the following provisions shall apply for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1992.  In the event of plan termination, the benefit of any highly compensated active or former Employee is limited to a benefit that is nondiscriminatory under Section 401(a)(4) of the Code.
 
Benefits distributed to any of the 25 most highly compensated active and former highly compensated employees are restricted such that the annual payments are no greater than an amount equal to the payment that would have been made on behalf of the employee
 
 
63

 

under a single life annuity that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the sum of the Employee's Accrued Benefit and the Employee's other benefits under the Plan.
 
The preceding paragraph shall not apply if (a) after payment of the benefit to an Employee described in the preceding paragraph, the value of plan assets equals or exceeds 110% of the value of current liabilities, as defined in Section 412(l)(7) of the Code, or (b) the value of the benefits for an Employee described above is less than 1% of the value of current liabilities.
 
For purposes of this Section, benefit includes loans in excess of the amount set forth in Section 72(p)(2)(A) of the Code, any periodic income, any withdrawal values payable to a living Employee, and any death benefits not provided for by insurance on the Employee's life.
 
For the purposes of this Section 16.5, a "highly compensated active or former Employee" shall mean any Employee who
 
 
(i)
was a 5% owner (as defined under Code Section 416(i)(1)(A)(iii)) during the determination year or look back year, or
 
 
(ii)
earned more than $80,000 (as adjusted by a Cost of Living Index under Code Section 415(d) as approved by the Secretary of the Treasury) during the preceding Plan Year.
 
 
(iii)
The determination of whether a former Employee is a former Highly Compensated Employee shall be made in accordance with (i) and (ii) above.
 
For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1998, and for the purposes of (ii) above, “compensation” shall not include any contributions made on behalf of an Employee pursuant to Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or salary deferrals.  For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1997 and for the purposes of (ii) above, “compensation” shall include deferrals made on behalf of the Employee pursuant to Code Section 125, 402(g), or 457, and for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2000, Code Section 132(f).
 
 
64

 

ARTICLE 17
 
SPENDTHRIFT


17.1
No Participant under this Plan shall have any legal right, title or interest in the Plan or Trust.  The interest of any Participant, beneficial or otherwise, shall be limited to that provided in the Plan and no designated Beneficiary shall have any greater rights than as provided by this Plan.
 
17.2
Except to the extent permitted by law, the Participant may not anticipate, encumber, alienate or assign any of his rights, claims, or interests in this Plan or any part thereof.  No payments, benefits, or rights arising by reason of this Plan shall in any way be subject to the Participant's debts, contracts, or engagements, or to any judicial processes to levy upon or attach the same for payment thereof.
 
17.3
Qualified Domestic Relations Order – No violation of the non-alienation provisions of ERISA occurs where a portion of the benefits of a Participant is required to be paid to the Participant’s Spouse pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.  A “Qualified Domestic Relations Order” is a judgment or decree (including approval of a property settlement agreement) that relates to the provisions of child support, alimony payments or marital property, rights to a spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant and is made pursuant to a state domestic relations law.  The Qualified Domestic Relations Order may not alter the amount or the form of plan benefits.  The Qualified Relations Order shall conform to all the criteria found in Code Section 414(p).
 
17.4
Offset of a Participant's Accrued Benefit - Pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(13)(C), the offset of a Participant's Accrued Benefit in the Plan will not violate ERISA's prohibition against assignment or alienation of benefits if the Participant is ordered or required on or after August 5, 1997 to pay under:
 
 
(a)
a judgment or conviction for a crime involving the Plan;
 
 
(b)
a civil judgement (including a consent order or decree) entered by a court in an action brought in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of ERISA's fiduciary responsibility provisions; or
 
 
(c)
a settlement agreement between the Department of Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Participant in connection with a violation or alleged violation of ERISA's fiduciary responsibility provisions by a fiduciary or any other person; provided such judgement, order, decree or settlement agreement expressly provides for such offset.
 
To the extent that Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 apply to this Plan, the rights of a Participant's spouse under Code Section 401(a)(13)(C)(iii) are hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
65

 

ARTICLE 18
 
THE INSURER


18.1
Not Party to Agreement - No Insurer shall be considered to be a party to this Plan or to have any responsibility for the validity of this Plan, or for any action taken by the Employer or Trustee.  The Insurer shall be fully protected in accepting payments from the Employer or Trustee and in making payments of any amounts to the Trustee, Employer, Plan Participant, or Beneficiary, in accordance with instructions from the Trustee or Employer, without liability to see to the application of such payments.
 
18.2
The Insurer shall be fully protected from any liability in assuming that the Plan has not been amended or terminated until notice of any amendment or termination of the Plan has been received by the Insurer at its home office.  No amendment to the Plan shall deprive the Insurer of any protection except as to policies issued by it after receipt at its home office of notice of the terms of such amendment.
 
18.3
The Insurer shall be fully protected in dealing with the Trustee or Employer according to the latest notification received by the Insurer at its home office.  For purposes of this Article, Trustee shall mean any one or more of the Trustees under this Plan, whether individual or corporate, or any officer of the Employer.
 
 
66

 

ARTICLE 19
 
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION


19.1
Application for Determination Letter - The Employer shall timely submit this Plan and all necessary supporting documents to the Internal Revenue Service with the request for a Determination Letter that the Plan as embodied in this Agreement meets the qualification requirements of the Code.
 
19.2
Amendment - This Plan, and each of its provisions, may be amended at any time and from time to time, as follows:
 
 
(a)
All proposed amendments shall be set forth in a written instrument, detailing any and all changes to the Plan.
 
 
(b)
All proposed amendments shall be presented to the Board of Directors for its consideration and shall be enacted by a vote of the Board of Directors.
 
 
(c)
All actions taken by the Board of Directors shall be set forth in enabling documentation (e.g., minutes of meetings setting forth appropriate resolutions adopted therein or appropriate certification of actions taken by the Board of Directors in lieu of a formal meeting).
 
 
(d)
The Board of Directors shall authorize, in the documentation referred to under (c), above, an officer or officers of the Employer to execute said amendment or amendments on behalf of the Employer and to certify as to the date on which the steps set forth under (a), (b) and (c) took place (e.g., a Certificate of Resolution).
 
 
(e)
If an amendment provides for a significant reduction in the rate of future benefit accruals, the Plan Administrator shall provide a written notice, not less than 15 days prior to the effective date of the amendment, setting forth the Plan amendment and its effective date, to:
 
 
(1)
each participant in the Plan,
 
 
(2)
each beneficiary who is an alternate payee (within the meaning of ERISA Section 206(d)(3)(K)) under an applicable qualified domestic relations order (within the meaning of ERISA Section 206(d)(3)(B)(i)0, and
 
 
(3)
each employee organization representing Participants in the Plan.
 
 
(f)
Any amendment:
 
 
(1)
shall not reduce the vested benefit of a Participant determined as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted, or the date such amendment becomes effective;
 
 
67

 

 
(2)
shall not revise the vesting schedule under the Plan unless each Participant having three (3) or more Years of Vesting Service is permitted to elect within a reasonable period after the adoption of such amendment to have his vested benefit computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment; a reasonable period for purposes of this Section shall be a period which begins no later than the date the Plan amendment is adopted and ends no later than the last to occur of the following:
 
 
(i)
sixty (60) days after the date the Plan amendment is adopted.
 
 
(ii)
sixty (60) days after the day on which the Plan amendment becomes effective.
 
 
(iii)
sixty (60) days after a Participant is issued written notice of the Plan amendment.
 
In the event of a change in the vesting schedule, the nonforfeitable percentage of the Participant's Accrued Benefit at the time of the change shall not be less than that percentage computed prior to the change.
 
 
(3)
shall not allow for the use of funds or assets held under this Plan other than for the benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries, nor shall any amendment provide that any funds or assets of this Plan shall ever revert to or be used or enjoyed by the Employer;
 
 
(4)
shall not deprive an Insurer of any of its exemptions and immunities with respect to policies issued by it prior to receipt by an Insurer of notice of such amendment;
 
 
(5)
shall not amend the Plan if such amendment would violate the provisions of any applicable law, or any regulations.
 
 
(6)
shall not become effective prior to approval by the Secretary of Labor, if such approval is required under applicable law or regulation.
 
No amendment to the Plan (including a change in the actuarial basis for determining optional or early retirement benefits) shall be effective to the extent that it has the effect of decreasing a Participant's Accrued Benefit.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Participant's Accrued Benefit may be reduced to the extent permitted under Code Section 412(c)(8).  For purposes of this paragraph, a plan amendment which has the effect of (1) eliminating or reducing an early retirement benefit or a retirement-type subsidy, or (2) eliminating an optional form of benefit, with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment shall be treated as reducing Accrued Benefits except as otherwise permitted.  In the case of a retirement-type subsidy, the preceding sentence shall apply only with respect to a Participant who satisfied (either before or after the amendment) the pre-amendment conditions for the subsidy.  In general, a retirement-type subsidy is a subsidy that continues after retirement, but does not include a qualified disability benefit,
 
 
68

 

a medical benefit, a social security supplement, a death benefit (including life insurance), or a plant shutdown benefit (that does not continue after retirement age).
 
19.3
Termination - While it is the intention of the Employer to continue this Plan and contributions hereunder indefinitely, the Employer reserves the right to terminate this Plan at any time, as follows:
 
 
(a)
A proposal to terminate the Plan shall be set forth in a written instrument, detailing said action to the Board of Directors.
 
 
(b)
A proposal to terminate the Plan shall be presented to the Board of Directors for its consideration and shall be enacted by a vote of the Board of Directors.
 
 
(c)
All actions taken by the Board of Directors to terminate the Plan shall be set forth in enabling documentation (e.g., minutes of meetings setting forth appropriate resolutions adopted therein or appropriate certification of actions taken by the Board of Directors in lieu of a formal meeting).
 
 
(d)
The Board of Directors shall authorize, in the documentation referred to under (c), above, an officer or officers of the Employer to execute such instruments and take such actions as are necessary to effectuate the termination of the Plan on behalf of the Employer and to certify as to the date on which the steps set forth under (a), (b) and (c) took place (e.g., a Certificate of Resolution).
 
 
(e)
Subsequent to the actions set forth under (a), (b), (c) and (d), above, the Plan Administrator shall provide all affected parties a written notice of intent to terminate, not less than 60 days prior to the proposed termination date, stating that such termination is intended and the proposed termination date.
 
 
(f)
If the termination is a Standard Termination, as set forth under ERISA Section 4041, the Plan Administrator shall follow the procedures set forth under ERISA Section 4041(b) and the regulations thereunder, as they be amended from time to time.
 
 
(g)
If the termination is a Distress Termination, as set forth under ERISA Section 4041, the Plan Administrator shall follow the procedures set forth under ERISA Section 4041(c) and the regulations thereunder, as they be amended from time to time.
 
Such termination shall become effective pursuant to the rules and regulations set forth under this Section, or applicable provisions of ERISA and the regulation thereunder, incorporated herein by reference.
 
This Plan shall terminate if the Employer shall be dissolved, deemed bankrupt, or insolvent, or shall be merged with another company, except that in the event of dissolution, merger or consolidation of the Employer, provisions may be made by a successor for the continuance of this Plan, and the successor shall in such event be substituted in the place of the present Employer by an instrument authorizing such
 
 
69

 

substitution executed by the Employer and the successor, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Plan Administrator.
 
19.4
Vesting Upon Complete or Partial Termination - Upon complete termination of this Plan, or upon partial termination of the Plan, the Accrued Benefit of each affected Participant as of the date of termination shall be nonforfeitable.
 
19.5
Procedure for Termination - Prior to any termination of this Plan by the Employer, all required notices shall be filed with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation as such corporation is established under ERISA Section 4001 and no amounts under the termination procedure shall be paid until the time period expires for the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to issue a notice of noncompliance nullifying a proposed termination.
 
19.6
Allocation of Assets   If this Plan is terminated and is subject to the rules governing Plan terminations as promulgated by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, then the following method shall be used for the allocation of assets:
 
 
(a)
After Notice by the Plan Administrator to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation that the Plan is to be terminated and upon expiration of the time period for the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to issue a notice of noncompliance nullifying a proposed termination, the Plan Administrator shall allocate the assets of the Plan in accordance with ERISA Section 4044, in the order set forth below, to the extent the assets are available to provide benefits to Plan Participants and Beneficiaries.  The Administrator or Trustee shall make the allocation as follows:
 
FIRST, to that portion of each individual's Accrued Benefit which is derived from the Participant's contributions to the Plan which were not mandatory contributions (Voluntary Contributions).
 
SECOND, to that portion of each individual's Accrued Benefit which is derived from the Participant's mandatory contributions.
 
THIRD, equally among Participants in the following two subcategories:
 
 
(1)
In the case of the benefit of a Participant or Beneficiary, which was in pay status as of the beginning of the three (3) year period ending on the termination date of the Plan, to each such benefit, based on the provisions of the Plan (as in effect during the five (5) year period ending on such date) under which such benefit would be the least.
 
 
(2)
In the case of a Participant's or Beneficiary's benefit (other than a benefit described in (1) above) which would have been in pay status as of the beginning of such three (3) year period if the Participant had retired prior to the beginning of the three (3) year period and if his benefits had commenced (in the normal form of annuity under the Plan) as of the beginning of such period, to each such benefit based on the provisions of the Plan (as in effect during the five (5) year period ending on such date) under which such benefit would be the least.
 
 
70

 

For the purpose of (1) above, the lowest benefit in pay status during a three (3) year period shall be considered the benefit in pay status for such period.
 
FOURTH, to all other benefits (if any) of individuals under the Plan guaranteed under the termination insurance provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
 
FIFTH, to all other nonforfeitable benefits under the Plan.
 
SIXTH, to all other benefits under the Plan.
 
 
(b)
If the assets available for allocation under any priority category (other than the fifth and sixth priority categories) are insufficient to satisfy in full the benefits of all individuals, the assets shall be allocated pro rata among such individuals on the basis of the present value (as of the termination date) of their respective benefits.
 
 
(c)
If any assets of the Plan attributable to Employee contributions remain after all liability of the Plan to Participants and their Beneficiaries has been satisfied, such assets shall be equitably distributed to the Employees who made such contributions (or their Beneficiaries) in accordance with their rate of contributions.
 
19.7
Amounts allocated to any person shall be paid in cash, through the purchase of immediate or deferred annuities or by periodic payments, as the Committee may determine.  Any assets remaining, after providing in full for the amounts required by this Article 19 shall revert to the Employer.
 
19.8
If at any time the Plan is terminated with respect to any group of Participants of the Employer under such circumstances as constitute a partial termination of the Plan within the meaning of Code Section 411(d)(3), as amended, the amounts held under any of the Trust Agreements that are allocable to the Participants as to whom such termination occurred shall be determined by the Committee and such amount shall be segregated by the Trustee or Trustees as assets held under a separate Plan.  The funds thus allocated to such separate Plan shall be applied for the benefit of such Participants in the manner described above.
 
19.9
Non-Liability of Employer - The Employer shall have no liability to the Participant for the payment of any benefits provided for by the Plan, nor shall the Employer have any liability for the administration of the assets of the Trust, and each Participant shall look solely to the assets of the Plan for any payment of Retirement Benefits provided for by the Plan.
 
 
71

 

ARTICLE 20
 
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS


20.1
This Plan is created for the exclusive benefit of the Employees of the Employer and their Beneficiaries and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with its existence as an Employees' Plan and Trust qualified under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or any other legislation of similar import.  This Section cannot be altered or amended.
 
20.2
Exclusive Benefit of Participant - It shall be impossible, at any time prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to Employees and their Beneficiaries under this Plan, for any part of the corpus or income to be (within the taxable year or thereafter) used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Employer's Employees or their Beneficiaries; and the Employer shall not be entitled to receive back any part of its contributions to this Trust, except as set forth under Section 14.2, Article 19 and this Article 20.
 
20.3
Neither the Employer nor the Trustee shall be responsible for the validity of any interest of policies, or for the failure on the part of any Insurer to make any payments or provide any benefits under any contract or policy, or for the action of any person or persons which may render any policy invalid or unenforceable.  Neither the Employer nor the Trustee shall be responsible for any inability to perform or delay in performing any act occasioned by any restriction or provisions of any policy, or imposed by any Insurer, or by any other person.  In case it becomes impossible for the Employer or the Trustee to perform any act under this Plan, that act shall be performed which, in the judgment of the Plan Administrator, will most nearly carry out the intent and purpose of this Plan.  All parties of this Plan who are in any way interested herein shall be bound by any acts performed under such conditions.
 
20.4
Headings - The headings of the Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.
 
20.5
Plan not Contract of Employment - This Plan shall not be construed as creating or changing any contract of employment between the Employer and its Employees, whether Participants hereunder or not; and the Employer retains the right to deal with its Employees, whether Participants hereunder or not, and to terminate their respective employment at any time, to the same extent as though this Plan had not been created.
 
20.6
Invalidity of Certain Provisions - If any provisions of this Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provisions had not been included.
 
20.7
Law Governing - This Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of North Carolina, other than its laws respecting choice of law, to the extent not
 
 
72

 

preempted by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or by the Internal Revenue Code, or by any other applicable Federal law.
 
20.8
General Undertaking - All parties to this Plan and all persons claiming any interest whatsoever hereunder agree to perform any and all acts and execute any and all documents and papers which may be necessary or desirable for the carrying out of this Plan or any of its provisions.
 
20.9
Agreement to Bind Heirs, Etc . - This Plan shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, as such terms shall apply, of any and all parties hereto, present and future.
 
20.10
Action by Employer - Whenever under the terms of the Plan the Employer is permitted or required to take some action, such action may be taken by any officer of the Employer who has been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of the Employer.
 
20.11
Rule Against Perpetuities - If the indefinite continuance of this Plan would be in violation of the law, then this Plan shall continue for the maximum period permitted by law and shall then terminate, whereupon distribution of its assets shall be made as provided for in Article 19.6 of this Plan.
 
20.12
Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Transfer of Assets - Before this Plan can be merged or consolidated with any other Plan, or its assets or liabilities transferred to any other Plan, the Plan Administrator must secure (and file with the Secretary of Treasury at least thirty (30) days beforehand) a certification from an Enrolled Actuary, and if the Plan is terminated after the merger, each Participant must be assured that he will be entitled to a benefit after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive immediately before such transaction (if the plan had then been terminated).
 
 
73

 

ARTICLE 21
 
DIRECT ROLLOVERS


21.1
This Article applies to distributions made on or after January 1, 1993.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee's election under this Article, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.
 
21.2
Definitions :
 
 
(a)
Eligible rollover distribution :  An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include:  any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee's designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities).
 
 
(b)
Eligible retirement plan :  An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributee's eligible rollover distribution.  However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.
 
 
(c)
Distributee :  A distributee includes an employee or former employee.  In addition, the employee's or former employee's surviving spouse and the employee's or former employee's spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.
 
 
(d)
Direct rollover :  A direct rollover is a payment by the plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.
 
 
74

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, First Bancorp has caused these presents to be signed by its duly authorized officers and its seal to be hereunto affixed, this 29th   day of January   , 2002.




   
FIRST BANCORP
     
     
     
   
By:  /s/ James H. Garner
   
James H. Garner- President


ATTEST:



/s/ Anna G. Hollers
        Secretary

 
75

 

APPENDIX A
 
COVERED COMPENSATION 35-YEAR AVERAGE TABLE (2001)*

Year of
 
Covered
 
Year of
 
Covered
Birth
 
Compensation
 
Birth
 
Compensation
             
1933
 
31,128
 
1951
 
66,960
1934
 
33,060
 
1952
 
68,232
1935
 
35,100
 
1953
 
69,444
1936
 
37,212
 
1954
 
70,620
1937
 
39,312
 
1955
 
72,756
1938
 
43,464
 
1956
 
73,764
1939
 
45,540
 
1957
 
74,700
1940
 
47,616
 
1958
 
75,528
1941
 
49,656
 
1959
 
76,296
1942
 
51,648
 
1960
 
77,004
1943
 
53,568
 
1961
 
77,664
1944
 
55,452
 
1962
 
78,228
1945
 
57,312
 
1963
 
78,780
1946
 
59,148
 
1964
 
79,284
1947
 
60,936
 
1965
 
79,704
1948
 
62,580
 
1966
 
80,052
1949
 
64,140
 
1967
 
80,280
1950
 
65,580
 
             1968 or later
 
80,400

*Covered Compensation rounded to $12

 
76

 

APPENDIX B
 
SOCIAL SECURITY INTEGRATION LIMIT
 ON EARLY OR DEFERRED COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS
(Unit Benefit Integrated Plan Formula)


         
 
Age at which
benefits commence
 
Maximum Excess Percent
 
         
 
70
 
1.048%
 
 
69
 
0.950%
 
 
68
 
0.863%
 
 
67
 
0.784%
 
 
66
 
0.714%
 
 
65
 
0.650%
 
 
64
 
0.607%
 
 
63
 
0.563%
 
 
62
 
0.520%
 
 
61
 
0.477%
 
 
60
 
0.433%
 
 
59
 
0.412%
 
 
58
 
0.390%
 
 
57
 
0.368%
 
 
56
 
0.347%
 
 
55
 
0.325%
 

 
77

 

AMENDMENT #1
TO THE
 
First Bancorp Employees’ Pension Plan
 (as Amended and Restated January 1, 2001)


Pursuant to the authority granted the undersigned corporate officer of First Bancorp by the Board of Directors of First Bancorp, the First Bancorp Employees’ Pension Plan (“Plan”) is amended as follows:
 
PREAMBLE
 
Adoption and Effective Date of Amendment.   This Amendment (“Amendment”) to the Plan is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (“EGTRRA”).  This Amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA and is to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder.  Except as otherwise provided, this Amendment shall be effective January 1, 2002.
 
Supersession of Inconsistent Provisions.   This Amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.
 
I.   LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS (Plan Section 4.3)
 
1.
Effective date. This section shall be effective for Limitation Years ending after December 31, 2001.
 
2.
Effect on Participants. Benefit increases resulting from the increase in the limitations of section 415(b) of the Code will be provided to all Employees participating in the Plan who have one Hour of Service on or after the first day of the first Limitation Year ending after December 31, 2001.
 
3. 
Definitions.
 
 
3.1
Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation. The “Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation” is $160,000, as adjusted, effective January 1 of each calendar year, under section 415(d) of the Code in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe, and payable in the form of a straight life annuity. A limitation as adjusted under section 415(d) will apply to Limitation Years ending with or within the calendar year for which the adjustment applies.
 
 
3.2
Maximum permissible benefit: The “maximum permissible benefit” is the lesser of the (i) Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation or (ii) the Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation (both adjusted where required, as provided in (a) and, if applicable, in (b) or (c) below).
 
 
(a)
If the Participant has fewer than 10 Years of Participation in the Plan, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation shall be multiplied by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the number of Years (or part thereof) of Participation in the Plan and (ii) the denominator of which is 10. In the
 
 
78

 

case of a Participant who has fewer than 10 Years of Service with the Employer, the Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation shall be multiplied by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the number of Years (or part thereof) of Service with the Employer and (ii) the denominator of which is 10.
 
 
(b)
If the benefit of a Participant begins prior to age 62, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation applicable to the Participant at such earlier age is an annual benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity beginning at the earlier age that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation applicable to the Participant at age 62 (adjusted under (a) above, if required). The Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation applicable at an age prior to age 62 is determined as the lesser of (i) the Actuarial Equivalent (at such age) of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 4.3(b) of the Plan and (ii) the Actuarial Equivalent (at such age) of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation computed using a 5% interest rate and the applicable mortality table as defined in Section 4.3(b) of the Plan. Any decrease in the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation determined in accordance with this paragraph (b) shall not reflect a mortality decrement if benefits are not forfeited upon the death of the Participant. If any benefits are forfeited upon death, the full mortality decrement is taken into account.
 
 
(c)
If the benefit of a Participant begins after the Participant attains age 65, the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation applicable to the Participant at the later age is the annual benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity beginning at the later age that is actuarially equivalent to the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation applicable to the Participant at age 65 (adjusted under (a) above, if required). The Actuarial Equivalent of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation applicable at an age after age 65 is determined as the lesser of (i) the Actuarial Equivalent (at such age) of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in Section 4.3(b) of the Plan or (ii) the Actuarial Equivalent (at such age) of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation computed using a 5% interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table as defined in Section 4.3(b) of the Plan. For these purposes, mortality between age 65 and the age at which benefits commence shall be ignored.
 
II. INCREASE IN COMPENSATION LIMIT (Plan Section 1.11)
 
1.
Increase in limit. The annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account in determining benefit accruals in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, shall not exceed $200,000. Annual Compensation means Compensation during the Plan Year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which Compensation is otherwise determined under the Plan (the determination period). For purposes of determining benefit accruals in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, Compensation for any prior determination period shall be limited as provided by the employer in the Plan.
 
 
79

 

2.
Cost-of-living adjustment. The $200,000 limit on annual Compensation in paragraph 1 shall be adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual Compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such calendar year.
 
3.
Compensation Limit for Prior Determination Periods. In determining benefit accruals in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, the annual Compensation limit in paragraph 1 of Section II (Increase in Compensation Limit), for determination periods beginning before January 1, 2002, shall be $150,000 for any determination period beginning in 1996 or earlier; $160,000 for any determination period beginning in 1997, 1998, or 1999; and $170,000 for any determination period beginning in 2000 or 2001.
 
III. Modification of Top-Heavy Rules (Article 11 of the Plan)
 
1.
Effective date. This section shall apply for purposes of determining whether the Plan is a top-heavy Plan under section 416(g) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, and whether the Plan satisfies the minimum benefits requirements of section 416(c) of the Code for such years. This section amends Article 11 of the Plan.
 
2.
Determination of top-heavy status.
 
 
2.1
Key employee. Key Employee means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the determination date was an officer of the Employer having annual Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the Employer, or a 1- percent owner of the Employer having annual Compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual Compensation means Compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
 
 
2.2
Determination of present values and amounts. This section 2.2 shall apply for purposes of determining the present values of Accrued Benefits and the amounts of account balances of Employees as of the determination date.
 
 
2.2.1
Distributions during year ending on the determination date. The present values of Accrued Benefits and the amounts of account balances of an Employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any Plan aggregated with the Plan under section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated Plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “5-year period” for “1-year period.”
 
 
2.2.2
Employees not performing services during year ending on the determination date. The Accrued Benefits and accounts of any individual who
 
 
80

 

has not performed services for the Employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.
 
3.
Minimum benefits. For purposes of satisfying the minimum benefit requirements of section 416(c)(1) of the Code and the Plan, in determining Years of Service with the Employer, any service with the Employer shall be disregarded to the extent that such service occurs during a Plan Year when the Plan benefits (within the meaning of section 410(b) of the Code) no Key Employee or former Key Employee.
 
IV. Direct Rollovers of Plan Distributions (Article 21)
 
1.
Effective date. This section shall apply to distributions made after December 31, 2001.
 
2.
Modification of definition of eligible retirement Plan. For purposes of the direct rollover provisions in section 21.2 of the Plan, an eligible retirement Plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible Plan under section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such Plan from this Plan. The definition of eligible retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in section 414(p) of the Code.
 
V. MODEL AMENDMENT AFFECTING CERTAIN PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS
 
1.
Effective Date . This Section shall apply to distributions with annuity starting dates on or after December 31, 2002.
 
2.
Mortality Table .  Notwithstanding any other plan provisions to the contrary, the applicable mortality table used for purposes of adjusting any benefit or limitation under Code Section 415(b)(2)(B), (C), or (D) as set forth in Section 4.3 of the Plan and the applicable mortality table used for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Code Section 417(e) as set forth in Section 1.2(b)(2) of the Plan is the table prescribed in Rev.Rul. 2001-62.
 
VI. NON-EGTRRA AMENDMENTS AFFECTING CERTAIN DEATH BENEFITS
 
Effective January 1, 2002, subsection (b) of Section 7.2 Determination of Preretirement Death Benefits is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following new subsection (b) is substituted in its place, as follows:
 
 
“(b)
For a Participant who meets the requirements of Section 7.1(c) above, unless an optional form of benefit is selected within the Election Period pursuant to a Qualified Election, the Participant's surviving Eligible Spouse (if any) will receive the same benefit that would be payable if the Participant had retired with an immediate Qualified Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity on the day prior to his death.”
 

 
81

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amendment #1 to the First Bancorp Employees’ Pension Plan is adopted this _ 19 _ day of ___ November ___, 2002, to be effective as stated above.
 
 
FIRST BANCORP
     
         
      By:  /s/ James H. Garner
      Its:  President & CEO
ATTEST:
     
         
By:  /s/ Anna G. Hollers      
Its:   Secretary      

(CORPORATE SEAL)

 
82

 

AMENDMENT
TO THE
FIRST BANCORP
EMPLOYEES’ PENSION PLAN


Pursuant to the authority granted the undersigned corporate officer of First Bancorp by the Board of Directors of First Bancorp, effective January 1, 2002, the Pension Plan for the Employees of First Bancorp Employees’ Pension Plan (“the Plan”) is amended as follows:
 
Subsection (a) of Section 6.1 Eligibility for Disability Retirement Benefits is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following new subsection (a) is substituted in its place, as follows:
 
 
“(a)
A Participant who is not yet eligible for Early Retirement under Article 3, or Normal Retirement under Article 4, and who ceases to be an Employee due to disability shall be eligible to receive a Disability Retirement Benefit if:
 
 
(1)
a Participant qualifies for any disability benefits sponsored by the Employer under any existing Insured Disability Income Plan, or if no such benefits are provided, then
 
 
(2)
a Participant becomes unable to engage in his regular occupation by reason of any physical or mental impairment as determined by a licensed physician chosen by the Participant and/or the disability insurance carrier, meeting the following requirements:
 
 
(A)
The Participant has become totally disabled by bodily injury, disease or mental disorder and is unable to perform the material and substantial duties of his regular occupation for which he is reasonably fitted by training, education, or experience, and
 
 
(B)
The licensed physician expects said bodily injury, disease or mental disorder to result in the death of the Participant or last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months and;
 
 
(C)
Such disability has continued for a period of ninety (90) days and will be permanent and continuous for the remainder of the Participant's lifetime.
 
 
(3)
For purposes of this Plan, however, no Participant shall be deemed totally and permanently disabled if his disability results from active participation in a riot, due to a pre-existing condition, any injury incurred while engaging in any illegal or felonious enterprise, intentionally self-inflicted injury, or injury incurred while serving in the armed forces of any country.
 
 
(4)
The Employer may require proof of continued disability from time to time, but not more frequently than once in any six (6) month period.
 
 
83

 

 
(5)
If the Participant’s condition constitutes total disability under the federal Social Security Acts, the Retirement Committee may rely upon such determination that the Participant is disabled for purposes of the Plan.
 
 
(6)
The determination of disability shall be applied uniformly to all Participants.”
 
Section 13.2 Denial of Claim is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following new Section 13.2 Claims Procedure is substituted in it place, as follows:
 
 
“13.2
Claims Procedure .

If a Participant or Beneficiary believes that he is entitled to benefits under the Plan which are not being paid to him or which are not being credited to his Account, he may file a written claim with the Plan Administrator, which claim shall immediately be referred to the Retirement Committee.  The Retirement Committee shall decide whether the claim shall be allowed or denied in whole or in part.  In the event that the Retirement Committee shall wholly or partially deny the claim for benefits made by any claimant, written notice or such denial shall be furnished to the claimant within forty-five (45) days following the receipt of the claim by the Plan Administrator.  If the Retirement Committee determines that an extension of time for processing the claim is required, notice of the extension shall be provided to the claimant before the expiration of the initial forty-five (45) day period, and such extension shall not exceed sixty (60) days from the end of the initial forty-five (45) day period.  Any notice of an extension must be provided to the claimant before the end of the applicable period and must explain the special circumstances that require the extension and the date by which the Retirement Committee expects to make a decision.

If the Retirement Committee determines that the claimant’s claim for benefits should be either wholly or partially denied, any notice denying the benefits shall be worded in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall set forth (i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial; (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (iv) an explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedure.

Within one hundred eighty (180) days following the receipt of such claim denial by the claimant, the claimant may appeal the denial of the claim by filing in writing with the Plan Administrator a written application for review, which application shall immediately be referred to the Retirement Committee.  The Retirement Committee shall fully and fairly review the decision denying the claim.

Prior to the decision of the Retirement Committee, the claimant (or the claimant’s representative) shall be given an opportunity to review, upon request and free of charge, copies of all documents, records and other

 
84

 

information relevant to the denial and to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relevant to the claim to the Retirement Committee.  The Retirement Committee’s review will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the claimant, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefits determination.

The Retirement Committee shall make its decision regarding the merits of the claim within forty-five (45) days following receipt by the Plan Administrator of the request for review or within ninety (90) days after such receipt, in a case where there are special circumstances requiring extension of time for processing the claim.  In the event the Retirement Committee determines an extension of time is required, the Retirement Committee shall provide the claimant written notice of the additional extension prior to the termination of the initial appeal review period.  In any event, the Retirement Committee shall deliver its final decision to the claimant in writing.  Any notice denying benefits shall be worded in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall set forth: (i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial; (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (iii) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and (iv) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.”

Section 13.3 Claims Review Procedure is hereby deleted in its entirety.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amendment to the First Bancorp Employees’ Pension Plan is adopted this _ 23rd _ day of _ March _, 2004, to be effective as stated above.
 

   
FIRST BANCORP
     
     
   
By: /s/ Anna G. Hollers
   
Title: EVP & Secretary
     
ATTEST:
   
     
By: /s/ Delores George
   
Title: Asst. Secretary
   

(CORPORATE SEAL)

 
85

 

MANDATORY DISTRIBUTION AMENDMENT
(Code Section 401(a)(31)(B))

ARTICLE I
APPLICATION OF AMENDMENT

1.1
Effective Date .  The provisions of this Amendment will apply with respect to distributions made on or after March 28, 2005.
 
 
1.2
Precedence .  This Amendment supersedes any inconsistent provision of the Plan.

ARTICLE II
AUTOMATIC ROLLOVER OF AMOUNTS OVER $1,000

The provisions of the Plan concerning mandatory distributions of amounts not exceeding $5,000 are amended as follows:

In the event of a mandatory distribution greater than $1,000 that is made in accordance with the provisions of the Plan providing for an automatic distribution to a Participant without the Participant's consent, if the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an “eligible retirement plan” specified by the Participant in a direct rollover (in accordance with the direct rollover provisions of the Plan) or to receive the distribution directly, then the Administrator shall pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Administrator.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amendment to be executed by its proper officers, all as of the date first above written.

FIRST BANCORP


By: /s/ James H. Garner
Title: President & CEO


ATTEST:

/s/ Anna G. Hollers
Title: Secretary


(CORPORATE SEAL)

 
86

 

  AMENDMENT FOR
PPA, HEART ACT AND OTHER LAW CHANGES
FOR THE
FIRST BANCORP EMPLOYEES’ PENSION PLAN


ARTICLE I
PREAMBLE

1.1
Adoption and effective date of Amendment . The Employer adopts this Amendment to the Plan to reflect recent law changes. This Amendment is effective as indicated below for the respective provisions.

1.2
Superseding of inconsistent provisions . This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.

1.3
Employer’s election. The Employer adopts the default provisions of this Amendment except as otherwise elected in Article II.

1.4
Construction. Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, any reference to “Section” in this Amendment refers only to sections within this Amendment, and is not a reference to the Plan. The Article and Section numbering in this Amendment is solely for purposes of this Amendment, and does not relate to any Plan article, section or other numbering designations.

1.5
Effect of restatement of Plan . If the Employer restates the Plan, then this Amendment shall remain in effect after such restatement unless the provisions in this Amendment are restated or otherwise become obsolete ( e.g. , if the Plan is restated onto a plan document which incorporates PPA provisions).

ARTICLE II
EMPLOYER ELECTIONS

The Employer only needs to complete the questions in Sections 2.2 through 2.8 below in order to override the default provisions set forth below.

2.1
Default Provisions . Unless the Employer elects otherwise in this Article, the following defaults will apply:

 
a.
The applicable mortality table described in Amendment Section 3.3.3(c) is effective for years beginning after December 31, 2008.

 
b.
Nonspousal beneficiary rollovers are permitted effective for distributions made after December 31, 2006.

 
87

 

 
c.
In-Service distributions prior to Normal Retirement Age are not permitted.

 
d.
The Code Section 436 benefit restriction provisions provide for the resumption of benefits when the restrictions no longer apply.

 
e.
Continued benefit accruals pursuant to the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008 (HEART Act) are not provided.

 
f.
The applicable interest rate shall be based on the first month (lookback month) prior to the Plan Year (stability period) during which a distribution is made.

 
g.
If the cash balance provisions are elected at Amendment Section 2.8, then the vesting schedule will be a 3-year cliff schedule and the interest credit provided in the Plan is not modified.
 
2.2
Effective date of applicable mortality table set forth in Amendment Section 3.3.3(c) . The applicable mortality table described in Amendment Section 3.3.3(c) is effective for years beginning after December 31, 2008, unless an earlier date is specified:

 
o
_________________ (may be a year beginning after December 31, 2007 and before January 1, 2009, or to any portion of such year).

2.3
Non-spousal rollovers (Article IV). Non-spousal rollovers are permitted after December 31, 2006 unless elected below (Article IV provides that such distributions are always permitted after December 31, 2009):

 
o
Use the following instead of the default (select one):

 
1.   o
Not permitted.
 
2.   o
Permitted effective____________ (not earlier than January 1, 2007 and not later than January 1, 2010).
 
2.4
In-service distributions (Article VIII) . In-Service Distributions prior to Normal Retirement Age are not permitted unless elected below:

 
o
In-service distributions will be allowed for Participants at age 62 effective as of the first day of the 2007 Plan Year unless another age and/or date is elected below:

 
1.   o
age ___ (may not be earlier than 62)
 
2.   o
effective as of ______________ (may not be earlier than the first day of the 2007 Plan Year).

2.5
Treatment of Plan as of Close of Prohibited or Cessation Period (Section 12.8). Unless otherwise elected below, payments and accruals will resume effective as of the day following the close of the period for which any limitation of payment or accrual of benefits under Amendment Sections 12.4 or 12.5 applies.

 
88

 

 
¨
Accruals will cease after the close of the period for which any limitation of payment or accrual of benefits under Amendment Sections 12.4 or 12.5 applies.
 
2.6            Continued benefit accruals (Article XIII). Continued benefit accruals for the Heart Act (Amendment Section 13.2) will not apply unless elected below:
 
 
o
The provisions of Amendment Section 13.2 apply.

2.7
Applicable interest rate. For purposes of Amendment Section 14.2, unless otherwise elected below, the stability period is the Plan Year during which a distribution is made and the lookback month is the first calendar month preceding the first day of the stability period. (If an alternative election is being made, then a selection at both a. and b. must be made.)

 
a.
The stability period for purposes of determining the Applicable Interest Rate is:

 
1.   o
One calendar month
 
2.   o
One Plan Year quarter
 
3.   o
One calendar year quarter
 
4.   o
One Plan Year
 
5.   o
One calendar year

 
b.
The lookback month relating to the Stability Period is the:

 
1.   o
first calendar month preceding the first day of the Stability Period
 
2.   o
second calendar month preceding the first day of the Stability Period
 
3.   o
third calendar month preceding the first day of the Stability Period
 
4.   o
fourth calendar month preceding the first day of the Stability Period
 
5.   o
fifth calendar month preceding the first day of the Stability Period
 
6.   o
average rate for two or more calendar months preceding the first day of the Stability Period (specify which of the first through fifth months are averaged) _____________________
 
2.8
Cash balance plans. The provisions of Article XV (Cash Balance provisions) only apply if elected below:

 
o
The provisions of Article XV apply (may only be selected if the Plan already includes cash balance provisions).

And , the following elections apply (select all that apply):

 
a.   o
Vesting. In lieu of the default 3-year cliff vesting schedule (a Participant’s Accrued Benefit is nonforfeitable upon the Participant’s completion of three years of vesting service), the following schedule applies (must be at least as liberal as 3-year cliff vesting at each point in time):
 
Years of vesting service
Nonforfeitable percentage
   
________
_________%
________
_________%
________
_________%

 
89

 
 
 
b.   o
Market Rate of Interest . The interest credit rate set forth in the Plan shall be changed to ______ (only select this option b. if a change is being made to the interest rate credit).

 
90

 

ARTICLE III
PENSION FUNDING EQUITY ACT OF 2004 AS MODIFIED BY SUBSEQUENT LEGISLATION

3.1
General Rule

3.1.1
Effective date. The Employer adopts this Article III to reflect certain provisions of the Pension Funding Equity Act of 2004 (PFEA), as modified by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and the Worker, Retiree and Employer Recovery Act of 2008.  Except as otherwise provided herein, effective for distributions in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2003, the required determination of actuarial equivalence of forms of benefit other than a straight life annuity shall be made in accordance with this Amendment. However, this Amendment does not supersede any prior election to apply the transition rule of section 101(d)(3) of PFEA as described in Notice 2004-78.

3.1.2            Definition of “Applicable Mortality Table.” The “applicable mortality table” means the applicable mortality table within the meaning of Code Section 417(e)(3)(B) (as described in Article XIV).

3.2               Benefit Forms Not Subject to the Present Value Rules of Code Section 417(e)(3).

3.2.1            Form of benefit . The straight life annuity   that is actuarially equivalent to the Participant’s form of benefit shall be determined under this Section 3.2 if the form of the Participant’s benefit is either:

(a)           A nondecreasing annuity (other than a straight life annuity) payable for a period of not less than the life of the Participant (or, in the case of a qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity, the life of the surviving spouse), or

(b)           An annuity that decreases during the life of the Participant merely because of:

(1)           The death of the survivor annuitant (but only if the reduction is not below 50% of the benefit payable before the death of the survivor annuitant), or

(2)           The cessation or reduction of Social Security supplements or qualified disability payments (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(11)).

3.2.2
Limitation Years beginning before July 1, 2007 . For Limitation Years beginning before July 1, 2007, the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit computed using whichever of the following produces the greater annual amount:

 
(a)
the interest rate and the mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in the Plan for adjusting benefits in the same form; and

 
(b)
a 5 percent interest rate assumption and the “applicable mortality table” defined in the Plan for that annuity starting date.

 
91

 

3.2.3
Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007 . For Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the greater of:

 
(a)
The annual amount of the straight life annuity (if any) payable to the Participant under the Plan commencing at the same annuity starting date as the Participant’s form of benefit; and

 
(b)
The annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using a 5 percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table defined in the Plan for that annuity starting date.

3.3
Benefit Forms Subject to the Present Value Rules of Code Section 417(e)(3).

3.3.1
Form of benefit. The straight life annuity that is actuarially equivalent to the Participant’s form of benefit shall be determined as indicated under this Section 3.3 if the form of the Participant’s benefit is other than a benefit form described in Section 3.2.1.

3.3.2
Annuity Starting Date in small plans for Plan Years Beginning in 2009 and later. Notwithstanding anything in this Amendment to the contrary, if the annuity starting date of the Participant’s form of benefit is in a Plan Year beginning in or after 2009, and if the Plan is maintained by an eligible employer as defined Code Section 408(p)(2)(C)(i), the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using whichever of the following produces the greater annual amount:

 
(a)
The interest rate and the mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in the Plan for adjusting benefits in the same form; and

 
(b)
A 5.5 percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table described in Article XIV.

3.3.3
Annuity Starting Date in Plan Years Beginning After 2005 . Except as provided in Section 3.3.2, if the annuity starting date of the Participant’s form of benefit is in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2005, the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the greatest of:

 
(a)
The annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using the interest rate and the mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in the Plan for adjusting benefits in the same form;

 
(b)
The annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using a 5.5 percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table for the distribution under Treasury Regulations Section 1.417(e)-1(d)(2) (determined in accordance with Article XIV for Plan Years after the effective date of that Article); and

 
92

 

 
(c)
The annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed for the distribution under Treasury Regulations Section 1.417(e)-1(d)(3) (determined in accordance with Article XIV for Plan Years after the effective date of that Article) and the applicable mortality table for the distribution under Treasury Regulations Section 1.417(e)-1(d)(2) (determined in accordance with Article XIV for Plan Years after the effective date specified below), divided by 1.05.

The effective date of the applicable mortality table above is for years beginning after December 31, 2008, unless an earlier date is elected in Amendment Section 2.2.

3.3.4
Annuity Starting Date in Plan Years Beginning in 2004 or 2005. If the annuity starting date of the Participant’s form of benefit is in a Plan Year beginning in 2004 or 2005, the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity is equal to the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using whichever of the following produces the greater annual amount:

 
(a)
The interest rate and the mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in the Plan for adjusting benefits in the same form; and

 
(b)
A 5.5 percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table for the distribution under Treasury Regulations Section 1.417(e)-1(d)(2).

However, this Section does not supersede any prior election to apply the transition rule of section 101(d)(3) of PFEA as described in Notice 2004-78.

  ARTICLE IV
DIRECT ROLLOVER OF NON-SPOUSAL DISTRIBUTION

4.1
Non-spouse beneficiary rollover right . For distributions after December 31, 2009, and unless otherwise elected in Amendment Section 2.3, for distributions after December 31, 2006, a non-spouse beneficiary who is a “designated beneficiary” under Code Section 401(a)(9)(E) and the Regulations thereunder, by a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer (“direct rollover”), may roll over all or any portion of his or her distribution to an Individual Retirement Account (IRA) the beneficiary establishes for purposes of receiving the distribution. In order to be able to roll over the distribution, the distribution otherwise must satisfy the definition of an “eligible rollover distribution” under Code Section 401(a)(31).

4.2
Certain requirements not applicable . Although a non-spouse beneficiary may roll over directly a distribution as provided in Section 4.1 of this Amendment, the distribution, if made prior to January 1, 2010, is not subject to the direct rollover requirements of Code Section 401(a)(31) (including Code Section 401(a)(31)(B)), the notice requirements of Code Section 402(f) or the mandatory withholding requirements of Code Section 3405(c). If a non-spouse beneficiary receives a distribution from the Plan, the distribution is not eligible for a 60-day (non-direct) rollover.

 
93

 

4.3
Trust beneficiary . If the Participant’s named beneficiary is a trust, the Plan may make a direct rollover to an IRA on behalf of the trust, provided the trust satisfies the requirements to be a designated beneficiary within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(9)(E).

4.4
Required minimum distributions not eligible for rollover. A non-spouse beneficiary may not roll over an amount that is a required minimum distribution, as determined under applicable Treasury Regulations and other Internal Revenue Service guidance. If the Participant dies before his or her required beginning date and the non-spouse beneficiary rolls over to an IRA the maximum amount eligible for rollover, the beneficiary may elect to use either the 5-year rule or the life expectancy rule, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-3, A-4(c), in determining the required minimum distributions from the IRA that receives the non-spouse beneficiary’s distribution.

ARTICLE V
ROLLOVER OF AFTER-TAX AMOUNTS

5.1
Direct rollover to qualified plan/403(b) plan . For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006, a Participant may elect to transfer employee after-tax contributions by means of a direct rollover to a qualified plan or to a 403(b) plan that agrees to account separately for amounts so transferred (including interest thereon), including accounting separately for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not includible in gross income.

ARTICLE VI
PARTICIPANT DISTRIBUTION NOTIFICATION

6.1
180-day notification period . For any distribution notice issued in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006, any reference to the 90-day maximum notice period requirements of Code Sections 402(f) (the rollover notice), 411(a)(11) (Participant’s consent to distribution), and 417 (notice regarding the joint and survivor annuity rules) is changed to 180 days.

6.2
Effect of delay of distribution . Notices given to Participants pursuant to Code Section 411(a)(11) in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006 shall include a description of how much larger benefits will be if the commencement of distributions is deferred.

6.3
Explanation of relative value . Notices to Participants shall include the relative values of the various optional forms of benefit, if any, under the Plan as provided in Treasury Regulations Section 1.417(a)-3. This provision is effective as of the applicable effective date set forth in Treasury Regulations ( i.e. , to qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity explanations provided on or after July 1, 2004; to qualified joint and survivor annuity explanations with respect to any distribution with an annuity starting date that is on or after February 1, 2006, or on or after October 2, 2004 with respect to any optional form of benefit that is subject to the requirements of Code Section 417(e)(3) if the actuarial present value of that optional form is less than the actuarial present value as determined under Code Section 417(e)(3)).

ARTICLE VII
QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS

 
94

 

7.1
Permissible QDROs . Effective on or after April 6, 2007, a domestic relations order that otherwise satisfies the requirements for a qualified domestic relations order (QDRO) will not fail to be a QDRO: (i) solely because the order is issued after, or revises, another domestic relations order or QDRO; or (ii) solely because of the time at which the order is issued, including issuance after the annuity starting date or after the Participant’s death.

7.2
Other QDRO requirements apply . A domestic relations order described in Section 7.1 is subject to the same requirements and protections that apply to QDROs.

ARTICLE VIII
PRE-RETIREMENT PENSION IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS

8.1
Age 62 distributions . If elected in Amendment Section 2.4, then effective as of the date specified therein, a Participant who has attained the specified age and who is not separated from employment may elect to receive a distribution of his or her vested Accrued Benefit.

ARTICLE IX
QUALIFIED OPTIONAL SURVIVOR ANNUITY

9.1
Right to Elect Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity. Effective with respect to Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007, a Participant who elects to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity form of benefit under the Plan shall be entitled to elect the “qualified optional survivor annuity” at any time during the applicable election period. Furthermore, the written explanation of the joint and survivor annuity shall explain the terms and conditions of the “qualified optional survivor annuity.”

9.2
Definition of Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity.

 
(a)
For purposes of this Article, the term “qualified optional survivor annuity” means an annuity:

 
(1)
For the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Participant’s spouse which is equal to the “applicable percentage” of the amount of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse, and

 
(2)
Which is the actuarial equivalent of a single annuity for the life of the Participant.

Such term also includes any annuity in a form having the effect of an annuity described in the preceding sentence.

 
(b)
For purposes of this Section, the “applicable percentage” is based on the survivor annuity percentage ( i.e. , the percentage which the survivor annuity under the Plan’s qualified joint and survivor annuity bears to the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the spouse). If the survivor annuity percentage is less than seventy-five percent (75%), then the “applicable percentage” is seventy-five percent (75%); otherwise the “applicable percentage” is fifty percent (50%).

 
95

 

ARTICLE X
DIRECT ROLLOVER TO ROTH IRA

10.1
Roth IRA rollover. For distributions made after December 31, 2007, a Participant or beneficiary may elect to roll over directly an “eligible rollover distribution” to a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A(b). For this purpose, the term “eligible rollover distribution” includes a rollover distribution described in Article V, if applicable.

ARTICLE XI
TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

11.1
Severance from employment. Effective for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, the provisions of the Plan setting forth the top-heavy provisions of Code Section 416 are modified by substituting the term “separation from service” with “severance from employment.”

ARTICLE XII
BENEFIT RESTRICTIONS

12.1
Effective Date and Application of Section .

 
(a)
Effective Date. The provisions of this Section apply to Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007.

 
(b)
This Section only applies to single employer plans (a plan that is not a multiemployer plan within the meaning of Code Section 414(f)) and does not apply to a plan maintained pursuant to one or more collective bargaining agreements between employee representatives and one or more employers. Furthermore, this Section shall not apply to for the first five (5) Plan Years of the Plan. For purposes of this subsection, the term Plan shall include any predecessor plan.

 
(c)
Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, the provision of Code Section 436 and the Regulations thereunder are incorporated herein by reference.

 
(d)
For Plans that have a valuation date other than the first day of the Plan Year, the provisions of Code Section 436 and this Article will applied in accordance with Regulations.

12.2
Funding-Based Limitation on Shutdown Benefits and Other Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits

 
(a)
In general. If a Participant is entitled to an “unpredictable contingent event benefit” payable with respect to any event occurring during any Plan Year, then such benefit may not be provided if the “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” for such Plan Year (1) is less than sixty percent (60%) or, (2) would be less than sixty percent (60%) percent taking into account such occurrence.

 
96

 

 
(b)
Exemption. Subsection (a) shall cease to apply with respect to any Plan Year, effective as of the first day of the Plan Year, upon payment by the Employer of a contribution (in addition to any minimum required contribution under Code Section 430) equal to:
 
 
(1)
in the case of Section 12.2(a)(1) above, the amount of the increase in the funding target of the Plan (under Code Section 430) for the Plan Year attributable to the occurrence referred to in Subsection (a), and

 
(2)
in the case of 12.2(a)(2) above, the amount sufficient to result in an “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” of sixty percent (60%).

 
(c)
Unpredictable contingent event benefit. For purposes of this subsection, the term “unpredictable contingent event benefit” means any benefit payable solely by reason of:
 
 
(1)
a plant shutdown (or similar event, as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury), or

 
(2)
an event other than the attainment of any age, performance of any service, receipt or derivation of any compensation, or occurrence of death or disability.

12.3
Limitations on Plan Amendments Increasing Liability for Benefits

 
(a)
In general. No amendment which has the effect of increasing liabilities of the Plan by reason of increases in benefits, establishment of new benefits, changing the rate of benefit accrual, or changing the rate at which benefits become nonforfeitable may take effect during any Plan Year if the “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” for such Plan Year is:

 
(1)
less than eighty percent (80%), or

 
(2)
would be less than eighty percent (80%) taking into account such amendment.

 
(b)
Exemption. Section 12.3(a) above shall cease to apply with respect to any Plan Year, effective as of the first day of the Plan Year (or if later, the effective date of the amendment), upon payment by the Employer of a contribution (in addition to any minimum required contribution under Code Section 430) equal to--

 
(A)
in the case of paragraph Section 12.3(a)(1) above, the amount of the increase in the funding target of the Plan (under Code Section 430) for the Plan Year attributable to the amendment, and

 
(B)
in the case of paragraph Section 12.3(a)(2) above, the amount sufficient to result in an “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” of eighty percent (80%).

 
(c)
Exception for certain benefit increases. Subsection (a) shall not apply to any amendment which provides for an increase in benefits under a formula which is

 
97

 

not based on a Participant’s compensation, but only if the rate of such increase is not in excess of the contemporaneous rate of increase in average wages of Participants covered by the amendment.

12.4
Limitations on Accelerated Benefit Distributions

 
(a)
Funding percentage less than sixty percent (60%). If the Plan’s “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” for a Plan Year is less than sixty percent (60%), then the Plan may not pay any “prohibited payment” after the valuation date for the Plan Year.

 
(b)
Bankruptcy. During any period in which the Employer is a debtor in a case under Title 11, United States Code, or similar Federal or State law, the Plan may not pay any “prohibited payment.” The preceding sentence shall not apply on or after the date on which the enrolled actuary of the Plan certifies that the “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” of the Plan is not less than one hundred percent (100%).

 
(c)
Limited payment if percentage at least sixty percent (60%) but less than eighty percent (80%) percent.

 
(1)
In general. If the Plan’s “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” for a Plan Year is sixty percent (60%) or greater but less than eighty percent (80%), then the Plan may not pay any “prohibited payment” after the valuation date for the Plan Year to the extent the amount of the payment exceeds the lesser of:

 
(A)
fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the payment which could be made without regard to this subsection, or

 
(B)
the present value (determined under guidance prescribed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, using the interest and mortality assumptions under Code Section 417(e)) of the maximum guarantee with respect to the participant under ERISA Section 4022.

 
(2)
One-time application.

 
(A)
In general. Only one “prohibited payment” meeting the requirements of subsection (1) may be made with respect to any Participant during any period of consecutive Plan Years to which the limitations under either Section 12.4(a) or Section 12.4(b) or this paragraph applies.

 
(B)
Treatment of beneficiaries. For purposes of this subparagraph, a Participant and any Beneficiary (including an alternate payee, as defined in Code Section 414(p)(8)) shall be treated as one Participant.  If the Accrued Benefit of a Participant is allocated to such an alternate payee and one or more other persons, the amount under Section 12.4(c)(1) shall be allocated among such persons in the same manner as the Accrued Benefit is allocated

 
98

 

unless the qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Code Section 414(p)(1)(A)) provides otherwise.

 
(d)
Exception. This subsection shall not apply for any Plan Year if the terms of the Plan (as in effect for the period beginning on September 1, 2005, and ending with such Plan Year) provide for no benefit accruals with respect to any Participant during such period.

 
(e)
“Prohibited payment.” For purposes of this subsection, the term “prohibited payment” means:

 
(1)
any payment, in excess of the monthly amount paid under a single life annuity (plus any Social Security supplements described in the last sentence of Code Section 411(a)(9)), to a Participant or Beneficiary whose Annuity Starting Date occurs during any period a limitation under Section 12.4(a) or Section 12.4(b) is in effect,

 
(2)
any payment for the purchase of an irrevocable commitment from an insurer to pay benefits, and

 
(3)
any other payment specified by the Secretary by Regulations.

Such term shall not include the payment of a benefit which under Code Section 411(a)(11) may be immediately distributed without the consent of the Participant.

12.5
Limitation on Benefit Accruals for Plans with Severe Funding Shortfalls

 
(a)
In general. If the Plan’s “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” for a Plan Year is less than sixty percent (60%), benefit accruals under the Plan shall cease as of the valuation date for the Plan Year.

 
(b)
Exemption. Section 12.5(a) shall cease to apply with respect to any Plan Year, effective as of the first day of the Plan Year, upon payment by the Employer of a contribution (in addition to any minimum required contribution under Code Section 430) equal to the amount sufficient to result in an “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” of sixty percent (60%).

 
(c)
Temporary modification of limitation. In the case of the first Plan Year beginning during the period beginning on October 1, 2008, and ending on September 30, 2009, the provisions of Section 12.5(a) above shall be applied by substituting the Plan’s “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” for the preceding Plan Year for such percentage for such Plan Year, but only if the “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” for the preceding year is greater.

12.6
Rules Relating to Contributions Required to Avoid Benefit Limitations

(a)
Security may be provided.

 
(1)
In general. For purposes of this section, the “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” shall be determined by treating as an asset of the Plan any security provided by the Employer in a form meeting the requirements of Section 12.6(a)(2) below.

 
99

 

 
(2)
Form of security. The security required under Section 12.6(a)(1) shall consist of:

 
(A)
a bond issued by a corporate surety company that is an acceptable surety for purposes of ERISA Section 412,

 
(B)
cash, or United States obligations which mature in three (3) years or less, held in escrow by a bank or similar financial institution, or

 
(C)
such other form of security as is satisfactory to the Secretary and the parties involved.

 
(3)
Enforcement. Any security provided under Section 12.6(a)(1) may be perfected and enforced at any time after the earlier of:

 
(A)
the date on which the Plan terminates,

 
(B)
if there is a failure to make a payment of the minimum required contribution for any Plan Year beginning after the security is provided, the due date for the payment under Code Section 430(j), or

 
(C)
if the “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” is less than sixty percent (60%) for a consecutive period of 7 years, the valuation date for the last year in the period.

 
(4)
Release of security. The security shall be released (and any amounts thereunder shall be refunded together with any interest accrued thereon) at such time as the Secretary may prescribe in Regulations, including Regulations for partial releases of the security by reason of increases in the “adjusted funding target attainment percentage.”

 
(b)
Prefunding balance or funding standard carryover balance may not be used. No prefunding balance or funding standard carryover balance under Code Section 430(f) may be used under Section 12.2, 12.3, or 12.5 to satisfy any payment an Employer may make under any such subsection to avoid or terminate the application of any limitation under such subsection.

 
(c)
Deemed reduction of funding balances:
 
 
(1)
In general. Subject to Section 12.6(a)(3) above, in any case in which a benefit limitation under 12.2, 12.3, 12.4 or 12.5  would (but for this subparagraph and determined without regard to Section 12.2(b), 12.3(b), or 12.5(b)) apply to such Plan for the Plan Year, the Employer shall be treated for purposes of this title as having made an election under Code Section 430(f) to reduce the prefunding balance or funding standard carryover balance by such amount as is necessary for such benefit limitation to not apply to the Plan for such Plan Year.

 
(2)
Exception for insufficient funding balances. Section 12.6(c)(1) shall not apply with respect to a benefit limitation for any Plan Year if the

 
100

 

 
application of Section 12.6(c)(1) would not result in the benefit limitation not applying for such Plan Year.

12.7
Presumed Underfunding for Purposes of Benefit Limitations

 
(a)
Presumption of continued underfunding. In any case in which a benefit limitation under Section 12.2, 12.3, 12.4 or 12.5 has been applied to a Plan with respect to the Plan Year preceding the current Plan Year, the “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” of the Plan for the current Plan Year shall be presumed to be equal to the “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” of the Plan for the preceding Plan Year until the enrolled actuary of the Plan certifies the actual “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” of the Plan for the current Plan Year.

 
(b)
Presumption of underfunding after 10th month. In any case in which no certification of the “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” for the current Plan Year is made with respect to the Plan before the first day of the 10th month of such year, for purposes of Section 12.2, 12.3, 12.4 or 12.5, such first day shall be deemed, for purposes of such subsection, to be the valuation date of the Plan for the current Plan Year and the Plan’s “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” shall be conclusively presumed to be less than sixty percent (60%) as of such first day.

 
(c)
Presumption of underfunding after 4th month for nearly underfunded plans. In any case in which:

 
(1)
a benefit limitation under subsection Section 12.2, 12.3, 12.4 or 12.5 did not apply to a Plan with respect to the Plan Year preceding the current Plan Year, but the “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” of the Plan for such preceding Plan Year was not more than ten (10) percentage points greater than the percentage which would have caused such subsection to apply to the Plan with respect to such preceding Plan Year, and

 
(2)
as of the first day of the 4th month of the current Plan Year, the enrolled actuary of the Plan has not certified the actual “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” of the Plan for the current Plan Year, until the enrolled actuary so certifies, such first day shall be deemed, for purposes of such subsection, to be the valuation date of the Plan for the current Plan Year and the “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” of the Plan as of such first day shall, for purposes of such subsection, be presumed to be equal to ten (10) percentage points less than the “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” of the Plan for such preceding Plan Year.

12.8
Treatment of Plan as of Close of Prohibited or Cessation Period. The following provisions apply for purposes of applying this Section.

 
(a)
Operation of Plan after period. Unless otherwise elected in this Amendment Section 2.5, payments and accruals will resume effective as of the day following the close of the period for which any limitation of payment or accrual of benefits under Section 12.4 or 12.5 applies.

 
101

 

 
(b)
Treatment of affected benefits. Nothing in this Section 12.8 shall be construed as affecting the Plan’s treatment of benefits which would have been paid or accrued but for this Section.

12.9
Definitions.

 
(a)
The term “funding target attainment percentage” has the same meaning given such term by Code Section 430(d)(2), except as otherwise provided herein. However, in the case of Plan Years beginning in 2008, the “funding target attainment percentage” for the preceding Plan Year may be determined using such methods of estimation as the Secretary may provide.

 
(b)
The term “adjusted funding target attainment percentage” means the “funding target attainment percentage” which is determined under Section 12.9(a) by increasing each of the amounts under subparagraphs (A) and (B) of Code Section 430(d)(2) by the aggregate amount of purchases of annuities for employees other than highly compensated employees (as defined in Code Section 414(q)) which were made by the Plan during the preceding two (2) Plan Years.

 
(c)
Application to plans which are fully funded without regard to reductions for funding balances.

 
(1)
In general. In the case of a Plan for any Plan Year, if the “funding target attainment percentage” is one hundred percent (100%) or more (determined and without regard to the reduction in the value of assets under Code Section 430(f)(4)), the “funding target attainment percentage” for purposes of Sections 12.9(a) and (b) shall be determined without regard to such reduction.

 
(2)
Transition rule. Section 12.9(c)(1) shall be applied to Plan Years beginning after 2007 and before 2011 by substituting for “one hundred percent (100%)” the applicable percentage determined in accordance with the following table:
 
In the case of a Plan Year   
 
The applicable percentage is:
beginning in calendar year:
   
     
2008
 
92%
2009
 
94%
2010
 
96%
 
 
(3)
Section 12.9(c)(2) shall not apply with respect to any Plan Year beginning after 2008 unless the “funding target attainment percentage” (determined without regard to the reduction in the value of assets under Code Section 430(f)(4)) of the Plan for each preceding Plan Year beginning after 2007 was not less than the applicable percentage with respect to such preceding Plan Year determined under Section 12.9(c)(2).

 
102

 

ARTICLE XIII
HEART ACT PROVISIONS

13.1
Death benefits. In the case of a death or disability occurring on or after January 1, 2007, if a participant dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code Section 414(u)), the survivors of the Participant are entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) provided under the Plan as if the participant had resumed and then terminated employment on account of death.

13.2
Benefit accrual. If, pursuant to Amendment Section 2.6, the Employer elects to apply this Section 13.2, then for benefit accrual purposes, the Plan treats an individual who, on or after January 12, 2007, dies or becomes disabled (as defined under the terms of the plan) while performing qualified military service with respect to the Employer as if the individual had resumed employment in accordance with the individual’s reemployment rights under USERRA, on the day preceding death or disability (as the case may be) and terminated employment on the actual date of death or disability.

 
(a)
Determination of benefits . The Plan will determine the amount of Employee contributions of an individual treated as reemployed under this Section 13.2 for purposes of applying Code Section 414(u)(8)(C) on the basis of the individual’s average actual employee contributions for the lesser of: (i) the 12-month period of service with the Employer immediately prior to qualified military service; or (ii) if service with the Employer is less than such 12-month period, the actual length of continuous service with the Employer.

13.3
Differential wage payments. For years beginning after December 31, 2008, (i) an individual receiving a differential wage payment, as defined by Code Section 3401(h)(2), shall be treated as an Employee of the Employer making the payment, (ii) the differential wage payment shall be treated as compensation, and (iii) the Plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of any provision described in Code Section 414(u)(1)(C) by reason of any contribution or benefit which is based on the differential wage payment.

ARTICLE XIV
CHANGE IN APPLICABLE INTEREST RATE AND
APPLICABLE MORTALITY ASSUMPTION

14.1
Effective date. Except as provided by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) and IRS, the limitations of this Article shall first apply in determining the amount payable to a Participant having an annuity starting date in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2008.

14.2
Applicable interest rate . For purposes of the Plan’s provisions relating to the calculation of the present value of a benefit payment that is subject to Code Section 417(e), any provision prescribing the use of the annual rate of interest on 30-year U.S. Treasury securities shall be implemented by instead using the rate of interest determined by applicable interest rate described by Code Section 417(e) after its amendment by PPA. Specifically, the applicable interest rate shall be the adjusted first, second, and third segment rates applied under the rules similar to the rules of Code Section 430(h)(2)(C) for the calendar month (lookback month) before the first day of

 
103

 

the Plan Year in which the annuity starting date occurs (stability period), or such other lookback month and stability period as elected in Amendment Section 2.7. For this purpose, the first, second, and third segment rates are the first, second, and third segment rates which would be determined under Code Section 430(h)(2)(C) if:

 
(a)
Code Section 430(h)(2)(D) were applied by substituting the average yields for the month described in the preceding paragraph for the average yields for the 24-month period described in such section, and

 
(b)
Code Section 430(h)(2)(G)(i)(II) were applied by substituting “Section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(II)” for “Section 412(b)(5)(B)(ii)(II),” and

 
(c)
The applicable percentage under Code Section 430(h)(2)(G) is treated as being 20% in 2008, 40% in 2009, 60% in 2010, and 80% in 2011.

14.3
Applicable mortality assumption . For purposes of the Plan’s provisions relating to the calculation of the present value of a benefit payment that is subject to Code Section 417(e), any provision directly or indirectly prescribing the use of the mortality table described in Revenue Ruling 2001-62 shall be amended to prescribe the use of the applicable annual mortality table within the meaning of Code Section 417(e)(3)(B), as initially described in Revenue Ruling 2007-67.

 
104

 

ARTICLE XV
CASH BALANCE PLAN PROVISIONS
 

15.1
Effective date. If elected in Amendment Section 2.8, the provisions of this Article shall be effective with respect to distributions made after August 17, 2006, except as otherwise specified in this Article.

15.2
Determination of present value of accrued benefit . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary (including the Plan provisions relating to Code Section 417(e)), effective with respect to distributions made after August 17, 2006, the present value of a participant’s accrued benefit for purposes of making a distribution of a Participant’s entire vested accrued benefit (including for purposes of complying with the requirements of Code Section 417(e)), shall be equal to the Participant’s hypothetical account balance.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the present value of a Participant’s accrued benefit for purposes of making a distribution of a Participant’s entire vested accrued benefit shall also include the actuarial equivalent (using the provisions of the Plan for determining actuarial equivalence) of the excess, if any, of the Participant’s accrued benefit as of the determination date less the portion of the accrued benefit attributable to the Participant’s hypothetical account balance ( i.e. , the portion of the accrued benefit attributable to the top-heavy minimum benefit).

15.3
Vesting. Except as otherwise elected in Amendment Section 2.8, the Plan’s vesting schedule is modified to the extent necessary to provide that all Participants who have an Hour of Service after the effective date of this subsection and who are credited with at least three (3) years of service for vesting purposes shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested in their accrued benefits derived from Employer contributions. The provisions of this subsection are generally effective for Plan Years ending after June 29, 2005. However, for plans in existence on June 29, 2005, this subsection shall only be effective with respect to Plan Years, and Participants who have an Hour of Service, after December 31, 2007.

15.4
Market Rate of Interest . The interest rate used for accumulating Participants’ hypothetical account balances shall not exceed a market rate of return, and regardless of the rate specified in the Plan or in Amendment Section 2.8, an interest credit (or equivalent amount) of less than zero shall in no event result in the account balance or similar amount being less than the aggregate amount of contributions credited to the hypothetical account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon termination of the Plan:

 
(a)
If the interest credit rate (or an equivalent amount) under the Plan is a variable rate, then the rate of interest used to determine accrued benefits under the Plan shall be equal to the average of the rates of interest used under the Plan during the 5-year period ending on the termination date; and

 
(b)
The interest rate and mortality table used to determine the amount of any benefit under the Plan payable in the form of an annuity payable at normal retirement age shall be the rate and table specified under the Plan for such

 
105

 

purpose as of the termination date, except that if such interest rate is a variable rate, the interest rate shall be determined under the rules of subclause (a).

THIS AMENDMENT has been executed this     24    day of     November   , 2009.

 
FIRST BANCORP
   
   
 
By:  /s/ Timothy S. Maples
 
Authorized Representative of Employer

/s/ Delores George
Witness

 
106

 

AMENDMENT FOR
 
FINAL 415 REGULATIONS, PENSION FUNDING EQUITY ACT
 
AND FINAL 411 REGULATIONS

 
ARTICLE I
PREAMBLE
 
1.1
Effective date of Amendment . This Amendment is effective as indicated herein for the respective provisions.
 
1.2
Superseding of inconsistent provisions . This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.
 
1.3
Construction. Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, any reference to "Section" in this Amendment refers only to sections within this Amendment, and is not a reference to the Plan. The Article and Section numbering in this Amendment is solely for purposes of this Amendment, and does not relate to any Plan article, section or other numbering designations.
 
1.4
Effect of restatement of Plan. If the Employer restates the Plan, then this Amendment shall remain in effect after such restatement unless the provisions in this Amendment are restated or otherwise become obsolete (e.g., if the Plan is restated onto a plan document which incorporates the final Code Section 415 Regulations provisions).
 
ARTICLE II
EMPLOYER ELECTIONS
 
The Employer only needs to complete the questions in this Article II in order to override the default provisions set forth below. If the Plan will use all of the default provisions, then the questions in this Article II should be skipped.
 
Default Provisions. Unless the Employer elects otherwise in this Article, the following defaults will apply:
 
 
a.
The transition rule of Section 101(d)(3) of the Pension Funding Equity Act (PFEA), as described in IRS Notice 2004-78), will not be used.
 
 
b.
The "Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation" is adjusted after a Participant has a "Severance from Employment." The "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" is not adjusted after a Participant has a "Severance from Employment."
 
 
c.
The provisions of the Plan setting forth the definition of compensation for purposes of Code Section 415 (hereinafter referred to as "415 Compensation"),
 
 
107

 

as well as compensation for purposes of determining highly compensated employees pursuant to Code Section 414(q) and for top-heavy purposes under Code Section 416 (including the determination of key employees), is modified by (1) including payments for unused sick, vacation or other leave, (2) including payments from nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plans, (3) excluding salary continuation payments for participants on military service, and (4) excluding salary continuation payments for disabled participants.
 
 
d.
The "first few weeks rule" does not apply for purposes of 415 Compensation (Amendment Section 3.3).
 
 
e.
The provision of the Plan setting forth the definition of compensation for benefit purposes (hereinafter referred to as "Plan Compensation") is modified to provide for the same adjustments to Plan Compensation that are made to 415 Compensation pursuant to this Amendment.
 
2.1
415 Compensation and Plan Compensation. In lieu of the default provisions above, the following apply: (select all that apply; if no selections are made, then the defaults apply)
 
415 Compensation. (select all that apply):
 
a.        o
Exclude leave cashouts (Section 3.2(b))
 
b.        o
Exclude deferred compensation (Section 3.2(c))
 
c.        o
Include military continuation payments (Section 3.2(d))
 
d.        o
Include disability continuation payments (Section 3.2(e)):
 
1.        o
For Nonhighly Compensated Employees only
 
2.        o
For all participants and the salary continuation will continue for the following fixed or determinable period: ________________________________
 
e.        o
Apply the administrative delay ("first few weeks") rule (Section 3.3)
 
Plan Compensation . (select f. or all that apply in g. – m.):
 
f.         o
No change from existing Plan provisions
 
OR
 
g.        o
Exclude all post-severance compensation
 
h.        o
Exclude post-severance regular pay
 
i.         o
Exclude leave cashouts
 
j.         o
Exclude deferred compensation
 
k.        o
Include military continuation payments
 
l.         o
Include disability continuation payments:
 
1.        o
For Nonhighly Compensated Employees only
 
 
108

 

2.
        o        For all participants and the salary continuation will continue for the following fixed or determinable period: ________________________________
 
m.         o
Other _________________________ (describe)
 
Special Effective Date . The definition of Plan Compensation is modified as set forth herein effective as of the same date as the 415 Compensation change is effective unless otherwise specified:
 
n. o    _________________________________ (enter the effective date).
 
2.2
PFEA Transition rule. The transition rule of Section 101(d)(3) of the Pension Funding Equity Act (PFEA), as described in IRS Notice 2004-78, sets out a transition period during which a plan is permitted to pay a benefit subject to Code Section 417(e)(3) in an amount that would be higher than what is otherwise permitted under Code Section 415. This higher amount is the lesser of the transition amount as calculated and the benefit calculated under the terms of the plan reflecting the limitations of Code Section 415 disregarding the enactment of PFEA. The transition rule will not apply unless selected below.
 
 
o
The transition rule applies, which sets the 2003 Code Section 415 limit calculation as a minimum Code Section 415 limit applicable to the 2004 Plan Year.
 
2.3
Adjustment to compensation limitation after date of severance . In the case of a Participant who has had a "Severance from Employment" with the Employer, the "Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation" applicable to the Participant in any "Limitation Year" beginning after the date of severance shall be automatically adjusted under Code Section 415(d) unless otherwise elected below.
 
 
o
The "Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation" shall not be automatically adjusted.
 
2.4
Adjustment to dollar limit after date of severance . In the case of a Participant who has had a "Severance from Employment" with the Employer, the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" applicable to the Participant in any "Limitation Year" beginning after the date of severance shall not be automatically adjusted under Code Section 415(d) unless otherwise elected below.
 
 
o
The "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" shall be automatically adjusted.
 
ARTICLE III
415 COMPENSATION
 
3.1
Effective date. The provisions of this Article III shall apply to "Limitation Years" beginning on and after July 1, 2007.
 
3.2
415 Compensation paid after "Severance from Employment." 415 Compensation shall be adjusted, as set forth herein and as otherwise elected in Article II, for the following types of compensation paid after a Participant's "Severance from Employment" with the Employer maintaining the Plan (or any other entity that is treated as the Employer pursuant to Code Section 414(b), (c),
 
 
109

 

(m) or (o)). However, amounts described in subsections (a), (b) and (c) below may only be included in 415 Compensation to the extent such amounts are paid by the later of 2 1/2 months after "severance from Employment" or by the end of the "Limitation Year" that includes the date of such "Severance from Employment." Any other payment of compensation paid after "Severance from Employment" that is not described in the following types of compensation is not considered 415 Compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3), even if payment is made within the time period specified above.
 
 
(a)
Regular pay. 415 Compensation shall include regular pay after "Severance from Employment" if:
 
 
(1)
The payment is regular compensation for services during the Participant's regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the Participant's regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments; and
 
 
(2)
The payment would have been paid to the Participant prior to a "Severance from Employment" if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer.
 
 
(b)
Leave cashouts. Leave cashouts shall be included in 415 Compensation, unless otherwise elected in Section 2.1 of this Amendment, if those amounts would have been included in the definition of 415 Compensation if they were paid prior to the Participant's "Severance from Employment," and the amounts are payment for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if the Participant would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued.
 
 
(c)
Deferred Compensation . Unless otherwise elected in Section 2.1 of this Amendment, 415 Compensation will include deferred compensation if the compensation would have been included in the definition of 415 Compensation if it had been paid prior to the Participant's "Severance from Employment," and the compensation is received pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid at the same time if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer and only to the extent that the payment is includible in the Participant's gross income.
 
 
(d)
Salary continuation payments for military service Participants. 415 Compensation does not include, unless otherwise elected in Section 2.1 of this Amendment, payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for the Employer by reason of qualified military service (as that term is used in Code Section 414(u)(1)) to the extent those payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service.
 
 
(e)
Salary continuation payments for disabled Participants. Unless
 
 
110

 

 
otherwise elected in Section 2.1 of this Amendment, 415 Compensation does not include compensation paid to a Participant who is permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3)). If elected, this provision shall apply to either just non-highly compensated Participants or to all Participants for the period specified in Section 2.1 of this Amendment.
 
3.3
Administrative delay ("the first few weeks") rule. 415 Compensation for a "Limitation Year" shall not include, unless otherwise elected in Section 2.1 of this Amendment, amounts earned but not paid during the "Limitation Year" solely because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates. However, if elected in Section 2.1 of this Amendment, 415 Compensation for a "Limitation Year" shall include amounts earned but not paid during the "Limitation Year" solely because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates, provided the amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next "Limitation Year," the amounts are included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly situated Participants, and no compensation is included in more than one "Limitation Year."
 
3.4
Inclusion of certain nonqualified deferred compensation amounts. If the Plan's definition of Compensation for purposes of Code Section 415 is the definition in Regulations Section 1.415(c)-2(b) (Regulations Section 1.415-2(d)(2) under the Regulations in effect for "Limitation Years" beginning prior to July 1, 2007) and the simplified compensation definition of Regulations Section 1.415(c)-2(d)(2) (Regulations Section 1.415-2(d)(10) under the Regulations in effect for "Limitation Years" prior to July 1, 2007) is not used, then 415 Compensation shall include amounts that are includible in the gross income of a Participant under the rules of Code Section 409A or Code Section 457(f)(1)(A) or because the amounts are constructively received by the Participant.
 
3.5
Back Pay. Payments awarded by an administrative agency or court or pursuant to a bona fide agreement by an Employer to compensate an Employee for lost wages are 415 Compensation for the "Limitation Year" to which the back pay relates, but only to the extent such payments represent wages and compensation that would otherwise be included in 415 Compensation under this Article.
 
3.6
Change of "Limitation Year ." The "Limitation Year" may only be changed by a Plan amendment. Furthermore, if the Plan is terminated effective as of a date other than the last day of the Plan's "Limitation Year," then the Plan is treated as if the Plan had been amended to change its "Limitation Year."
 
ARTICLE IV
PLAN COMPENSATION
 
4.1
Compensation paid after "Severance from Employment." Compensation for purposes of benefits (hereinafter referred to as Plan Compensation) shall be adjusted, unless otherwise elected in Amendment Section 2.1, in the same manner as 415 Compensation pursuant to Article III of this Amendment if those amounts would have been included in Compensation if they were paid prior tot he Participant's "Severance from Employment," except in applying Article III, the term "Limitation Year" shall be replaced with the term "Plan Year" and the term "415
 
 
111

 

Compensation" shall be replaced with the term "Plan Compensation."
 
4.2
Effective date of Plan Compensation provisions . The provisions of this Article shall apply for Plan Years beginning on and after July 1, 2007, unless another effective date is specified in Section 2.1 of this Amendment.
 

 
 
ARTICLE V
FINAL SECTION 411 REGULATIONS
 
No amendment to the plan (including a change in the actuarial basis for determining optional or early retirement benefits) shall be effective to the extent that it has the effect of decreasing a Participant's accrued benefit. For purposes of this paragraph, a plan amendment that has the effect of (1) eliminating or reducing an early retirement benefit or a retirement-type subsidy, or (2) eliminating an optional form of benefit, with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment shall be treated as reducing accrued benefits. In the case of a retirement-type subsidy, the preceding sentence shall apply only with respect to a Participant who satisfies (either before or after the amendment) the pre-amendment conditions for the subsidy. Notwithstanding the preceding sentences, a Participant's Accrued Benefit, early retirement benefit, retirement-type subsidy, or optional form of benefit may be reduced to the extent permitted under Code Section 412(c)(8) (for Plan Years beginning on or before December 31, 2007) or Code Section 412(d)(2) (for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007), or to the extent permitted under Regulations Sections 1.411(d)-3 and 1.411(d)-4. For purposes of this paragraph, a retirement-type subsidy is the excess, if any, of the actuarial present value of a retirement-type benefit over the actuarial present value of the Accrued Benefit commencing at Normal Retirement Age or at actual commencement date, if later, with both such actuarial present values determined as of the date the retirement-type benefit commences.
 
 
ARTICLE VI
CODE SECTION 415 LIMITATIONS
 
6.1
Annual Benefit.
 
 
(a)
Effective date. The limitations of this Article apply in "Limitation Years" beginning on or after July 1, 2007, except as otherwise provided herein.
 
 
(b)
"Annual Benefit." The “Annual Benefit” otherwise payable to a Participant under the Plan at any time shall not exceed the “Maximum Permissible Benefit.” If the benefit the Participant would otherwise accrue in a "Limitation Year" would produce an “Annual Benefit” in excess of the “Maximum
 
 
112

 

 
Permissible Benefit,” then the benefit shall be limited (or the rate of accrual reduced) to a benefit that does not exceed the “Maximum Permissible Benefit.”
 
 
(c)
Adjustment if in two defined benefit plans. If the Participant is, or has ever been, a Participant in another qualified defined benefit plan (without regard to whether the plan has been terminated) maintained by the Employer or a "Predecessor Employer," the sum of the Participant’s “Annual Benefits” from all such plans may not exceed the “Maximum Permissible Benefit.” Where the Participant’s employer-provided benefits under all such defined benefit plans (determined as of the same age) would exceed the “Maximum Permissible Benefit” applicable at that age, the Employer shall limit a Participant’s benefit in accordance with the terms of the Plans.
 
 
(d)
Grandfather of limits prior to July 1, 2007. The application of the provisions of this Article shall not cause the “Maximum Permissible Benefit” for any Participant to be less than the Participant’s Accrued Benefit under all the defined benefit plans of the Employer or a "Predecessor Employer" as of the end of the last "Limitation Year" beginning before July 1, 2007 under provisions of the plans that were both adopted and in effect before April 5, 2007. The preceding sentence applies only if the provisions of such defined benefit plans that were both adopted and in effect before April 5, 2007 satisfied the applicable requirements of statutory provisions, Regulations, and other published guidance relating to Code Section 415 in effect as of the end of the last "Limitation Year" beginning before July 1, 2007, as described in Regulations Section 1.415(a)-1(g)(4).
 
 
(e)
Other rules applicable. The limitations of this Article shall be determined and applied taking into account the rules in Amendment Section 6.3.
 
6.2
Definitions. For purposes of this Amendment, the following definitions apply.
 
 
(a)
Annual Benefit. "Annual Benefit" means a benefit that is payable annually in the form of a "Straight Life Annuity." Except as provided below, where a benefit is payable in a form other than a "Straight Life Annuity," the benefit shall be adjusted to an actuarially equivalent "Straight Life Annuity" that begins at the same time as such other form of benefit and is payable on the first day of each month, before applying the limitations of this Article. For a Participant who has or will have distributions commencing at more than one Annuity Starting Date, the "Annual Benefit" shall be determined as of each such Annuity Starting Date (and shall satisfy the limitations of this Article as of each such date), actuarially adjusting for past and future distributions of benefits commencing at the other Annuity Starting Dates. For this purpose, the determination of whether a new Annuity Starting Date has occurred shall be made without regard to Regulations Section 1.401(a)-20, Q&A 10(d), and with regard to Regulations Section 1.415(b)1(b)(1)(iii)(B) and (C).
 
No actuarial adjustment to the benefit shall be made for (a) survivor benefits payable to a surviving spouse under a qualified joint and survivor annuity to
 
 
113

 

the extent such benefits would not be payable if the Participant’s benefit were paid in another form; (b) benefits that are not directly related to retirement benefits (such as a qualified disability benefit, preretirement incidental death benefits, and postretirement medical benefits); or (c) the inclusion in the form of benefit of an automatic benefit increase feature, provided the form of benefit is not subject to Code Section 417(e)(3) and would otherwise satisfy the limitations of this Article, and the Plan provides that the amount payable under the form of benefit in any "Limitation Year" shall not exceed the limits of this Article applicable at the Annuity Starting Date, as increased in subsequent years pursuant to Code Section 415(d). For this purpose, an automatic benefit increase feature is included in a form of benefit if the form of benefit provides for automatic, periodic increases to the benefits paid in that form.
 
The determination of the "Annual Benefit" shall take into account Social Security supplements described in Code Section 411(a)(9) and benefits transferred from another defined benefit plan, other than transfers of distributable benefits pursuant Regulations Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c), but shall disregard benefits attributable to Employee contributions or rollover contributions.
 
Effective for distributions in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2003, the determination of actuarial equivalence of forms of benefit other than a "Straight Life Annuity" shall be made in accordance with (1) or (2) below.
 
 
(1)
Benefit forms not subject to Code Section 417(e)(3) . The "Straight Life Annuity" that is actuarially equivalent to the Participant’s form of benefit shall be determined under this subsection (1) if the form of the Participant’s benefit is either (a) a nondecreasing annuity (other than a "Straight Life Annuity") payable for a period of not less than the life of the Participant (or, in the case of a qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity, the life of the surviving spouse), or (b) an annuity that decreases during the life of the Participant merely because of (1) the death of the survivor annuitant (but only if the reduction is not below 50% of the benefit payable before the death of the survivor annuitant), or (2) the cessation or reduction of Social Security supplements or qualified disability payments (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(11)).
 
 
(i)
" Limitation Years" beginning before July 1, 2007. For "Limitation Years" beginning before July 1, 2007, the actuarially equivalent "Straight Life Annuity" is equal to the annual amount of the "Straight Life Annuity" commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit computed using whichever of the following produces the greater annual amount: (I) the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in the Plan for adjusting benefits in the same form; and (II) 5% interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table defined in the Plan for that Annuity Starting Date.
 
 
114

 

 
(ii)
" Limitation Years" beginning on or after July 1, 2007. For "Limitation Years" beginning on or after July 1, 2007, the actuarially equivalent "Straight Life Annuity" is equal to the greater of (I) the annual amount of the "Straight Life Annuity" (if any) payable to the Participant under the Plan commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date as the Participant’s form of benefit; and (II) the annual amount of the "Straight Life Annuity" commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using a 5% interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table defined in the Plan for that Annuity Starting Date.
 
 
(2)
Benefit Forms Subject to Code Section 417(e)(3). The "Straight Life Annuity" that is actuarially equivalent to the Participant’s form of benefit shall be determined under this paragraph if the form of the Participant’s benefit is other than a benefit form described in Amendment Section 6.2(a)(1) above. In this case, the actuarially equivalent "Straight Life Annuity" shall be determined as follows:
 
 
(i)
Annuity Starting Date in Plan Years Beginning After 2005 . If the Annuity Starting Date of the Participant’s form of benefit is in a Plan Year beginning after 2005, the actuarially equivalent "Straight Life Annuity" is equal to the greatest of (I) the annual amount of the "Straight Life Annuity" commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in the Plan for adjusting benefits in the same form; (II) the annual amount of the "Straight Life Annuity" commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using a 5.5 percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table defined in the Plan; and (III) the annual amount of the "Straight Life Annuity" commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using the applicable interest rate and applicable mortality table defined in the Plan, divided by 1.05.
 
 
(ii)
Annuity Starting Date in Plan Years Beginning in 2004 or 2005 . If the Annuity Starting Date of the Participant’s form of benefit is in a Plan Year beginning in 2004 or 2005, except as provided in the transition rule of (iii) below (if elected), the actuarially equivalent "Straight Life Annuity" is equal to the annual amount of the "Straight Life Annuity" commencing at the same annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using whichever of the following produces the greater annual amount: (I) the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in the Plan for adjusting benefits in the same
 
 
115

 

form; and (II) a 5.5% interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table defined in the Plan.
 
 
(iii)
Transition rule. If the transitional rule is elected in Amendment Section 2.2, then if the Annuity Starting Date of the Participant’s benefit is on or after the first day of the first Plan Year beginning in 2004 and before December 31, 2004, the application of this Amendment Section 6.2(a)(ii) shall not cause the amount payable under the Participant’s form of benefit to be less than the benefit calculated under the Plan, taking into account the limitations of this Article, except that the actuarially equivalent "Straight Life Annuity" is equal to the annual amount of the "Straight Life Annuity" commencing at the same Annuity Starting Date that has the same actuarial present value as the Participant’s form of benefit, computed using whichever of the following produces the greatest annual amount: (I) the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in the Plan for adjusting benefits in the same form; (II) the applicable interest rate and applicable mortality table defined in the Plan; and   (III) the applicable interest rate defined in the Plan (as in effect on the last day of the last Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2004, under provisions of the Plan then adopted and in effect) and the applicable mortality table defined in the Plan.
 
 
(b)
Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation. "Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation" means 100% of a Participant’s "High Three-Year Average Compensation," payable in the form of a "Straight Life Annuity." Unless otherwise elected by the Employer in Amendment Section 2.3, in the case of a Participant who has had a "Severance from Employment" with the Employer, the "Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation" applicable to the Participant in any "Limitation Year" beginning after the date of severance shall be automatically adjusted by multiplying the limitation applicable to the Participant in the prior "Limitation Year" by the annual adjustment factor under Code Section 415(d) that is published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. The adjusted compensation limit shall apply to "Limitation Years" ending with or within the calendar year of the date of the adjustment, but a Participant’s benefits shall not reflect the adjusted limit prior to January 1 of that calendar year.
 
In the case of a Participant who is rehired after a "Severance from Employment," the "Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation" is the greater of 100% of the Participant’s "High Three-Year Average Compensation," as determined prior to the "Severance from Employment," as adjusted pursuant to the preceding paragraph, if applicable; or 100% of the Participant’s "High Three-Year Average Compensation," as determined after the "Severance from Employment."
 
 
(c)
Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation. "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" means, effective for "Limitation Years" ending after December 31, 2001,
 
 
116

 

 
$160,000, automatically adjusted under Code Section 415(d), effective January 1 of each year, as published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin, and payable in the form of a "Straight Life Annuity." The new limitation shall apply to "Limitation Years" ending with or within the calendar year of the date of the adjustment, but a Participant’s benefits shall not reflect the adjusted limit prior to January 1 of that calendar year. If elected by the Employer in Amendment Section 2.4, the automatic annual adjustment of the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" under Code 415(d) shall apply to Participants who have had a separation from employment.
 
 
(d)
Employer. "Employer" means, for purposes of this Article, the Employer that has adopted the Plan,  and all members of a controlled group of corporations, as defined in Code Section 414(b), as modified by Code Section 415(h)), all commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in Code Section 414(c), as modified, except in the case of a brother-sister group of trades or businesses under common control, by Code Section 415(h)), or affiliated service groups (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) of which the adopting Employer is a part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the employer pursuant to Code Section 414(o).
 
 
(e)
Formerly Affiliated Plan of the Employer. "Formerly Affiliated Plan of the Employer" means a plan that, immediately prior to the cessation of affiliation, was actually maintained by the Employer and, immediately after the cessation of affiliation, is not actually maintained by the Employer. For this purpose, "cessation of affiliation" means the event that (i) causes an entity to no longer be considered the Employer, such as the sale of a member of a controlled group of corporations, as defined in Code Section 414(b), as modified by Code Section 415(h), to an unrelated corporation, or (ii) causes a plan to not actually be maintained by the Employer, such as transfer of plan sponsorship outside a controlled group.
 
 
(f)
High Three-Year Average Compensation. "High Three-Year Average Compensation" means the average 415 Compensation for the three consecutive Years of Service (or, if the Participant has less than three consecutive Years of Service, the Participant’s longest consecutive period of service, including fractions of years, but not less than one year) with the Employer that produces the highest average. A Participant’s 415 Compensation for a Year of Service shall not include 415 Compensation in excess of the limitation under Code Section 401(a)(17) that is in effect for the calendar year in which such Year of Service begins. For purposes of this definition, a Year of Service with the Employer is the 12-consecutive month period defined in the Plan which is used to determine 415 Compensation under the Plan.
 
In the case of a Participant who is rehired by the Employer after a "Severance from Employment," the Participant’s "High Three-Year Average Compensation"
 
 
117

 

shall be calculated by excluding all years for which the Participant performs no services for and receives no 415 Compensation from the Employer (the break period) and by treating the years immediately preceding and following the break period as consecutive.
 
 
(g)
Limitation Year. "Limitation Year" means the period specified in the Plan that is used to apply the Code Section 415 limitations.
 
 
(h)
Maximum Permissible Benefit. "Maximum Permissible Benefit" means the lesser of the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" or the "Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation" (both adjusted where required, as provided below).
 
 
(1)
Adjustment for Less Than 10 Years of Participation or Service: If the Participant has less than 10 years of participation in the Plan, the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" shall be multiplied by a fraction -- (i) the numerator of which is the number of "Years of Participation" in the Plan (or part thereof, but not less than one year), and (ii) the denominator of which is ten (10). In the case of a Participant who has less than ten Years of Service with the Employer, the "Defined Benefit Compensation Limitation" shall be multiplied by a fraction -- (i) the numerator of which is the number of "Years of Service" with the Employer (or part thereof, but not less than one year), and (ii) the denominator of which is ten (10).
 
 
(2)
Adjustment of "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" for Benefit Commencement Before Age 62 or after Age 65: Effective for benefits commencing in "Limitation Years" ending after December 31, 2001, the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" shall be adjusted if the Annuity Starting Date of the Participant’s benefit is before age 62 or after age 65. If the Annuity Starting Date is before age 62, the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" shall be adjusted under section 6.2(h)(2)(i), as modified by Amendment Section 6.2(h)(2)(iii). If the Annuity Starting Date is after age 65, the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" shall be adjusted under Amendment Section 6.2(h)(2)(ii), as modified by Amendment Section 6.2(h)(2)(iii).
 
 
(i)
Adjustment of "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" for Benefit Commencement Before Age 62:
 
 
(I)
"Limitation Years" Beginning Before July 1, 2007. If the Annuity Starting Date for the Participant’s benefit is prior to age 62 and occurs in a "Limitation Year" beginning before July 1, 2007, the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" for the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a "Straight Life Annuity" commencing at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date that is the actuarial equivalent of the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" (adjusted under Amendment Section 6.2(h)(1) for years of participation less than ten (10), if required) with actuarial equivalence computed using whichever of
 
 
118

 

the following produces the smaller annual amount: (1) the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in the Plan; or (2) a five-percent (5%) interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table as defined in the Plan.
 
the following produces the smaller annual amount: (1) the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in the Plan; or (2) a five-percent (5%) interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table as defined in the Plan.
 
 
(II)
"Limitation Years" Beginning on or After July 1, 2007.
 
 
(A)
Plan Does Not Have Immediately Commencing "Straight Life Annuity" Payable at both Age 62 and the Age of Benefit Commencement. If the Annuity Starting Date for the Participant’s benefit is prior to age 62 and occurs in a "Limitation Year" beginning on or after July 1, 2007, and the Plan does not have an immediately commencing "Straight Life Annuity" payable at both age 62 and the age of benefit commencement, the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" for the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a "Straight Life Annuity" commencing at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date that is the actuarial equivalent of the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" (adjusted under Amendment Section 6.2(h)(1) for years of participation less than ten (10), if required) with actuarial equivalence computed using a five-percent (5%) interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table for the Annuity Starting Date as defined in the Plan(and expressing the Participant’s age based on completed calendar months as of the Annuity Starting Date).
 
 
(B)
Plan Has Immediately Commencing "Straight Life Annuity" Payable at both Age 62 and the Age of Benefit Commencement. If the Annuity Starting Date for the Participant’s benefit is prior to age 62 and occurs in a "Limitation Year" beginning on or after July 1, 2007, and the Plan has an immediately commencing "Straight Life Annuity" payable at both age 62 and the age of benefit commencement, the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" for the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is the lesser of the limitation determined under Amendment Section 6.2(h)(2)(i)(II)(A) and the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" (adjusted under Amendment Section 6.2(h)(1) for years of participation less than ten (10), if required) multiplied by the ratio of the annual amount of the immediately commencing "Straight Life Annuity" under the Plan at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date to the annual amount of the immediately commencing "Straight Life Annuity" under the Plan at age 62, both determined without applying the limitations of this article.
 
 
(ii)
Adjustment of "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" for Benefit

 
119

 

 
Commencement After Age 65:
 
 
(I)
"Limitation Years" Beginning Before July 1, 2007. If the Annuity Starting Date for the Participant’s benefit is after age 65 and occurs in a Limitation Year beginning before July 1, 2007, the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" for the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a "Straight Life Annuity" commencing at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date that is the actuarial equivalent of the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" (adjusted under Amendment Section 6.2(h)(1) for years of participation less than ten (10), if required) with actuarial equivalence computed using whichever of the following produces the smaller annual amount: (1) the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in the Plan; or (2) a five-percent (5%) interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table as defined in the Plan.
 
 
(II)
"Limitation Years" Beginning Before July 1, 2007.
 
 
(A)
Plan Does Not Have Immediately Commencing "Straight Life Annuity" Payable at both Age 65 and the Age of Benefit Commencement. If the annuity starting date for the Participant’s benefit is after age 65 and occurs in a "Limitation Year" beginning on or after July 1, 2007, and the Plan does not have an immediately commencing "Straight Life Annuity" payable at both age 65 and the age of benefit commencement, the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is the annual amount of a benefit payable in the form of a "Straight Life Annuity" commencing at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date that is the actuarial equivalent of the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" (adjusted under Amendment Section 6.2(h)(1)for years of participation less than 10, if required), with actuarial equivalence computed using a 5% interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table for that Annuity Starting Date as defined in the Plan (and expressing the Participant’s age based on completed calendar months as of the Annuity Starting Date).
 
 
(B)
Plan Has Immediately Commencing "Straight Life Annuity" Payable at both Age 65 and the Age of Benefit Commencement. If the Annuity Starting Date for the Participant’s benefit is after age 65 and occurs in a "Limitation Year" beginning on or after July 1, 2007, and the plan has an immediately commencing "Straight Life Annuity" payable at both age 65 and the age of benefit commencement, the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is the lesser of the
 
 
120

 

 
limitation determined under Amendment Section 6.2(h)(2)(ii)(II)(A) and the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" (adjusted under Amendment Section 6.2(h)(1) for years of participation less than ten (10), if required) multiplied by the ratio of the annual amount of the adjusted immediately commencing "Straight Life Annuity" under the Plan at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date to the annual amount of the adjusted immediately commencing "Straight Life Annuity" under the Plan at age 65, both determined without applying the limitations of this Article. For this purpose, the adjusted immediately commencing "Straight Life Annuity" under the Plan at the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date is the annual amount of such annuity payable to the Participant, computed disregarding the Participant’s accruals after age 65 but including actuarial adjustments even if those actuarial adjustments are used to offset accruals; and the adjusted immediately commencing "Straight Life Annuity" under the Plan at age 65 is the annual amount of such annuity that would be payable under the Plan to a hypothetical Participant who is age 65 and has the same accrued benefit as the Participant.
 
 
(iii)
Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Amendment Section 6.2(h)(2), no adjustment shall be made to the "Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation" to reflect the probability of a Participant’s death between the Annuity Starting Date and age 62, or between age 65 and the Annuity Starting Date, as applicable, if benefits are not forfeited upon the death of the Participant prior to the Annuity Starting Date. To the extent benefits are forfeited upon death before the Annuity Starting Date, such an adjustment shall be made. For this purpose, no forfeiture shall be treated as occurring upon the Participant’s death if the Plan does not charge Participants for providing a qualified preretirement survivor annuity, as defined in Code Section 417(c), upon the Participant’s death.
 
 
(3)
Minimum benefit permitted: Notwithstanding anything else in this Section to the contrary, the benefit otherwise accrued or payable to a Participant under this Plan shall be deemed not to exceed the "Maximum Permissible Benefit" if:
 
 
(i)
the retirement benefits payable for a "Limitation Year" under any form of benefit with respect to such Participant under this Plan and under all other defined benefit plans (without regard to whether a plan has been terminated) ever maintained by the Employer do not exceed $10,000 multiplied by a fraction – (I) the numerator of which is the Participant’s number of Years (or part thereof, but not less than one year) of Service (not to exceed ten (10)) with the Employer, and (II)
 
 
121

 

 
the denominator of which is ten (10); and
 
 
(ii)
the Employer (or a "Predecessor Employer") has not at any time maintained a defined contribution plan in which the Participant participated (for this purpose, mandatory Employee contributions under a defined benefit plan, individual medical accounts under Code Section 401(h), and accounts for post-retirement medical benefits established under Code Section 419A(d)(1) are not considered a separate defined contribution plan).
 
 
(i)
Predecessor Employer . "Predecessor Employer" means, with respect to a Participant, a former employer of such Participant if the Employer maintains a Plan that provides a benefit which the Participant accrued while performing services for the former employer. A former entity that antedates the Employer is also a "Predecessor Employer" with respect to a Participant if, under the facts and circumstances, the Employer constitutes a continuation of all or a portion of the trade or business of the former entity. For this purpose, the formerly affiliated plan rules in Regulations Section 1.415(f)-1(b)(2) apply as if the Employer and "Predecessor Employer" constituted a single employer under the rules described in Regulations Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) immediately prior to the cessation of affiliation (and as if they constituted two, unrelated employers under the rules described in Regulations Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) immediately after the cessation of affiliation) and cessation of affiliation was the event that gives rise to the "Predecessor Employer" relationship, such as a transfer of benefits or plan sponsorship.
 
 
(j)
Severance from Employment. "Severance from Employment" means, with respect to any individual, cessation from being an Employee of the Employer maintaining the Plan. An Employee does not have a "Severance from Employment" if, in connection with a change of employment, the Employee’s new employer maintains the Plan with respect to the Employee.
 
 
(k)
Straight Life Annuity. "Straight Life Annuity" means an annuity payable in equal installments for the life of a Participant that terminates upon the Participant's death.
 
 
(l)
Year of Participation. "Year of Participation" means, with respect to a Participant, each accrual computation period (computed to fractional parts of a year) for which the following conditions are met: (1) the Participant is credited with at least the number of Hours of Service (or Period of Service if the Elapsed Time Method is used) for benefit accrual purposes, required under the terms of the Plan in order to accrue a benefit for the accrual computation period, and (2) the Participant is included as a Participant under the eligibility provisions of the Plan for at least one day of the accrual computation period. If these two conditions are met, the portion of a "Year of Participation" credited to the Participant shall equal the amount of benefit accrual service credited to the Participant for such accrual computation period. A Participant who is
 
 
122

 

permanently and totally disabled within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3)(C)(i) for an accrual computation period shall receive a "Year of Participation" with respect to that period.
 
In addition, for a Participant to receive a "Year of Participation" (or part thereof) for an accrual computation period, the Plan must be established no later that the last day of such accrual computation period. In no event shall more than one "Year of Participation" be credited for any 12-month period.
 
 
(m)
Year of Service. "Year of Service" means, for purposes of Amendment Section 6.2(f), each accrual computation period (computed to fractional parts of a year) for which a Participant is credited with at least the number of Hours of Service (or Period of Service if the Elapsed Time Method is used) for benefit accrual purposes, required under the terms of the Plan in order to accrue a benefit for the accrual computation period, taking into account only service with the Employer or a "Predecessor Employer."
 
6.3
Other rules.
 
 
(a)
Benefits under terminated plans. If a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer has terminated with sufficient assets for the payment of benefit liabilities of all plan participants and a Participant in the plan has not yet commenced benefits under the plan, the benefits provided pursuant to the annuities purchased to provide the Participant’s benefits under the terminated plan at each possible Annuity Starting Date shall be taken into account in applying the limitations of this Article. If there are not sufficient assets for the payment of all Participants’ benefit liabilities, the benefits taken into account shall be the benefits that are actually provided to the Participant under the terminated plan.
 
 
(b)
Benefits transferred from the Plan. If a Participant’s benefits under a defined benefit plan maintained by the employer are transferred to another defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer and the transfer is not a transfer of distributable benefits pursuant Regulations Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c), then the transferred benefits are not treated as being provided under the transferor plan (but are taken into account as benefits provided under the transferee plan). If a Participant’s benefits under a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer are transferred to another defined benefit plan that is not maintained by the Employer and the transfer is not a transfer of distributable benefits pursuant to Regulations Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c), then the transferred benefits are treated by the Employer’s Plan as if such benefits were provided under annuities purchased to provide benefits under a plan maintained by the Employer that terminated immediately prior to the transfer with sufficient assets to pay all Participants’ benefit liabilities under the plan. If a Participant’s benefits under a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer are transferred to another defined benefit plan in a transfer of distributable benefits pursuant to Regulations Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(c), the amount transferred is treated as a benefit paid from the transferor plan.
 
 
123

 

 
(c)
Formerly affiliated plans of the Employer. A "Formerly Affiliated Plan of an Employer" shall be treated as a plan maintained by the Employer, but the formerly affiliated plan shall be treated as if it had terminated immediately prior to the cessation of affiliation with sufficient assets to pay Participants’ benefit liabilities under the Plan and had purchased annuities to provide benefits.
 
 
(d)
Plans of a "Predecessor Employer." If the Employer maintains a defined benefit plan that provides benefits accrued by a Participant while performing services for a "Predecessor Employer," then the Participant’s benefits under a plan maintained by the "Predecessor Employer" shall be treated as provided under a plan maintained by the Employer. However, for this purpose, the plan of the "Predecessor Employer" shall be treated as if it had terminated immediately prior to the event giving rise to the "Predecessor Employer" relationship with sufficient assets to pay Participants’ benefit liabilities under the plan, and had purchased annuities to provide benefits; the Employer and the "Predecessor Employer" shall be treated as if they were a single employer immediately prior to such event and as unrelated employers immediately after the event; and if the event giving rise to the predecessor relationship is a benefit transfer, the transferred benefits shall be excluded in determining the benefits provide under the plan of the "Predecessor Employer."
 
 
(e)
Special rules. The limitations of this Article shall be determined and applied taking into account the rules in Regulations Section 1.415(f)-1(d), (e) and (h).
 
 
(f)
Aggregation with Multiemployer Plans.
 
 
(1)
If the Employer maintains a multiemployer plan, as defined in Code Section 414(f), and the multiemployer plan so provides, only the benefits under the multiemployer plan that are provided by the Employer shall be treated as benefits provided under a plan maintained by the Employer for purposes of this Article.
 
 
(2)
Effective for "Limitation Years" ending after December 31, 2001, a multiemployer plan shall be disregarded for purposes of applying the compensation limitation of Amendment Sections 6.2(b) and 6.2(h)(1) to a plan which is not a multiemployer plan.
 

This amendment has been executed this    2nd   day of    March  , 2008.

   
First Bancorp
     
     
   
By: /s/ Timothy S. Maples
   
Authorized Representative
 
 
124

 

AMENDMENT
TO THE
 
FIRST BANCORP EMPLOYEES’ PENSION PLAN
 

WHEREAS, First Bancorp (hereinafter referred to as “the Bank”) previously established the First Bancorp Employees’ Pension Plan (hereinafter referred to as “the Plan”); and
 
WHEREAS, the Bank is empowered to amend the Plan from time to time;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, pursuant to the authority granted the undersigned corporate officer of First Bancorp by its Board of Directors, the First Bancorp Employees’ Pension Plan (“the Plan”) is amended as follows:
 
Effective June 11, 2009, Section 2.1 Requirements For Participation is hereby amended by adding the following new subparagraphs (d) and (e) thereto, as follows:
 
 
“(d)
Employees hired by the employer on or after June 11, 2009;
 
 
 (e)
Employees of the employer who became employed as a result of the acquisition of Cooperative Bank on June 19, 2009.”
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amendment to the First Bancorp Employees’ Pension Plan is adopted this    30th   day of    June  , 2009, to be effective as stated above.
 

   
FIRST BANCORP
     
     
     
   
By: /s/ Jerry L. Ocheltree
   
Its: President & CEO

ATTEST:

By: /s/ Anna G. Hollers
Its: Secretary, EVP, COO

(CORPORATE SEAL)
 
 
125  

 

Exhibit 12

FIRST BANCORP
COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED SHARE DIVIDENDS
(In thousands, except for ratios)
(Unaudited)


   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
Including Interest on Deposits:
                             
Earnings:
                             
Income before income taxes
  $ 97,877       35,125       34,960       30,725       32,919  
Fixed charges
    49,075       61,483       69,837       54,856       33,006  
Total earnings
  $ 146,952       96,608       104,797       85,581       65,925  
                                         
Fixed charges:
                                       
Interest on deposits
  $ 45,518       53,241       59,553       46,032       28,516  
Interest on borrowings
    3,377       7,947       9,886       8,400       4,085  
Amortization of debt issuance costs
          115       219       239       237  
Interest portion of rental expense (1)
    180       180       179       185       168  
Total fixed charges
  $ 49,075       61,483       69,837       54,856       33,006  
Preferred dividend requirements
    3,169                          
Total fixed charges and preferred dividends
  $ 52,244       61,483       69,837       54,856       33,006  
                                         
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges, including interest on deposits
    2.99 x     1.62 x     1.50 x     1.56 x     2.00 x
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends, including interest on deposits
    2.81 x     1.62 x     1.50 x     1.56 x     2.00 x
                                         
                                         
Excluding Interest on Deposits:
                                       
Earnings:
                                       
Income before income taxes
  $ 97,877       35,125       34,960       30,725       32,919  
Fixed charges
    3,557       8,242       10,284       8,824       4,490  
Total earnings
  $ 101,434       43,367       45,244       39,549       37,409  
                                         
Fixed charges:
                                       
Interest on borrowings
  $ 3,377       7,947       9,886       8,400       4,085  
Amortization of debt issuance costs
          115       219       239       237  
Interest portion of rental expense (1)
    180       180       179       185       168  
Total fixed charges
  $ 3,557       8,242       10,284       8,824       4,490  
Preferred dividend requirements
    3,169                          
Total fixed charges and preferred dividends
  $ 6,726       8,242       10,284       8,824       4,490  
                                         
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges, excluding interest on deposits
    28.52 x     5.26 x     4.40 x     4.48 x     8.33 x
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends, excluding interest on deposits
    15.08 x     5.26 x     4.40 x     4.48 x     8.33 x

(1)
Estimated to be one-third of rental expense.
 
 


Exhibit 21

First Bancorp and Subsidiaries
List of Subsidiaries of Registrant


Name of Subsidiary
and Name under
Which Subsidiary
Transacts Business
 
State of Incorporation
 
Address of Subsidiary
 
I.R.S. Employer Identification Number
             
First Bank (1)
 
North Carolina
 
341 North Main Street
Troy, North Carolina  27371-0508
 
56-0132230
             
Montgomery Data Services, Inc.
 
North Carolina
 
355 Bilhen Street
Troy, North Carolina  27371-0627
 
56-1421914
             
First Bancorp Capital
Trust II
 
Delaware
 
341 North Main Street
Troy, North Carolina  27371-0508
 
83-6059905
             
First Bancorp Capital
Trust III
 
Delaware
 
341 North Main Street
Troy, North Carolina  27371-0508
 
83-6059906
             
First Bancorp Capital
Trust IV
 
Delaware
 
341 North Main Street
Troy, North Carolina  27371-0508
 
65-6465193

(1) First Bank has two wholly owned subsidiaries –

First Bank Insurance Services, Inc. a North Carolina corporation, located at 341 North Main Street, Troy, North Carolina  27371-0508 (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number 56-1659931).

First Troy SPE, LLC, a North Carolina corporation located at 341 North Main Street, Troy, North Carolina  27371-0508 (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number 56-0132230).
 
 


Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The Board of Directors
First Bancorp

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement of First Bancorp on Form S-8 relating to the First Bancorp 2004 Stock Option Plan (File no. 333-118570), the Registration Statement on Form S-8 relating to additional shares available for issuance under the First Bancorp 1994 Stock Option Plan (File no. 333-150375), Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 relating to the First Bancorp 1994 Stock Option Plan (File no. 033-82542), the Registration Statement of First Bancorp on Form S-8 relating to the First Bancorp 1994 Stock Option Plan (File no. 333-58668), the Registration Statement on Form S-8 related to the First Bancorp 2007 Equity Plan (File no. 333-150377), the Registration Statement on Form S-8 related to the Great Pee Dee Bancorp, Inc. stock option plan (File no. 333-150377),  the Registration Statement of First Bancorp on Form S-8 relating to three First Savings Bancorp, Inc. stock option plans (File no. 333-51798), the Registration Statement on Form S-3D relating to the First Bancorp Dividend Reinvestment and Common Stock Purchase Plan (File no. 333-150099), and the Registration Statement of First Bancorp on Form S-3, and its first amendment, relating to preferred stock, common stock and warrants associated with First Bancorp’s participation in the United States Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program (File no. 333-157182) of our report dated March 15, 2010, relating to our audits of the consolidated balance sheets of First Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, which appears in the December 31, 2009 Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Bancorp.


/s/ Elliott Davis, PLLC

Greenville, South Carolina
March 15, 2010
 
 


Exhibit 31.1
Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Jerry L. Ocheltree, certify that:

1.     I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of First Bancorp;

2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors:

 
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

March 16, 2010
/s/ Jerry L. Ocheltree
 
Jerry L. Ocheltree
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 


Exhibit 31.2

Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Eric P. Credle, certify that:

1.     I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of First Bancorp;

2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors:

 
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


March 16, 2010
/s/ Eric P. Credle
 
Eric P. Credle
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
 


Exhibit 32.1
Chief Executive Officer
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002


In connection with the Annual Report of First Bancorp (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Jerry L. Ocheltree, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


/s/ Jerry L. Ocheltree
Jerry L. Ocheltree
Chief Executive Officer
March 16, 2010


A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to First Bancorp and will be retained by First Bancorp and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
 
 


Exhibit 32.2
Chief Financial Officer
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002


In connection with the Annual Report of First Bancorp (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Eric P. Credle, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 
 
/s/ Eric P. Credle
Eric P. Credle
Chief Financial Officer
March 16, 2010


A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to First Bancorp and will be retained by First Bancorp and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
 
 


Exhibit 99.1
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to
the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (EESA)


I, Jerry L. Ocheltree, certify, based on my knowledge, that:

(i)             The compensation committee of First Bancorp has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months during the period beginning on the later of September 14, 2009, or ninety days after the closing date of the agreement between First Bancorp and Treasury and ending with the last day of First Bancorp’s fiscal year containing that date (the applicable period), the senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and the employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to First Bancorp;

(ii)            The compensation committee of First Bancorp has identified and limited during the applicable period the features in the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of First Bancorp, and during that same applicable period has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to First Bancorp and has limited those features to ensure that First Bancorp is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;
 
(iii)           The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during the applicable period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of First Bancorp to enhance the compensation of an employee and has limited any such features;

(iv)           The compensation committee of First Bancorp will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;

(v)           The compensation committee of First Bancorp will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that included a TARP period the features in:

(A)          SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of First Bancorp;

(B)           Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose First Bancorp to risks; and

(C)           Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of First Bancorp to enhance the compensation of an employee;

(vi)           First Bancorp has required that bonus payments, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), of the SEOs and twenty next most highly compensated employees be subject to a recovery or “clawback” provision during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;

(vii)          First Bancorp has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to a SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between First Bancorp and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of First Bancorp’s fiscal year containing that date;

(viii)         First Bancorp has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between First Bancorp and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of First Bancorp’s fiscal year containing that date;
 
(ix)           The board of directors of First Bancorp has established an excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, by the later of September 14, 2009, or ninety days after the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient Treasury; this policy has been provided to Treasury and its primary regulatory agency; First Bancorp and its employees have complied with this policy during the applicable period; and any expenses that, pursuant to this policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility, were properly approved;

 
 

 

(x)            First Bancorp will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable federal securities rules and regulations on the disclosures provided under the federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between First Bancorp and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of First Bancorp’s fiscal year containing that date;

(xi)           First Bancorp will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between First Bancorp and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of First Bancorp’s fiscal year containing that date of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);

(xii)          First Bancorp will disclose whether First Bancorp, the board of directors of First Bancorp, or the compensation committee of First Bancorp has engaged during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between First Bancorp and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of First Bancorp’s fiscal year containing that date, a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;

(xiii)         First Bancorp has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between First Bancorp and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of First Bancorp’s fiscal year containing that date;

(xiv)         First Bancorp has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between First Bancorp and Treasury, including any amendments;

(xv)          First Bancorp has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the current fiscal year and the most recently completed fiscal year, with the non-SEOs ranked in descending order of level of annual compensation, and with the name, title, and employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; and

(xvi)         I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.


March 16, 2010
/s/ Jerry L. Ocheltree
 
 
Jerry L. Ocheltree
 
 
 


Exhibit 99.2

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to
the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (EESA)


I, Eric P. Credle, certify, based on my knowledge, that:

(i)             The compensation committee of First Bancorp has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months during the period beginning on the later of September 14, 2009, or ninety days after the closing date of the agreement between First Bancorp and Treasury and ending with the last day of First Bancorp’s fiscal year containing that date (the applicable period), the senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and the employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to First Bancorp;

(ii)           The compensation committee of First Bancorp has identified and limited during the applicable period the features in the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of First Bancorp, and during that same applicable period has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to First Bancorp and has limited those features to ensure that First Bancorp is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;
 
(iii)           The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during the applicable period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of First Bancorp to enhance the compensation of an employee and has limited any such features;

(iv)          The compensation committee of First Bancorp will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;

(v)           The compensation committee of First Bancorp will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that included a TARP period the features in:

(A)          SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of First Bancorp;

(B)           Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose First Bancorp to risks; and

(C)           Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of First Bancorp to enhance the compensation of an employee;

(vi)           First Bancorp has required that bonus payments, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), of the SEOs and twenty next most highly compensated employees be subject to a recovery or “clawback” provision during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;

(vii)          First Bancorp has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to a SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between First Bancorp and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of First Bancorp’s fiscal year containing that date;

(viii)         First Bancorp has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between First Bancorp and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of First Bancorp’s fiscal year containing that date;
 
(ix)           The board of directors of First Bancorp has established an excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, by the later of September 14, 2009, or ninety days after the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient Treasury; this policy has been provided to Treasury and its primary regulatory agency; First Bancorp and its employees have complied with this policy during the applicable period; and any

 
 

 

expenses that, pursuant to this policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility, were properly approved;

(x)            First Bancorp will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable federal securities rules and regulations on the disclosures provided under the federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between First Bancorp and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of First Bancorp’s fiscal year containing that date;

(xi)           First Bancorp will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between First Bancorp and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of First Bancorp’s fiscal year containing that date of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);

(xii)          First Bancorp will disclose whether First Bancorp, the board of directors of First Bancorp, or the compensation committee of First Bancorp has engaged during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between First Bancorp and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of First Bancorp’s fiscal year containing that date, a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;

(xiii)         First Bancorp has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between First Bancorp and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of First Bancorp’s fiscal year containing that date;

(xiv)         First Bancorp has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between First Bancorp and Treasury, including any amendments;

(xv)          First Bancorp has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the current fiscal year and the most recently completed fiscal year, with the non-SEOs ranked in descending order of level of annual compensation, and with the name, title, and employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; and

(xvi)         I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.


March 16, 2010
/s/ Eric P. Credle
 
 
Eric P. Credle